SUPPORT STUDY

MATERIAL

X Science
1
 INDEX

TERM 1
 Gist of the Lesson
o Key Concepts
o Important Definitions
o Chemical Equations
o Important Differences
o Flow Charts
 Mind maps of every chapter
 Formative Assessment I (FA1)
o One Question Paper for each Chapter
 HOTS Questions
o Solved
o Unsolved
 Formative Assessment II (FAII)
 Summative Assessment (SA1)
o One Sample Question Paper Set

4
5
 Support Material for Class X

UNIT 1 : Chemical Substances

1. Chapter 1. Chemical Reactions and Equations
2. Chapter 2. Acids, Bases and Salts
3. Chapter 3. Metals and Non-Metals

UNIT 2 : World of Living

1. Chapter 6. Life Processes
2. Chapter 7. Control and Coordination

UNIT 3 : Effects of Current

1. Chapter 12. Electricity
2. Chapter 13. Magnetic Effects of Electric Current

UNIT 4 : Natural Resources

1. Chapter 14. Sources of Energy

CHAPTER- 1
6
 CHEMICAL REACTIONS AND EQUATIONS

GIST OF THE LESSON

1) Chemical reaction— Chemical changes or chemical reactions are the changes in
which one or more new substances are formed.
2 )Chemical Equations – Representation of a chemical reaction in terms of symbols and
formulae of the reactants and products is known as chemical equation.
3) Balanced Chemical equations – The chemical equation in which the no. of atoms of different
elements is same on both sides of the arrow is called balanced chemical equation.
4) The chemical reactions can be classified into different types such as—
a) Combination reaction – The reactions in which two or more substances combine to form a
new substance are called combination reaction. For example,

2Mg(s) + O2 (g)  2 MgO (s)

b) Decomposition reaction - The reaction in which a single compound breaks up into two or
more simpler substances are called decomposition reactions. For example,

2Pb (NO3)2 (s)  2PbO (s) + 4NO2 (g) +O2 (g)

The decomposition of a substance by passing electric current through it is known as
electrolysis.
The decomposition of a substance on heating is known as thermal decomposition.
The decomposition of a substance by absorbing light energy is called photochemical
decomposition.
c) Displacement reactions -The chemical reactions in which a more reactive element
displaces a less reactive element from a compound are known as displacement reactions. For
example,

i) Zn (s) + CuSO4 (aq)  ZnSO4 (aq) + Cu (s).

ii) Cu (s) + 2AgNO3 (aq)  Cu (NO3)2 (aq) +2Ag (s).

d) Double Displacement Reactions - The chemical reactions in which compounds react to

form two different compounds by mutual exchange of ions are called double displacement
reactions.

These reactions take place in solution two common types of this reaction are precipitation
reactions and neutralization reactions
i) Precipitation reaction : In this reactions, aqueous solution of two salts are mixed
whereby

Some salts precipitate due to mutual exchange of ions between the two salts. For example
AgNO3 (aq) + NaCI (aq) -----> AgCl(s) + NaNO3.
ii) Neutralization reaction: In this type of reaction an acid reacts with a base to form salt
and water by exchange of ions.

NaOH (aq) + HCl (aq)  NaCl (aq) + H2O.

7
 e) Redox reaction: Chemical reaction which shows both oxidation and reduction reaction.

Oxidation: Reaction that involves the gain of oxygen or loss of hydrogen.

Reduction: Reaction that shows the loss of oxygen or gain of hydrogen.

Both oxidation and reduction take place simultaneously and hence called redox reaction.
ZnO + C  Zn + CO
ZnO reduce to Zn ---- reduction
C oxidize to CO ------oxidation
f) Exothermic reaction and endothermic reaction: On the basis of energy changes during chemical
reaction, they can be classified as
i) Exothermic reaction: A chemical reaction in which heat energy is produced.

C + O2  CO2 (g) + heat

ii) Endothermic reaction: A chemical reaction in which heat energy is absorbed.

CaCO3 + Heat  CaO + CO2

5 Corrosion – The process of slow conversion of metals into their undesirable compounds due to
their reaction with oxygen, water, acids, gases etc. present in the atmosphere is called corrosion.
Rusting – Iron when reacts with oxygen and moisture forms red substance called rust.

6 Rancidity – The taste and odour of food materials containing fat and oil changes when they are
left exposed to air for long time. This is called rancidity. It is caused due to oxidation of fat and oil
present in food material.
It can be prevented by using various methods such as by adding antioxidants to the food materials,
Storing food in air tight container and by flushing out air with nitrogen.

8
 MIND MAP

WRITIN BALANCI
G NG

CHEMICAL
EQUATION

CHEMICAL
REACTION

EXOTHERMIC-release heat
ENDOTHERMIC-absorb heat
COROSSION
Eating away of
metals

RANCIDIT
REDOX Y
REACTION
Show both oxidation TYPE OF Oxidation
and reduction of fats and
CHEMICAL oil
REACTION

DOUBLE
DISPLACEMENT
Two different
atoms or group of
atoms displaces
each other
AB + CD  AC +
BD
COMBINATION
Two more
substance to
give single
DECOMPOSITION DISPLACEMENT
product More reactive
Single substances
A+BC element displaces
decomposes to
give two or more less reactive
element
new substances A + BC  AC +
AB+C B

9
 FA I
CHEMICAL REACTIONS AND EQUATIONS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q. PAPER
MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

1. On what chemical law, balancing of chemical equation is based?

2. Identify the compound oxidized in the following reaction:

H2S (g) + Cl2  S (s) + HCl (g)

3. Give an example of photochemical reaction.

4. Name the reaction which forms insoluble salts.

5. Name the product obtained and type of reaction given below:

Na2SO4 + BaCl2  _________ + ________

6. Explain the following in terms of gain or loss of oxygen with one example:
a. Oxidation
b. Reduction
7. A copper coin is kept in a solution of silver nitrate for some time, what will happen to the coin and
the colour of the solution?

8. Why do we apply paint on iron articles?

9. What happens chemically when quicklime is added to water?

10. What is rancidity? Write the common methods to prevent it.

11. What is corrosion? State the conditions necessary for rusting of iron. How rusting is harmful?

12. Name the type of reactions in the following cases:

a. Garbage producing foul smell
b. Burning of natural gas.
c. Carbon dioxide gas passed through lime water.

13. Blue crystals of copper sulphate on heating in a dry test tube become colourless. Give reasons.

10
 14.
a. Why can not a chemical change be normally reversed?
b. Why is it always essential to balance a chemical equation?
c. What happens when CO2 gas is passed through lime water and why does it disappear on
passing excess CO2?
d. Can rusting of iron take place in distilled water?

HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED)

Q.1. A water insoluble substance ‗X‘ on reacting with dilute H2SO4 released a colourless and
odourless gas accompanied by brisk effervescence. When the gas was passed through water,
the solution obtained turned blue litmus red. On bubbling the gas through lime water, it
initially became milky and milkyness disappeared when the gas was passed in excess.
Identify the substance ‗X‘. Write its chemical equations of the reactions involved.
Ans. The water insoluble substance ‗X‘ is metal carbonate CaCO3.
CaCO3 (S) + H2SO4 (Aq)  CaSO4(Aq) + H2O (Aq) + O2 (G)
Ca(OH)2 + CO2 (G)CaCO3 (S) + H2O (L)
(milky)
CaCO3 (S) + CO2 (G)+ H2O (Aq)Ca(OH)2
(milkiness)

Q.2. Ahmad took a magnesium ribbon (cleaned) and burned it on a flame. The white powder
formed was taken in a test tube and water was added to it. He then tested the solution formed
with red and blue litmus paper. What change was seen? Why?
Ans. Red litmus paper turned blue.
Blue litmus paper remained blue.
This is because the magnesium ribbon on burning in air forms the white magnesium
oxide. Which dissolved in water, it forms magnesium hydroxide, which is Basic in nature.

Q.3. Give one example of a combination reaction in which an element combines with a compound
to give you a new compound.
Ans. O2 + 2SO2 2SO3
8NH3 + 3Cl2 6NH4Cl

Q.4. Marble statues often slowly get corroded when kept in open for a long time. Assign a suitable
explanation.

Q.5. Mohan tool pure water for the electrolytic decomposition of water but did not see any bubbles
near the electrodes. Explain why?
Q. 6 Rancidity is a process used for spoiling of cooked food materials like vegetables, etc. When
kept for long time in open. How can you prevent such process to proceed? Give an example.
Q. 7 A substance ‗X‘ displaces ‗Y‘ from its solution in water. It is called displacement reaction.
What other chemical name can be given to such type of reactions? Explain, giving an
example?
Q. 8 A grey coloured metal ‗Z‘ (Atomic weight=65) is used in making dry cell. It reacts with dil.
HCl to liberate a gas. What is the gas evolved? Calculate the minimum amount of ‗Z‘
required to produce 100 l 0f gas?

11
Q. 9 Why is respiration considered an exothermic reaction? Explain.

Q. 10 Why is respiration considered an exothermic reaction? Explain.

Q. 11 Why are decomposition reactions called opposite of combination reactions? Write equations
for these reactions.
Q. 12 A shiny brown colored element ‗X‘ on heating in air becomes a black coloured compound.
Name the element ‗X‘& black the coloured compound formed. Also write the equation

FA II
CHEMICAL REACTION AND EQUATIONS
Oral questions (Conversation type)
1. a) How do you represent chemical changes in chemistry?
b) What should you know to write a chemical equation?
c) How are reactants and products separated in a chemical equation?

2. a) Is it essential to write balanced chemical equation?

b) What will happen if it is not balance?
c) How do you know that the equation is not balance?

3. a) What happens when calcium carbonate is heated?

b) What is this reaction called?
c) Does decomposition take place only on heating?

4. a) What is oxidation?
b) Can we call a chemical reaction an oxidation reaction in which hydrogen is removed?
c) Give an example of everyday life where redox reaction takes place.

5. a) What is corrosion?
b) Give an example.
c) What are the requirements for corrosion?

ORAL QUESTIONS
1. What is opposite to combination reaction?

2. To pack food articles, why do manufacturers flush out oxygen with nitrogen?

3. What is spoiling of food called when kept for a long time?

4. What is the chemical reaction called in which heat is evolved?

5. Silver articles get black coating. Name the phenomenon.

6. Which gas is evolved when acid is added to lime water?

7. When a more reactive metal displaces a less reactive metal in solution, what is the reaction
called?
8. What sign (+ or -) is given to exothermic reaction?

12
9. Which of the two is a redox reaction?
a) Displacement
b) Double displacement
10. What is one important similarity between rusting and burning?

QUIZ - WHO AM I
1. I am symbolic representation of a chemical change.

2. I am a metal which go on losing weight when constantly exposed to air and moisture.

3. I conduct electric current and get a green coating when exposed to humid atmosphere for long.

4. My blue colour starts fading when zinc metal is added to my aqueous solution.

5. I get reduced in a redox reaction.

6. I am formed during a chemical change.

7. I separate reactants from products when a chemical reaction is represented by a chemical

equation.
8. I give a name to the reaction between acids and bases.

9. I am a chemical reaction which represents digestion of food in our body/

10. I am a process which is used to prevent rusting of iron objects / articles.

PUZZLES
1.  Down
1. Result of a chemical change (8)
5. Particles lost (9) on oxidation
Across
2. A reaction in which oxidation and reduction takes place (5)
3. An unbalanced equation (8)
4. Substance add up on reduction (8)
1
4
H G
2 5
D
R

3
S L

13
2.  Down
1. Phenomenon in which iron vessels get damaged on adding copper sulphate solution (12)
3. Phenomenon in which food material starts to smell badly on keeping (9)
Across
2. A reaction between acids and bases (14)
4. A process in which one of the products become insoluble (13)

I
3

2
L N
4
P C I

CHAPTER- 2
ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS
GIST OF THE LESSON
1) Acids are sour in taste, turn blue litmus red, and dissolve in water to release H+ ions e.g. HCl,
H2SO4, HNO3 etc.

2) Bases are bitter in taste, have soapy touch, turn red litmus blue and give hydroxide ions in
solution.

e.g. NaOH, KOH etc.

3) A salt is a compound which is formed by neutralization reaction between an acid and base.
e.g. sodium chloride.

3) Indicators – Indicators are substances which indicate the acidic or basic nature of the solution
by their colour change.
The colour of some acid – base indicators in acidic and basic medium are given below

14
 Sr. INDICATORS COLOUR IN COLOUR IN
No. ACIDIC BASIC
MEDIUM MEDIUM
1 Litmus solution Red Blue
2 Methyl Orange Pink Orange
3 Phenolphthalein Colourless Pink
4 Methyl red Yellow Red

5) Chemical properties of acids:

i) Acids react with active metals to give hydrogen gas.
Zn + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2
ii) Acids react with metal carbonate and metal hydrogen carbonate to give carbon dioxide.
NaHCO3 +HCl NaCl + H2O + CO2
iii) Acids react with bases to give salt and water. This reaction is called as neutralization reaction.
NaOH + HCl  NaCl +H2O
iv) Acids react with metals oxides to give salt and water.
CuO + H2SO4  CuSO4 + H2O
6) Chemical properties of Bases:
i) Reaction with Metals - Certain reactive metals such as Zinc, Aluminium, and Tin react with alkali
solutions on heating and hydrogen gas is evolved.
2NaOH + Zn  Na2ZnO2 +H2
ii) Reaction with acids -Bases react with acids to form salt and water.
KOH +HCl  KCl +H2O
iii) Reaction with Non -metallic oxides – These oxides are generally acidic in nature. They react with
bases to form salt and water.
2NaOH + CO2  Na2CO3 + H2O
7) PH Scale: The concentration of hydrogen ion in solution is expressed in terms of pH. The pH of a
solution is defined as the negative logarithm of hydrogen ion concentration in moles per liter.
pH = - log [H+]
For water or neutral solutions, pH = 7 ; For acidic solutions, pH < 7; For basic solutions, pH > 7
8) Some Important Chemical Compounds:

a) Common Salt (NaCl)

Sodium chloride is known as common salt. Its main source is sea water. It is also exists in the
form of rocks and is called rock salt.
Common salt is an important component of our food. It is also used for preparing sodium hydroxide,
baking soda, washing soda etc.
b) Sodium Hydroxide or Caustic Soda (NaOH)
It is prepared by passing electricity through an aqueous solution of sodium chloride also known as
brine.
2NaCl (aq) + 2 H2O (l)  2NaOH (aq) + Cl2 (g) + H2 (g)
This process is known as chlor-alkali process.
Properties:
1. It is white translucent solid.
2. Crystals of sodium hydroxide are deliquescent.
3. It is readily soluble in water and gives strong alkaline solution.

15
c) Bleaching Powder (CaOCl2)
Its chemical name is calcium oxychloride. It is prepared by passing chlorine gas through dry slaked
lime.
Ca (OH) 2 + Cl2 CaOCl2 + H2O
Uses –
1. For bleaching cotton and linen in textile industry and wood pulp in paper industry
2. For disinfecting drinking water.

d) Baking Soda (NaHCO3)

Chemical name is Sodium hydrogen carbonate.
It is prepared by passing CO2 gas through brine solution saturated with ammonia.
NaCl + H2O +CO2 +NH3  NH4Cl + NaHCO3
Properties:
1. It is white crystalline solid and sparingly soluble in water at room temperature.
2. On heating it decomposes to give sodium carbonate and carbon dioxide.
3. It reacts with acids to give carbon dioxide gas.
4. It aqueous solution is weak alkaline due to hydrolysis.
Uses:
1. It is used in soda – acid fire extinguisher.
2. It acts as mild antiseptic and antacid.
3. It is used as a component of baking powder. In addition to sodium hydrogen carbonate baking soda
contains tartaric acid.

e) Washing Soda (Na2CO3.10 H2O)

Chemical name is sodium carbonate decahydrate.
It is prepared by heating baking soda. Recrystallisation of sodium carbonate gives washing soda.
2NaHCO3  Na2CO3 +H2O +CO2
Na2CO3 +10 H2O  Na2CO3. 10 H2O
Uses:
1. It is used for removing permanent hardness of water.
2. It is used in glass, soap and paper industries.
3. It can be used as a cleaning agent for domestic purposes.

f) Plaster of Paris (CaSO4.1/2H2O)

Its chemical name is calcium sulphate hemihydrates. It is obtained by heating Gypsum upto 373K.
CaSO4.2H2O  CaSO4.1/2H2O + 11/2H2O
On treatment with water it is again converted into gypsum and sets as a hard mass.
CaSO4.1/2H2O+11/2H2OCaSO4.2H2O
Uses:-
1. It is used by doctors for setting fractured bones.

2. It is used for making statues, models and other decorative materials.

16
 MIND MAP

PHYSICAL PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES PROPERTIES
Corrosive Soapy to touch
Blue litmus red Red litmus blue
Sour to taste Bitter to taste
Give H+ ions Gives OH¯ ions

ACI BAS
DS ES

ACID, BASES AND

SALTS pH
INDICATO
Scale
RS
Indicates
whether a
substance is acid
basic or neutral
SALTS
Formed when an acid and a
base reacts with each other

Common Plaster of
salt paris
NaCl CaSO4.½H2
O

Bleaching Washing
Baking
powder soda
soda
CaOCl3 Na2CO3.10H
NaHCO3

17
 ACID, BASES AND SALTS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q.PAPER

MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

ii. Name the gas formed when sodium hydroxide reacts with zinc.

iii. Write the chemical name of baking soda.

iiii. What happens when gypsum is heated at 373K?

iiv. Which has a higher pH value 1M HCl or 1M NaOH solution?

iv. Hydrogen ion concentration of an acid is 1 x 10-2 mol/l. what is its pH?

ivi. What is meant by ‗Water of Crystallisation‘ of a substance? Describe an activity to show that.

ivii. Why does tooth decay start when the pH of mouth is lower than 5.5?

iviii. What is baking powder? How does it make the cake soft and spongy?

iix. Give Arrhenius definition of an acid and a base. Choose strong acid and strong base from the
following:
CH3COOH, NH4OH, KOH, HCl

ix. What happens when nitric acid is added to egg shell? Give the chemical equation.

ixi. A student prepared solutions of an acid and a base in two separate beakers. She forgot to label the
solutions and litmus paper is not available in the laboratory. Since both the solutions are
colourless, how will she distinguish between the two?

ixii. Identify the compound ‗X‘ on the basis of the reactions given below. Write the names and
chemical formulae of A, B, C

+ Zn
(A) + H2 (g)
+HCl
Compound X (B) + H2O
+ CH3COOH
(C) + H2O

18
ixiii. How is plaster of Paris prepared? What is its chemical formula? Write is chemical name.

ixiv.
a) Define strong acid and weak acid.

b) A student working in the laboratory added some water to a syrupy liquid taken in tube. The
tube immediately cracked and the liquid escaped out, that produced blisters on the skin of the
student. Why?

HOTS QUESTIONS
Q.1. In one of the industrial process used for manufacture of sodium hydroxide, a gas ‗X‘ is
formed as by – product. The gas ‗X‘ reacts with lime water to give a compound ‗Y‘ which is
used as a bleaching agent in chemical industry. Identify ‗X‘ and ‗Y‘ giving the chemical
equation of the reaction.
Ans. In the manufacture of sodium hydroxide, hydrogen gas and chlorine gas (X) are formed as by
products. When chlorine gas (X) reacts with lime water, it forms calcium oxy chloride
(bleaching powder) Y.
2NaCl (aq) + 2 H2O (L) 2NaOH (Aq) + Cl2 (G) + H2 (G)
‗X‘  Cl2 gas
Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 CaOCl2 + H2O

Q.2. Dry hydrogen chloride gas does not turn blue litmus, whereas hydrochloric acid does. Why?
Ans. In the dry state, hydrogen chloride (HCl) does not release H+ ions. Therefore, it cannot
behave as an acid. When dissolved in water, it forms hydrochloric acid. It dissociates to give
H+ ions in solution and behaves as an acid.

Q.3. Acid when react with metals release hydrogen gas but there is one acid which when reacts
with metals does not release hydrogen except for two metals. Prove this statement.
Ans. Acid + Metal  Salt + Hydrogen
e.g. 2HCl + 2Na  2NaCl + H2
H2SO4 + 2Na  Na2SO4 + H2
HNO3 + Na  No hydrogen gas.
Because nitric acid is strong oxidising agent. Nitric acid reacts only with Mg and Mn to give
hydrogen gas.
Mg + 2HNO3 Mg(NO3)2 + H2
Mn + 2HNO3Mn(NO3)2 + H2

Q. 4 Name the properties responsible for the following uses of baling powder. (i) Baking industry
(ii) As an antacid (ii) As soda-acid fire extinguisher.
Q. 5 What is meant by water of crystallisation of a substance? What is its importance?
Q. 6 What effect does an increase in concentration of ‗H‘ ions in a solution have on the pH of a
solution
Q. 7 Fresh milk has a pH Of 6. When it changes to curd, will its pH value increase or decrease?
Why?

19
Q. 8 How does the flow of acid rain water into a river make the survival of aquatic life in a river
difficult?
Q. 9 Arrange in the increasing order of their pH values: NaOH solution, Blood, Lemon juice,
Q. 10 Two solutions A and B have pH values of 5 and 8 respectively. Which solution will be basic
in nature?
Q. 11 Why does an aqueous solution of acid conduct electricity?
Q. 12 How is alkali different from a base?

FA II
ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS
ORAL QUESTIONS – (Conversation Type)
1. a) Acids are sour in taste. Is it a way to find whether a substance is an acid or a base?

b) What is other physical test?

c) Any test with solid acid?

d) Can you check the evolution of CO2 chemically?

2. a) What are acids?

b) Can presence of H+ ion in water be estimated? How?

c) How is pH related to strength of an acid?

d) Name one strong acid and one weak acid.

3. a) What are salts?

b) How many types of salts are formed?

c) What are neutral salts?

d) What do you mean by acidic salts?

e) Define basic salts.

f) Give the corresponding acid and base from which sodium carbonate is formed.

4. a) What is common salt?

b) Why does common salt become moist in rainy season?

c) How is it used as a freezing mixture?

d) Name two important laboratory chemicals prepared from common salt on large scale.

5. a) What is washing soda?

20
 b) Name the process by which sodium carbonate is manufacture.

c) What are the raw materials used in the preparation of washing soda?

d) Sodium carbonate is obtained from another carbonate on heating. Name it.

6. a) Name the substance used for bleaching cotton and wood pulp in textiles.

b) What is its chemical name?

c) How is it manufactured?

d) What is slaked lime?

e) Why does bleaching powder smell of chlorine?

ORAL QUESTIONS
1. Name the acid present in lemon juice.

2. What is the chemical difference between washing soda and baking powder?

3. Name the acid present in ant sting.

4. What is the ideal pH of the soil for the healthy growth of a plant?

5. At what pH the mouth teeth start decaying?

6. How is pH of an acid solution affected when it is diluted?

7. Name the gas responsible for extinguishing fire in a soda – acid fire extinguisher.

8. Out of glucose and acetic acid which one will conduct electricity in water?

9. What is the pH of blood?

10. What is the chemical name of the compound which has the property of hardening when mixed
with water?

QUIZ – WHO AM I
1. I can roughly measure pH value from 0 – 14.

2. I am called antichlor and am used to remove excess chlorine from clothes when treated with
bleaching powder.
3. I am a product of gypsum and am used to making chalks and fire proof materials.

4. I am a compound of calcium and can be used for disinfecting drinking water as well as for
decolourisation.
5. I give different smell in acid and base solution.

21
6. I am an oxide capable of showing properties for both acids and bases.

7. I am a covalent compound and conducts electricity in aqueous medium.

8. I am a salt of potassium hydroxide and nitric acid.

9. I am the term used when a solid becomes liquid when exposed to moist air.

10. I am derived from tomato and turn blue litmus into red.

PUZZLES
1.  Across
1. Known as vinegar (6)
4. A mineral acid (12)

 Down
2. Acid obtained from milk (6)
3. An acid obtained from lemon (6)
4 2 3
C L C
1
C C

C C

2.  Across
1. A stone used for manufacture of sodium carbonate (9)
3. A substance that changes colour in acid – base solution (9)

 Down
2. A gas obtained in the electrolysis of sodium chloride (8)
3. A substance that gives relief from acidity (7)
2
C

1
I T
3
N A

22
23
 CHAPTER – 3

METALS AND NON – METALS

GIST OF THE LESSON

Elements are classified broadly into two categories on the basis of properties:
Metals: Iron, Zinc, Copper, Aluminium etc.
Non – metals: Chlorine, Nitrogen, Hydrogen, Oxygen, Sulphur etc.
Apart from metals and non-metals some elements show properties of both metals and non – metals,
e.g. Silicon, Arsenic, Germanium .They are called metalloids

Comparison of physical and chemical properties of metals and non – metals:-

Sr. Property Metals Non-Metals
No.
1 Physical Metals are solid at room Non-metals generally
State temperature. Except exist as solids and
mercury and gallium. gases, except
Bromine.
2 Melting and Metals generally have Non-metals have low
boiling high m.pt and b.pt m.pt and b.pt except
points except gallium and diamond and graphite.
cesium.
3 Density Generally high. Generally low.
4 Malleability Malleable and ductile. Neither malleable nor
and ductile.
Ductility
5 Electrical Good conductors of heat Generally poor
and thermal and electricity. conductors of heat and
conductivity electricity except
graphite.
6 Luster Poses shining luster. Do not have luster
except iodine.
7 Sonorous Give sonorous sound Does not give
sound when struck. sonorous sound.
8 Hardness Generally hard except Solid non-metals are
Na, K generally soft except
diamond.

24
Comparison of Chemical Properties of Metals and Non-metals:-
1 Reaction Metal + Oxygen Metal Non-metal + Oxygen 
with oxide Non-metal oxide
Oxygen 4Na(s) + O2(g)  C + O2  CO2
2Na2O(s) S + O2  SO2
4Al(s) + 3O2(g)  2Al2O3 Non-metals form acidic
Metals form basic oxides oxides
Zn and Al form amphoteric CO and H2O are neutral
oxides (they show the oxides(they are neither
properties of both acidic acidic nor basic in
and basic oxides) nature) Non-
Most of the metal oxides metal oxides are soluble
are insoluble in water in water
Some of them dissolve to They dissolve in water to
form Alkali form acids
Na2O(s) + H2O(l)  SO2 + H2O  H2SO3
2NaOH(aq)
2 Reaction Metals react with water to Non-metals do not react
with water form metal oxides or metal with water, steam to
hydroxide and H2 gas is evolve hydrogen gas.
released. Because Non-metals
2Na(s) + 2H2O(l)  cannot give electrons to
2NaOH + hydrogen in water so that
H2(g) it can be released as H2
+ heat gas.
3 Reaction Metal + Acid  Metal salt Non-metals do not react
with dilute + Hydrogen with acids to release H2
Acids gas Reason-
HCl Non-metals cannot loose
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq)  electrons and give it to
MgCl2(aq) + H2(g) Hydrogen ions of acids
H2SO4 so that the gas is
2Na(s) + H2SO4  released.
Na2SO4(aq) +H2(g) Mn + 2HNO3 
HNO3 Mn(NO3)2 + H2
Metal + HNO3  H2 gas is H2 gas from HNO3
not displaced.
Reason- HNO3 is strong
oxidizing agent.
4 Reaction When metals react with salt When non-metals react
with salt solution, more reactive with salt solution, more
solutions metal will displace a less reactive non-metal will
reactive metal from its salt displace a less reactive
solution. CuSO4(aq) non-metal from its salt
+ Zn(s)  ZnSO4(aq) + solution.
Cu(s) 2NaBr(aq) + Cl2(g) 
2NaCl(aq) + Br2(aq)
5 Reaction Metal + Chlorine  Metal Non-metal + Chlorine 
25
 with Chloride Non-metal Chloride
Chlorine ionic bond is formed. covalent bond is formed.
Therefore Ionic compound Therefore covalent
is obtained. 2Na compound is obtained.
+ Cl2  2NaCl H2(g) + Cl2  2HCl
6 Reaction Metals react with hydrogen Non-metals react with
with to form metal hydride hydrogen to form
Hydrogen This reaction takes place hydrides H2(g) +
only for most reactive S(l)  H2S(g)
metals. 2Na(s)
+ H2(g)  2NaH(s)

Properties of ionic compounds

1. Physical nature:solid and hard due to strong force of attraction. (generally brittle)

2. Melting point and boiling point:have high M.P and B.P, as large amount of heat energy is
required to break strong ionic attraction.

3. Solubility: soluble in water and insoluble in kerosene and pertrol.

4. Conduction of electricity:ionic compounds in solid state-----does not conduct electricity.

Reason—Ions can not move due to rigid solid structure. Ionic compounds conduct electricity
in molten state.

Reason-- Ions can move freely since the electrostatic forces of attraction between the
oppositely charged ions are overcome due to heat.

Occurrence of metals.

It occurs in Earths crust, sea-water

Minerals Ores
Elements or compounds, occuring naturally Minerals that contain very high percentage
in the earth‘s crust of a perticular metal and these metals can be
extracted economically on a large scale.
e.g Bouxite ore → Aluminium
Haematite → Iron

26
27
 MIND MAP

PHYSICAL CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

PROPERTIES  Metal + O2  metal oxide
 Solid
 Metal + H2O metal
 High M .P & B. P hydroxide
METALS
 High density  Metal + dil. Acid salt + H2

 Metal + Cl metal chloride

 Malleable & ductile
 Metal + H2metal hydride
 Good conductor of METALS AND
heat and electricity NON - METALS

NON-
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES CHEMICAL
METAL
 Solid, liquid and gas PROPERTIES
 Non-metal + O2 Non-
 Not malleable & ductile metal oxide

 Low M.P & B.P  Non-metal + steamH2

 Poor conductor of heat  Non-metal + acidno

electricity reaction

 Non-metal + chlorinenon-
metal chloride

 Non-metal +

28
 METALS AND NON – METALS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q.PAPER

MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

1) Which metal other than mercury is liquid at room temperature?

2) Why the item made of silver turns black when exposed to air?

3) Which non – metal is lustrous?

4) What is an amalgam?

5) What is the nature of oxides of metal?

6) Give reasons for the following:

a) Na, K and Ca metals form hydrides by combination with hydrogen gas, but most other metals
do not.
b) Metals conduct electricity.

7) Write the equations for the reactions of:

a) Iron with steam.
b) Calcium and potassium with water.

8) What is activity series? How does it help us in predicting the relative reactivities of various
metals?

9) What is the difference between sodium atom and sodium ion?

10)
a) Write electron dot structure for sodium and oxygen.
b) Show the formation of Na2O by electron transfer.
c) What are the ions present in these compounds?

11) Write three properties of ionic compounds.

12) Explain how a metal low in the activity series can be extracted. Write suitable example.

29
13) Give reasons:
a) Platinum, gold and silver are used to make jewellery.
b) Sodium, potassium and lithium are stored under oil.
c) Aluminium is a highly reactive metal; still it is used to make utensils for cooking.

14) Name the following:

a) A non – metal that is a good conductor of electricity.
b) A metallic oxide which cannot be reduced by coke.
c) A metallic oxide which is amphoteric in nature.
d) A non – metallic oxide which is neutral.
e) Principal ore of aluminium.

HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED / UNSOLVED)

Q.1 a) What are amphoteric oxides? Choose the amphoteric oxides from amongst the following:
Na2O, ZnO, Al2O3, CO2, H2O
b) Why is it that non metals do not displace hydrogen from dilute acid?
Ans. a) The oxides which are acidic as well as basic in nature are called amphoteric oxides. ZnO
and Al2O3are amphoteric oxides.
b) Non metals can not loose electrons so that H+ ions become hydrogen gas.
Q.2. What is anodizing? What is its use?
Ans. The process of forming thick oxide layer of aluminium oxide that makes it resistant to further
corrosion.
Q.3. What is Aqua regia? What is its use?
Ans. It is a mixture of concentrated HCl and concentrated HNO3 in the ratio 3:1. It can dissolve
gold and platinum.
Q.4. Give reason: Aluminium is highly reactive metal, but it is used to make utensils for cooking.
Q.5. Explain why (a) Iron articles are frequently painted. (b) Iron sheets are coated with Zinc
layer.
Q.6 On adding dilute HCl acid to copper oxide powder, the solution formed is blue – green.
Predict the new compound formed which imparts a blue – green colour to the solution? Write
its equation.
Q.7. Name the property of metal used in the following cases- (i) Aluminium foil (ii) Meta
jewellery (iii) Cable wires (iv) Bells
Q.8. How can you prove that Zinc is more reactive than Copper?
Q.9. Draw and explain the electrolytic refining of impure Copper.
Q.10. Why is Aluminium extracted from Alumina by electrolytic reduction and not by reducing it
with Carbon?
Q.11 Write 3 points of difference between Calcination & Roasting?
Q.12 Write 5 points of difference between Ionic compound and covalent compound.
Q.13 What is thermit reaction? Give its one use.
Q.14 What is amalgam?
Q. 15 Magnesium when reacts with hot water, starts floating. Why?

30
 FA II
METALS AND NON – METALS

ORAL QUESTIONS
1. Name the metal which is a liquid.

2. Name the non – metal which shows lustre.

3. Name the lightest metal.

4. Name the metal with highest density.

5. Name the property of the metals by virtue of which these can be beaten into sheets

6. Name the property of the metals by virtue of which these can be drawn into wires.

7. Name the material which is kept in water.

8. Name the metal used for galvanisation of iron.

9. Mercury is liquid and a good conductor of heat. How is this property utilized?

QUIZ – WHO AM I
1. I am a property of metals which appears at lower temperatures.

2. I am noble conductor of heat and electricity.

3. Though I get corroded in atmosphere but still find wide applications for making kitchen
utensils.

4. I am a metal but very soft and cannot be kept in the open.

5. I am called a series and play a significant role when a metal reacts with solutions of other
metal salts.

6. Scientists / Industrialists use me to extract metals profitably and economically.

7. I am a process to refine metals of high reactivity.

8. I am a process associated with wasting away of metals by the action of atmospheric gases and
moisture

9. I am homogenous and not a compound though my formation least to altering the properties of
metals involved.

10. We belong to the same category of elements but still combine to form molecules / compounds.

31
 PUZZLES
1.  Across
1. Property of metals to give long wires. (9)
3. Solid solution of metal (6)
 Down
2. Three dimensional networks of ionic compounds (7).
3. Process of heating concentrated ores in the absence of air (11)
4
2
3
A L
C
1
T I Y

2.  Across
1. Property of metals to give sheets. (12)
4. Refined naturally occurring inorganic solid from which metal is extracted economically(3)
 Down
2. Property of metals to allow passage of heat or electricity (12).
3. A series determined by electropositive character of metals (10)
2 4
3
O E
N A
C

C
1
L I I Y
V

CHAPTER 6 -LIFE PROCESSES

32
 KEY CONCEPTS & GIST OF THE LESSON
 Life processes – The processes that are necessary for an organism to stay alive. Eg. Nutrition,
respiration, etc.
 Criteria of life- (i) Growth (ii) Movement
 Nutrition- The process in which an organism takes in food, utilizes it to get energy, for growth,
repair and maintenance, etc. and excretes the waste materials from the body.
 Types of nutrition
1. Autotrophic nutrition (Auto =self: trophos = nourishment) E.g. Plants, Algae, blue green
bacteria.
o Process – Photosynthesis(Photo=light; Synthesis= to combine)
o Raw materials- (i) Carbon dioxide (ii)Water
o Equation- sunlight
o 6CO2 + 6H2O C6H12O6 + 6O2
Chlorophyll
o Energy conversion- Light/Solar energy to Chemical energy
o Role off Chlorophyll- To trap the sun‘s energy for photosynthesis
o Factors- (i) Carbon dioxide (ii) Water(iii) Light (iv) Temperature
o Events/ Steps of photosynthesis-
(i) Absorption of light energy by chlorophyll
(ii) Conversion of light energy to chemical energy & Splitting of water
molecule into Hydrogen & oxygen
(iii) Reduction of Carbon dioxide to Carbohydrate
o Gaseous exchange- (i) Gas used- Carbon dioxide
(ii) By product - Oxygen
o Source of raw materials-
(i) Carbon dioxide –Land plants- Air, Aquatic plants- Water
(ii) Water & Minerals - Soil

2. Heterotrophic nutrition (Hetero =others: trophos = nourishment) Eg. Animals, plants

lacking chlorophyll like fungi.
(a) Saprophytic nutrition: Organisms feeds on dead decaying plants or animals material. E.g. Fungi,
Bacteria

(b) Parasitic nutrition: Organisms obtain food from the body of another living (host)
o Endoparasite : Parasite lives inside the body of the host e.g. tapeworm, roundworm.
o Exoparasite : Parasite lives on the body of the host. E.g. lice, leech.
Note- The parasite benefits while the host is usually harmed e.g. Cuscutta-plant parasite (amar bel),
plasmodium (malarial parasite).

(c) Holozoic nutrition: Organism (mostly animals) take in whole food and then digest it into smaller
particles with enzyme. Eg. Amoeba, Paramoecium. Animals, human beings.
o Steps in Holozoic nutrition
(i) Ingestion: taking in of food.
(ii) Digestion: breaking down of complex food into simpler, absorbable form.
(iii) Assimilation: Utilization of digested food from the body.
(iv) Egestion: Removing undigested food from the body

o Nutrition in human beings

33
 Alimentary canal-
Mouth → Oesophagus → Stomach → Small intestine → Large intestine
 Important gland/juices
(Refer to figure 6.6 page no.97 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

Organ Gland Enzyme/Juice Function

Mouth Salivary Salivary Amylase Converts starch into sugar

glands
Stomach Gastric glands Gastric juice-
(i) Hydrochloric (a) Kills harmful bacteria that
acid → enters with the food.
(b) Makes the medium alkaline
for the action of Pepsin
(ii) Pepsin → Digests proteins
(iii) Mucus → Protects the inner lining of the
stomach from the corrosive action of
Hydrochloric acid.
Small 1) Liver (i) Bile juice → (a) Makes the medium acidic
intestine for the action of Pancreatic
enzymes.
(b) Breaks down large fat
molecules into smaller globules
so that enzymes can act upon
them.
2) Pancreas (ii) Pancreatic
Juice
 Amylase → Converts Carbohydrates to glucose
 Trypsin → Converts Proteins to Amino acids
 Lipase → Converts Fats into Fatty acids &
Glycerol

 Peristaltic movements- Rhythmic contraction of muscles of the lining of Alimentary canal

to push the food forward.
 Sphincter muscle- Helps in the exit of food from the stomach.

 Villi- Small finger like projections on the walls of-

(v) Small intestine- To increase the surface area for the absorption of food.
(vi) Large intestine- For absorption of water.

 Respiration- The process by which digested food is broken down with the help of Oxygen to
release energy.

o Types of respiration- (i) Aerobic respiration (ii) Anaerobic respiration

Aerobic respiration Anaerobic respiration

34
1. Takes place in presence of Oxygen. 1. Takes place in absence of Oxygen.

2. End products- Carbon dioxide & Water 2. End products- Ethanol & Carbon dioxide

3. More energy is released. 3. Less energy is released.

4. Takes place in Cytoplasm & Mitochondria 4. Takes place in only in Cytoplasm.

5. Complete oxidation of glucose takes place. 5. Incomplete oxidation of glucose takes place.

6. It occurs in most organisms. 6. It occurs in certain bacteria, yeast & certain

tissues of higher organisms. E.g. In humans
during vigorous exercise, when the demand for
Oxygen is more than the supply, muscle cells
respire anaerobically for some time.

7. Equation- 7. Equation-
Glucose→ Pyruvate→ CO2 + H2O + Energy In Yeast-
Glucose→ Pyruvate→ Ethanol + H2O + Energy
In muscle cells -
Glucose→ Pyruvate→ Lactic acid + Energy

o Some common features of Respiratory organs-

(i) Large surface area- for greater rate of diffusion of respiratory gases.
(ii) Thin permeable walls – to ensure easy diffusion & exchange of gases.
(iii) Extensive blood supply- Respiratory organs are richly supplied with blood vessels for
quick transport of gases.
o Gaseous exchange in plants-
 Process – Diffusion
 Direction of diffusion depends on- (i) Environmental conditions
(ii) Requirement of the plant.
 Day time- Carbon dioxide given out during respiration is used for photosynthesis.
Therefore only Oxygen is released, which is a major activity during the day.
 Night time – Only respiration takes place. Therefore only Carbon dioxide is released,
which is a major activity during the night.

o Gaseous exchange in animals-

 Terrestrial animals- take Oxygen from the atmosphere.
 Aquatic animals- take Oxygen dissolved in water. (Oxygen content is low in water,
therefore they breathe faster.
o Human Respiratory system-
External nostrils → Nasal cavity → Trachea→ Bronchi → Bronchioles →Alveoli
 Rings of cartilage present in the throat ensure that the trachea (air passage) does not
collapse when there is less air in it.
 Lungs – (i) Present in the thoracic cavity.
(ii) They are spongy, elastic bags consisting of Bronchi,
Bronchioles and Alveoli
Refer to figure 6.9 page no. 104 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
35
 o Respiration occurs in two phases-
o (i) External-Breathing, which is a mechanical process.
(ii) Internal - Cellular respiration
o Mechanism of breathing – It includes : (i)Inhalation (ii) Exhalation
o Exchange of gases-
 Unicellular organisms- By Diffusion
 Animals- (i) As the body size is large, diffusion alone is not enough.
(ii) Respiratory pigments also required.
(iii) Respiratory pigment in human beings is Haemoglobin,
which is present in red blood corpuscles.
(iv) It has very high affinity for Oxygen.
(iv) Carbon dioxide is more soluble in water than Oxygen, so it
Gets dissolves in blood and is thus transported.
 Transportation
o Transportation in human beings-
 Blood- (i) It is a fluid connective tissue.
(ii) Components- (1) Fluid medium- Plasma
(2) Red blood corpuscles
(3) White blood corpuscles
(4) Platelets suspended in plasma
(iii) Plasma transports food, Oxygen, Carbon dioxide,
Nitrogenous wastes, etc.
 Functions of blood- (i) Transport of respiratory gases.
(ii) Transport of nutrients.
(iii) Transport of waste products.
(iv) Defence against infection
 Blood vessels- (i) Arteries (ii) Veins (iii) Capillaries
Arteries Veins
1. Thick walled. 1. Thin walled.
2. Deep seated. 2. Superficial.
3. Carry blood away from the heart. 3. Carry blood to the heart.
4. Carry Oxygenated blood. 4. Carry Deoxygenated blood.
5. Valves absent. 5. Valves present

 Heart- (Refer to figure 6.10 page no. 106 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
(i) It is a muscular organ, which works as a pump in the circulatory system.
(ii) It is the size of our fist.
(iii) It has two sides, which are separated by a partition so that the oxygenated and
deoxygenated blood do not get mixed up.
(iv) It has four chambers-
Two upper chambers called Atria.
Two lower chambers called Ventricles.
 Working of heart-
Left side- (i) Left atrium relaxes & the Oxygenated blood enters it from
the lungs through the pulmonary vein.
(ii) Left atrium contracts & the blood enters the left ventricle
through the valve.
(iii) Left Ventricle contracts and the blood is pumped into the
largest artery ‗Aorta‘ and is carried to all parts of the body.
36
 Right side- (i) Right atrium relaxes & the deoxygenated blood from the body enters it
through superior and inferior Vena cava.
(ii) Right atrium contracts & the blood enters the right Ventricle through
the valve.
(iii) Right Ventricle contracts and the blood is pumped into the Pulmonary
artery and is carried to lungs.
 Valves- Unidirectional to prevent the backward flow of blood.
 Pulmonary vein is the only vein that carries Oxygenated blood.
 Aorta is the only artery that carries Deoxygenated blood.
 Double circulation in man- because the blood passes through the heart twice in one
complete cycle of the circulation.
 Capillaries- (i) Form the connection between arteries & veins.
(ii) Walls are one cell thick only for easy exchange of
blood.
 Platelets- Plug the leaks of arteries and veins by clotting the blood.
 Lymph- Extracellular fluid similar to plasma but colourless with lesser protein.
 Function of lymph- (i) Transportation of digested & absorbed fats from
the small intestine.
(ii) Drains excess fluid from the intercellular spaces
back in the blood.
 Higher animals- E.g., birds, mammals.
(i) Oxygenated blood & Deoxygenated blood are completely separate for
efficient Oxygen supply.
(ii) This is to fulfil higher energy needs and to maintain body temperature
(warm blooded animals).
 Amphibians & reptiles- have 3 chambered heat where little mixing of Oxygenated
blood & Deoxygenated blood takes place. Therefore their body temperature varies with
the temperature of the environment. (cold blooded animals)
o Transportation in plants-
 Plants need less energy needs- because they do not move and therefore have a slow
transport system
 Transport of water-
(i) Takes place by xylem tissue present in roots, stem, leaves and is
therefore interconnected.
(ii) Root cells take up ions from the soil, which creates a concentration
difference between root and soil. Column of water therefore rises
upwards.
 In very tall plants- transpiration creates a suction pressure, which pulls the water
upwards.
 Importance of transpiration-
(i) Helps in upward movement of water in plants.
(ii) It regulates the temperature in plants.

 Transport of food-
(i) Takes place by phloem tissue.
(ii) Movement of prepared food in plants is called translocation.
 Excretion- The biological process of removal of harmful metabolic wastes in living
organisms.
37
  Excretion in human beings-
(Refer to figure 6.13 page no. 110 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
 Organs of excretory system- (i) Kidneys (iii) Urinary bladder
(ii) Ureters (iv) Urethra
 Kidneys-
(i) Two in number
(ii) Bean shaped
(iii) Present in abdomen on either side of the backbone
(iv) Basic unit is nephron.
a. Glomerulus- Group of capillaries (cluster) present in Bowman‘s
capsule to receive blood from renal artery and filters it.
b. Bowman‘s capsule- Cup shaped structure, which contains glomerulus.
c. Convoluted tubule- is long and reabsorbs vital nutrients like glucose, amino
acids, salts, urea and water.

Note-Vital functions of kidneys- (a) Filtration & removal of Nitrogenous wastes

(b) Reabsorption of vital nutrients
 Ureters- Transport the urine formed in the kidneys to the urinary bladder.
 Urinary bladder- Muscular bag like structure to store urine.
 Urethra- Helps in removal of urine when the Urinary bladder is full.
 Artificial kidney- Principle: Dialysis
 Excretion in plants-
 Gaseous wastes- CO2 in respiration & O2 in photosynthesis are removed by the process
of diffusion.
 Excess water- is removed by transpiration.
 Other wastes- (i) Stored in cellular vacuoles or in leaves, which fall off or as
gums, resins, etc. in old xylem.
(ii) Excreted in soil.
 Important diagrams-
1. Open & close stomata
2. Steps of nutrition in Amoeba
3. Alimentary canal of human beings/ Digestive system of human beings
4. Respiratory system of human beings
5. Structure of heart.
6. Excretory system of human beings
7. Structure of nephron
 Important activities-
1. To prove that chlorophyll is necessary for photosynthesis.
2. To prove that Carbon dioxide is necessary for photosynthesis.
3. To prove that light is necessary for photosynthesis.
4. To prove that product of fermentation is Carbon dioxide.
5. To prove that leaves lose water by transpiration.
6. To study the action of salivary amylase on starch.
7. To demonstrate that Carbon dioxide is present in exhaled air.
8. To demonstrate the process of transpiration in plants.

38
 LIFE PROCESS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q.PAPER
MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

1. Name the site of photosynthesis.

2. What is osmoregulation?

3. Name the excretory unit of kidney.

4. What is neuron?

5. Name the term for transport of food from leave to other parts of the plant.

6. Draw the diagram of cross – section of a lead and label the following in it:
a. Chloroplast
b. Guard cell
c. Lower epidermis
d. Upper epidermis

7. What do you mean by double circulation of blood?

8. Explain why Bile juice does not contain any digestive enzymes, yet it is essential for digestion.

9. How would non – secretion of hydrochloric acid in our stomach affect food digestion? Explain.

10. How does nutrition takes place in Amoeba?

11. Draw a diagram of cross section of human heart. Show the path of flow of blood with the help
of arrows.

12. How water is transported upwards in plants?

13. Descried the functioning of nephrons.

14.
a. Draw a diagram of human alimentary canal.
b. Label the following – oesophagus, liver, gall bladder, and duodenum.
c. What is the function of liver in human body?
HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED / UNSOLVED)
39
Q1. Why is it necessary to separate oxygenated and deoxygenated blood in mammals and birds?
Ans. The mammals and birds are warm-blooded animals which have high energy needs because they
constantly require energy to maintain their body temperature. It is necessary to separate oxygenated
blood and deoxygenated blood in mammals and birds because such a separation allows a highly
efficient supply of oxygen to the body cells which is required for producing a lot of energy needed by
them.
Q2. How is small intestine designed to absorb digested food?
Ans. The inner surface of small intestine has millions of tiny, finger like projections called Villi. The
presence of villi gives the inner walls of the small intestine a very large surface area. The large inner
surface area of small intestine helps in the rapid absorption of the digested food.

LIFE PROCESSES
ORAL QUESTIONS
1. Do plants also need oxygen?

2. How does food passes through alimentary canal?

3. What regulate the exit of food from the stomach into small intestine?

4. In which part of the alimentary canal food is completely digested absorbed?

5. In which cell organelle breakdown of pyruvate takes place using oxygen?

6. Which structures stop backward flow of blood in atria and ventricles?

7. The filtered urine is collected in which part of nephron?

8. Which part of the plant excretes some waste substances into the soil?

9. Name the process used to remove urea from the blood.

10. The process by which evaporation of water from the plants mainly through the stomata.

QUIZ
1. Digestion of starch in humans takes from which organ?

2. Absorption of energy takes place in sunlight by the pigment.

3. Is chloroplast is non – lining structure?

4. What is the function of amylase?

40
5. Name the organ responsible for respiration in fish.

6. Which is more harmful urea or ammonia?

7. Which contains less nitrogenous wastes, the renal vein or renal artery?

PUZZLES
1.  Across
2. Aerial part which eliminates waste from the plant body
4. Unicellular plant that carryout fermentation.
 Down
1. Transports oxygen in the body.
3. Carry impure blood.
4
1
2 3

2.  Across
1. Help in respiration in water.
5. Removed through urine.
 Down
2. Help to breath in air
3. The process by nitrogenous waste is removed.
4. Organism that takes in food with the help of pseudopodia.
1 2

3 4 5

41
Label The Diagram Of Respiratory System

42
  Cross word puzzle- Circulatory system
1 2

4 5

7
8 9

10

11

Clues for solving the cross word puzzle

ACROSS DOWN

3. The only vein that carries 1. The number of heart beats per
oxygenated blood to the heart minute.
4. The organ which beats 2. The two lower chambers of the
continously to act as a pump for heart.
the transport of blood. 7. The heart is roughly the size of
5. The number of chambers in the your ______.
human heart.
6. A doctor uses this instrument to
amplify the sound of the heart.
8. The two upper chambers of the
heart.
9. The heart is located on this side
of the chest cavity.
10. The only artery that carries
deoxygenated blood from the
heart.
11. They form the connection
between the arteries and veins

43
 To understand the structure of heart the students can the following jig-saw puzzle.

44
Photosynthesis – Crossword puzzle

Across Down

1 A plant pigment that absorbs sunlight. (11) 2 The process by which plants and some bacteria
use the energy from sunlight to produce sugar.
4 The links between the energy that carnivores (14)
get from eating to the energy captured by
photosynthesis. (4,5) 3 Part of the plant where photosynthesis
generally occurs. (6)
7 Chlorophyll absorbs every color of sunlight
except this. (5) 5 A compound needed for photosynthesis. (5)

8 A compound needed for photosynthesis. 6 An animal that eats plants. (9)

(6,7) 9 A by-product of photosynthesis. (6)
10 The product of photosynthesis. (5) 10 Number of molecules of oxygen produced
along with one molecule of sugar. (3)

45
 CHAPTER 7 – CONTROL & COORDINATION

KEY CONCEPTS & GIST OF THE LESSON

 Coordination-The working together of various organs of the body of an organism in a proper
manner to produce appropriate reaction to a stimulus is called coordination.

 Stimulus- The changes in the environment to which an organism responds and reacts is called
Stimulus

 Control & coordination in animals- takes place by (i) Nervous system & (ii) Endocrine system

 Nervous system
Stimulus → Receptor organ → Sensory nerve → Brain/Spinal cord
↓
Response ← Effector organ ← Motor nerve

 Endocrine system
Stimulus → Endocrine organ → Secrete hormone → Hormone in blood
↓
Response ← Target organ
 Parts of the Nervous system – (i) Brain (ii) Spinal cord (iii) Nerves (Neurons)

 A Neuron is the structural & functional unit of Nervous system

 Parts of a neuron- (i) Dendrites (ii) Cell body (iii) Axon

 Synapse- Space/junction between two adjacent nerves is called Synapse.

 Passing of information takes place –(i) By Electric impulse (inside the neuron) and
(ii) In the form of chemicals (At synapse)

 Reflex action- Spontaneous, involuntary and automatic response to a stimulus to protect us

from harmful situations. Eg. On touching a hot object unknowingly we instantly withdraw our
hand.

 Reflex arc- The pathway of the reflex action is called Reflex arc.
Stimulus → Receptor organ → Sensory nerve → Spinal cord →→Effector organ→ Response
Refer to figure 7.2 page no. 117 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

 Nervous system- (1) Central Nervous system (CNS) (2) Peripheral Nervous system
(PNS)
(i) Brain (i) Autonomic Nervous system
(ii) Spinal cord (ii) Voluntary Nervous system

 Brain (i) Centre of coordination of all activities (ii) Thinking is involved (iii) Complex
process
 Parts of brain- Refer to figure 7.3 page no. 118 of N.C.E.R.T Text book

46
 Fore brain Mid brain Hind brain

(i) Cerebrum ---------- (i) Cerebellum

(ii) Thalamus (ii) Pons
(iii) Hypothallamus (iii) Medulla oblongata

 Fore brain
Cerebrum- (i) Main thinking and largest part of the brain.
(ii) It has 3 main areas-
a. Sensory area- to receive impulses from sense organs via
Receptors
b. Motor area- control voluntary movements.
c. Association areas- Reasoning, learning & intelligence.
Thalamus – It relays sensory information to the Cerebrum
Hypothallamus- It forms the link between Nervous system & Endocrine system

 Mid brain- It connects Fore brain and Hind brain. Controls reflex of eyes & ears

 Hind brain- Connects the Fore brain & Hind brain

Cerebellum – Controls & coordinates muscular movements, maintaining body posture and
equilibrium.
Pons- Acts as a bridge between brain & spinal cord
Medulla oblongata- Controls involuntary actions like blood pressure, salivation, vomiting, etc.

 Spinal cord- Cylindrical or tubular structure extending downwards from the Medulla
oblongata.

 Protection of the brain & the spinal cord-

(i) Bony outer covering: skull for the brain & vertebral column for the spinal cord.
(ii) Cerebrospinal fluid present in between the three membranes.

 Action caused by Nervous tissue

Information → Nervous tissue → Brain Muscles → Causes action
 Path or action-
Nerve impulse → Muscle cell → Changes shape due to special proteins
↓
Action caused ← Shorter form of muscles ← Change shape & arrangement of cell
 Chemical communication by hormones- (advantages)
(i) Electrical impulses have their limitations because they reach only those cells connected
to the nervous tissue.
(ii) Also the nerve cells cannot generate & transmit impulses continuously.
(iii)Electrical communication is slower.

 Hormones- (i) are chemical messengers secreted by endocrine glands

(ii) Are secreted in small amounts & may act in nearby places or distant places.
(iii) Do not take part in the reaction & are destroyed immediately.

47
  Hormones are secreted by- Endocrine glands & Exocrine glands

S. No. Endocrine glands Exocrine glands

1. Ducts absent Ducts present
2. Secrete hormones Secrete enzymes
3. Secreted in blood Secreted in ducts of glands
4. Situated away from the site of action Situated near the site of action

 Some glands which act as both endocrine & exocrine

Gland Endocrine function Exocrine function

Pancreas Produces insulin & Glucagon Produces digestive enzyme. (pancreatic
hormone. amylase)
Testes Produces hormone Produces male gametes (reproductive cells)
Testosterone
Ovaries Produces hormone Oestrogen Produces female gametes (reproductive
cells)

 Important Endocrine glands, the hormone they secrete & their function
Refer to figure 7.7 page no. 124 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

Endocrine gland Hormone Function

Pituitary gland Growth hormone Body growth, development of bones & muscles
(If excess- Gigantism)
(If less- Dwarfism)
Thyroid gland Thyroxine Regulates carbohydrate, protein & fat
metabolism( If less- Goitre_
Pancreas Produces insulin & Regulates blood sugar levels (if less diabetes is
Glucagon hormone caused)
Testes in males Produces hormone Development of secondary male characters like
Testosterone deep voice, beard, etc.
Ovaries in Produces hormone Development of secondary female characters like
females Oestrogen mammary glands, menstrual cycle, maintenance
of pregnancy.
 Coordination in plants- Only chemical coordination is present in plants.
 Tropic movements- The movements of plants in the direction of stimulus (positive) or away
from it (negative) are called tropic movements. E.g. Phototropism, Geotropism.
Chemotropism.
Refer to figure 7.4 & 7.5 page no. 121 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
 Nastic movements -The movements of plants independent of stimuli are called nastic
movements. E.g.- Touch me not plant leaves close when touched.
 Plant hormones (Phytohormones)
Examples- 1. Auxins- Help in growth of root & shoot tips.
2. Gibberellins- Help in vegetative growth
3. Cytokinins- Promote cell division
4. Abscissic acid - Inhibits growth & causes wilting (falling) of leaves
 Important diagrams-
1. Structure of neuron (nerve cell)2.Reflex arc 3.Human brain4.Endocrine glands .

48
 Important activities-
1. To compare taste of sugar and food with open & blocked nostrils.
2. To demonstrate the response of a plant to the direction of light.
3. To demonstrate hydrotropism.
MIND MAP

CONTROL AND CO-

ORDINATION

ANIMALS
SSSDSS

NERVOUS ENDOCRINE
SYSTEM SYSTEM

REFLEX
ACTION PNS
Hormone secreted by
CNS glands

Reflex arc
Neuro

Brain, spinal
cord
Sensory
Moto
r

PLANTS Hormones

Growth
Growth
Plant promoting
inhibiting
movement

Tropic Nastic

Independent
Direction of stimulus
of 49
stimulus
 CONTROL AND CO - ORDINATION
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q. PAPER

MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

1. Which endocrine gland is unpaired?

2. Which part of the brain controlled posture and balance of the body?

3. Where in a neuron, conversions of electrical signal to a chemical signal occur?

4. Which gland secretes digestive enzyme as well as hormones?

5. We suddenly withdraw our hand when a pin pricks. Name the type of response involved in this
action.

6. What is a tropic movement? Explain with an example.

7. What will happen if intake of iodine in our diet is low?

8. Draw the structure of neuron and label the following on it:

a. Nucleus
b. Dendrite
c. Cell body
d. Axon

9. Why are some patients of diabetes treated by giving injections of insulin?

10. Why is the flow of signals in a synapse from axonal end of one neuron but not the reverse?

11. What are reflex actions? Explain reflex arc.

12. What are the major parts of the brains? Mention the functions of each.

13. How does chemical co – ordination take place in animals?

14.
a. Name the various plant hormones.
b. Give physiological effects of hormones on plant growth and development.

HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED / UNSOLVED)

50
Q1. Which hormone:

1. prepares the body for action?

2. controls the amount of sugar (glucose) in blood?

3. brings about changes in boys at puberty?

4. brings about changes in girls at puberty?

Ans. a) Adrenaline b) Insulin

c) Testosterone d) Oestrogen

Q2. i) Name the hormone produced by thyroid gland.

ii Which mineral is necessary for the synthesis of the above hormone?

iii Name the disease suffer from the deficiency of this mineral.

iv Write the function of the above hormones?

Q3. What is chemotropism? Give one example of chemotropism.

ORAL QUESTIONS
1. What is the basic unit of nervous system?

2. How do neuron conduct message from brain to other parts?

3. What do you mean by CNS?

4. What are its main parts?

5. Which part controls reflex action?

6. What are endocrine glands?

7. What is the secretion of endocrine gland called?

8. Name a gland of human body which secretes both enzymes and hormone.

9. Which plant hormone helps in cell division?

10. Which hormones help on stem elongation?

51
 QUIZ
1. Which system of our body is made of organised network for conducting information in the
body?

2. Which part of the neuron receives information?

3. What is the name of the neuron which remains between the sensory neuron and the motor
neuron? Where is it located?

4. Which part of the brain helps us to do activities like riding a cycle and walking in a straight
line?

5. What are two major types of muscles we have?

6. What causes change in leave of ‗touch me not‘ plant?

7. Which hormone helps us to prepare to combat adverse condition?

8. Name a female sex organ which produces gametes as well as female hormone.

CROSS WORD PUZZLE: NERVOUS SYSTEM

52
 Clues
ACROSS
1. Composed of the brain and spinal cord (3 words).
8. Contains photoreceptors; on the inner posterior portion of eye.
9. "Inside the mouth"
11. Electrical brain activity recorded with scalp or brain electrodes
(abbreviation).
13. Necessary for hearin
17. Neurotransmitter in brain, spinal cord and peripheral nervous system
(abbreviation).
18. Outermost layer of meninges.
19. Neurotransmitter lacking in patients with Parkinson's disease.
21. Supportive cells of the nervous system; "glue".
22. Nerve cell.
23. Photoreceptor that is not used for color vision.
24. Photoreceptor that is used for color vision.
26. The sense of hearing.
29. Opposite of "Yes"
30. Junction between two neurons.

DOWN
1. In the brain, it is the outermost layer of the gray matter.
2. The fifth cranial nerve.
3. The middle layer of the meninges.
4. The part of the cell containing chromosomes.
5. Period of sleep when dreams occur (abbreviation).
6. The second cranial nerve.
7. Fat-like substance that surrounds some axons.
10. The first cranial nerve.
12. Fluid that fills the ventricles (abbreviation).
14. Part of neuron that takes information TO the cell body.
16. Short for "mother".
18. Electrical brain activity between 2 and 4 Hz.
20. Part of neuron that takes information AWAY from the cell body.
22. A short written letter.
24. Abbreviation for 1 across.
25. Organ for vision.
27. Opposite of "off".
28. Opposite of "yes".

53
ANSWERS: CROSS WORD PUZZLE: NERVOUS SYSTEM

ELECTRICITY
54
 GIST OF THE LESSON
1. Positive and negative charges: The charge acquired by a glass rod when rubbed with silk is
called positive charge and the charge acquired by an ebonite rod when rubbed with wool is
called negative charge.

2. Coulomb: It is the S.I. unit of charge. One coulomb is defined as that amount of charge which
repels an equal and similar charge with a force of 9 x 109 N when placed in vacuum at a
distance of 1 meter from it. Charge on an electron = -1.6 x 10-19
coulomb.

3. Static and current electricities: Static electricity deals with the electric charges at rest while
the current electricity deals with the electric charges in motion.

4. Conductor: A substance which allows passage of electric charges through it easily is called a
‗conductor‘. A conductor offers very low resistance to the flow of current. For example copper,
silver, aluminium etc.

5. Insulator: A substance that has infinitely high resistance does not allow electric current to
flow through it. It is called an ‗insulator‘. For example rubber, glass, plastic, ebonite etc.

6. Electric current: The flow of electric charges across a cross-section of a conductor constitutes
an electric current. It is defined as the rate of flow of the electric charge through any section of
a conductor. Electric current = Charge/Time or
I = Q/t
Electric current is a scalar quantity.

7. Ampere: It is the S.I. unit of current. If one coulomb of charge flows through any section of a
conductor in one second, then current through it is said to be one ampere.
1 ampere = 1 coulomb/1 second or 1 A = 1C/1s = 1Cs-1
1 milliampere = 1 mA = 10-3 A
1 microampere = 1µA = 10-6 A

8. Electric circuit: The closed path along which electric current flows is called an ‗electric
circuit‘.

9. Conventional current: Conventionally, the direction of motion of positive charges is taken as

the direction of current. The direction of conventional current is opposite to that of the
negatively charged electrons.

10. Electric field: It is the region around a charged body within which its influence can be
experienced.

11. Electrostatic potential: Electrostatic potential at any point in an electric field is defined as the
amount of work done in bringing a unit positive charge from infinity to that point. Its unit is
volt. Positive charges move from higher to lower potential regions. Electrons, being negatively
charged, move from lower to higher potential regions.

55
12. Potential difference between two points: The Potential difference between two points in an
electric field is the amount of work done in bringing a unit positive charge from one to another.
Potential difference = Work done/Charge or V = W/Q

13. One volt potential difference: The Potential difference between two points in an electric field
is said to one volt if one joule of work has to be done in bringing a positive charge of one
coulomb from one point to another. 1 volt = 1 joule/1
coulomb or 1 V = 1J/1C

14. Galvanometer: It is device to detect current in an electric circuit.

15. Ammeter: It is device to measure current in a circuit. It is always connected in series in a

circuit.

16. Voltmeter: It is a device to measure potential difference. It is always connected in parallel to

the component across which the potential difference is to be measured.

17. Ohm’s law: This law states that the current passing through a conductor is directly
proportional to the potential difference cross its ends, provided the physical conditions like
temperature, density etc. remains unchanged.
V α I or V = RI
The proportionality constant R is called resistance of conductor.

18. Resistance: It is a property of a conductor by virtue of which it opposes the flow of current
through it. It is equal to the ratio of the potential difference applied across its ends and the
current flowing through it.
Resistance = Potential difference/Current or R = V/I

19. Ohm: It is the S.I. unit of resistance. A conductor has a resistance of one ohm if a current of
one ampere flows through it on applying a potential difference of one volt across its ends.
1 ohm = 1 volt/1 ampere or 1Ω = 1V/1A

20. Factors on which resistance of a conductor depends: The resistance R of a conductor

depends

i) Directly on its length L i.e. R α L.

ii) inversely on its area of cross-section A i.e. R α 1/A
iii) on the nature of material of the conductor on.
On combining the above factors, we get
R α L/A
R = ρ * L/A The proportionality constant ρ is called resistivity of conductor.

21. Resistivity: It is defined as the resistance offered by a cube of a material of side 1 m when
current flows perpendicular to its opposite faces. Its S.I. unit is ohm-meter (Ωm).
Resistivity, ρ = RA/L

56
22. Equivalent resistance: If a single resistance can replace the combination of resistances in such
a manner that the current in the circuit remains unchanged, then that single resistance is called
the equivalent resistance.

23. Laws of resistances in series:

i) Current through each resistance is same.
ii) Total voltage across the combination = Sum of the voltage drops.
V= V1 + V2 + V3
iii) Voltage drops across any resistor is proportional to its resistance.
V1 = IR1, V2 = IR2, V3 = IR3
iv) Equivalent resistance = Sum of the individual resistances.
Rs = R1 + R2 + R3
v) Equivalent resistance is larger than the largest individual resistance.

24. Laws of resistances in parallel:

i) Voltage across each resistance is same and is equal to the applied voltage.
ii) Total current = Sum of the currents through the individual resistances.
I = I1 + I2 + I3
iii) Currents through various resistances are inversely proportional to the individual resistances.
I1 = V/R1, I2 = V/R2, I3 = V/R3
iv) Reciprocal of equivalent resistance = Sum of reciprocals of individual resistances.
1/Rp = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3
v) Equivalent resistance is less than the smallest individual resistance.

25. Joule’s law of heating: It states that the heat produced in a conductor is directly proportional
to (i) the square of the current I through it (ii) proportional to its resistances R and
(iii) the time t for which current is passed. Mathematically, it can be expressed as
H = I2Rt joule = I2Rt/4.18 cal
or
H = VIt joule = VIt/4.18cal

26. Electric energy: It is the total work done in maintaining an electric current in an electric
circuit for given time.
Electric energy, W = VIt = I2Rt joule

27. Electrical power: Electrical power is the rate at which electric energy is consumed by an
appliance.
P = W/t = VI = I2R = V2/R

28. Watt: It is the S.I. unit of power. The power of an appliance is 1 watt if one ampere of current
flows through it on applying a potential differences of 1 volt across its ends.
1 watt = 1 joule/1 second =1 volt x 1 ampere
or 1 W = 1 Js-1 = 1 VA
1 kilowatt = 1000 W

57
 29. Kilowatt hour: It is the commercial unit of electrical energy. One kilowatt hour is the electric
energy consumed by an appliance of 1000 watts when used for one hour.
1 kilowatt hour (kWh) = 3.6 x 106 J

MIND MAP

ELECTRIC POWER
p=w/t
Or VI =I2R = V2/R

Unit of Power - Watt

P D = work done /
ELECTRIC ENERGY charge
Work = VIT = I 2RT
Unit of E E – Watt-Hr or Kw.Hr
V = W /Q
1 Kwhr= 3.6 *105 J UNIT OF V is Volts

OHM’S LAW
JOULE’S LAW ELECTRICITY V = IR
H = I2RT Unit of R - Ohms
Or H = VIT
Unit of heat energy -Joules

RESISTANCE =
PD/current
RESISTANCE IN
R = V/I
SERIES
RS = R1 + R2 + R3 …..
RESISTANCE IN
PARALLEL RESISTIVITY = RA / l
1/RP = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3 …….
Unit of Resistivity –
Ohm-m

58
 ELECTRICITY
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q. PAPER
MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES
Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks
1. Define resistivity of material.

2. What is the power of torch bulb rated at 2.5V and 500mA?

3. Why series arrangement not used for connecting domestic electrical appliances in a
circuit?
4. Which has higher resistance – a 50W bulb or a 2.5W bulb and how many times?

5. What is the direction of flow of conventional current?

6. Why is it not advisable to handle electrical appliances with wet hands?

7. Two electric bulbs marked 100W 220V and 200W 200V have tungsten filament of same
length. Which of the two bulbs will have thicker filament?
8. How does the resistance of a wire vary with its area of cross section?

9. Draw the following symbols

i) Battery ii) Switch closed

iii) Resistor of resistance R iv) Voltmeter
10. A geyser is rated 1500W, 250V. This geyser is connected to 250V mains. Calculate –
i) The current drawn
ii) The energy consumed in 50hrs.
iii) The cost of energy consumed at Rs. 2.20 per kWh.
11. What is the function of an electric fuse? Name the material used for making fuse. In
household circuit where is fuse connected?
12. Write one important advantage of using alternative current. How alternating current differ
from direct current?
13. What is the difference between short circuiting and overloading?

14. a) Draw diagram showing three resistors R1, R2 and R3 in series.

b) Two resistors of resistance 4 and 12
i) In parallel
ii) In series
Calculate the values of effective resistance in each case.

59
 HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED / UNSOLVED)
Q.1. Why is the tungsten metal more coiled in the bulb and not installed in straight parallel wire
form?
Ans. The coiled wire of tungsten increases the surface area of the wire in very less space so as to
emit more light and helps in glowing with more intensity.
Q.2. Why are fairy decorative lights always connected in parallel?
Ans. When the fairy lights are connected in series the resistance offered will be greater and
brightness of the bulbs will be affected. But in parallel connection all the bulbs will glow with
same intensity and if any more bulbs gets fused the other bulbs will continue to glow.

Q.3. What will happen when -

a) Voltmeter is connected in series?
b) Ammeter is connected in parallel?
Ans. a) Negligible current will pass through the circuit because the voltmeter has a very high
resistance.
b) Ammeter will get damaged due to flow of large amount of current through it, because it
has low resistance.
ELECTRICITY
ORAL QUESTIONS (CONVERSATION TYPE)
1. a) Why is electricity more useful than other forms of energy?
b) How is static electricity different from current electricity?
c) What are conductors? Give examples.
d) What are insulators? Give examples.

2. a) What constitutes an electric current?

b) Name the SI unit of electric charge.
c) Which is bigger – c coulomb of charge or a charge of an electron?
d) How much is the charge on an electron? Can a charge less than this value exist?
e) What is the number of electrons constituting one coulomb of charge?

3. a) Define electric current.

b) Name the SI unit of current. Define one ampere.
c) Is electric current a scalar of vector quantity?

4. a) What does an electric circuit mean?

b) When does the current flow in an electric circuit?
c) How can the current be kept continuous in a conductor?
d) Which particles constitute current in a metallic conductor?

5. a) Define potential difference.

b) Name the SI unit of potential difference.
c) What is meant by saying that a potential difference between two points in 1volt?
d) What is the relationship between work done, potential difference and charge
moved?

60
 ORAL QUESTIONS

1. Which unit is equivalent of joule / coulomb?

2. How does the resistance of a wire depend on its length?

3. How does the resistance of a wire depend on its area of cross – section?

4. When are resistors said to be connected in series?

5. When are resistors said to be connected in parallel?

6. Why is tungsten suitable for making the filament of a bulb?

7. Why is tungsten not used as a fuse wire?

8. Alloys are preferred over metals for making the heating elements of heaters. Why?

9. How is the direction of electric current related to the direction of flow of electrons in
a wire?

10. Should the heating element of an electric iron be made of iron, silver or nichrome
wire?

QUIZ – WHO AM I

1. I am equal to the charge carried by 6.25 x 1018 electrons.

2. I am the rate of flow of charge through any section of a conductor.

3. I am same as coulomb/second.

4. I am closed path along which electric charges can flow.

5. I am equal to the work done per unit charge from point to another.

6. I am same as joule/coulomb.

7. I oppose the flow of charges through any conductor.

8. I am same as volt/ampere.

9. I relate potential difference with current for a given resistance.

10. I am used to measure potential difference between two points of a circuit.

61
 CROSSWORD PUZZLE- ELECTRICITY

Across Down
1. Elementary particle that carries
7. Unit of electrical power, named after the a positive charge
Scottish inventor of the steam engine 2. Electromagnetic radiation in the
8. a rotating machine that transforms electrical wavelength range including
energy into mechanical energy infrared, visible, ultraviolet, and X-
9. The kind of electricity you create by rubbing rays
a balloon on your head 3. Device for making, breaking, or
13. Atom or group of atoms that carries a changing the connections in an
positive or negative electric charge as a result electrical circuit
of having lost or gained one or more electrons 4. Flash produced by a discharge
14. Emission of radiant energy in the form of of atmospheric electricity
waves or particles 5. Complete path of an electric
15. It transmits electricity, like copper current including the source of
16. Opposition to the passage of an electric electric energy
current 6. Inventor of the electric light
19. Elementary particle consisting of a charge bulb
of negative electricity 10. Force acting on particles of
62
20. Smallest particle of an element that can matter, tending to draw them
exist either alone or in combination together
21. Uncharged elementary particle 11. Electrical charge with more
22. Electric potential or potential difference protons than electrons
12. Electrical charge with more
electrons than protons
15. Electrical flow through a
conductor
17. Definite quantity of electricity
18. Unit of electrical resistance

ANSWERS - ELECTRICITY CROSSWORD

63
 MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC CURRENT
KEY CONCEPTS & GIST OF THE LESSON

 Magnet: (i) is an object that attracts objects made of iron, cobalt & nickel.
(ii) Comes to rest in North-South direction, when suspended freely.

 Magnets are used: (i) In radio & stereo speakers, (ii) In refrigerator doors, (iii) on audio &
video cassettes players, (iv) On hard discs & floppies of computers & (v) in children‘s toys.

 Magnetic field: The area around a magnet where a magnetic force is experienced is called a
magnetic field. It is a quantity that has both direction & magnitude.

 Magnetic field lines: Magnetic field is represented by field lines. They are lines drawn in a
Magnetic field along which a North magnetic pole moves. Magnetic field lines are called as
Magnetic lines of force.
Refer to figure 13.3 & 13.4 page no. 225 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

 Properties of Magnetic field lines:

(i) They do not intersect each other.
(ii) It is taken by convention that magnetic field lines emerge from
North pole and merge at the South pole. Inside the magnet, their
direction is from South pole to North pole. Therefore magnetic field
lines are closed curves.
 Magnetic field lines due to a current through a straight conductor (wire)- consist of series of
concentric circles whose direction is given by the Right hand thumb rule.
 Right hand thumb rule: If a current carrying straight conductor is held in your right hand such
that the thumb points towards the direction of current, then the wrapped fingers show the
direction of magnetic field lines.
(Refer to figure 13.7, page no. 228 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
 Magnetic field lines due to a current through a circular loop
(Refer to figure 13.8, page no. 228 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
 The strength of the magnetic field at he centre of the loop(coil)depends on:
(i) The radius of the coil- The strength of the magnetic field is inversely
proportional to the radius of the coil. If the radius increases, the
magnetic strength at the centre decreases.
(ii) The number of turns in the coil: As the number of turns in the coil
increase, the magnetic strength at the centre increases, because the
current in each circular turn is having the same direction, thus the
field due to each turn adds up.
(iii) The strength of the current flowing in the coil: as the strength of the
current increases, the strength of thee magnetic fields also increases.

 Solenoid: (Refer to figure 13.10, page no. 229 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
 (i) A coil of many turns of insulated copper wire wrapped in the shape of a cylinder is called
a Solenoid.
(ii) Magnetic field produced by a Solenoid is similar to a bar magnet.
(iii) The strength of magnetic field is proportional to the number of turns & magnitude of
current.

64
 Electromagnet: An electromagnet consists of a long coil of insulated copper wire wrapped on
a soft iron core.
(Refer to figure 13.11, page no. 229 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

 Fleming‘s Left hand rule: Stretch the thumb, forefinger and middle finger of left hand such
that they are mutually perpendicular. Forefinger points in the direction of magnetic field and
centre finger in the direction of current, then the thumb gives the direction of force acting on
the conductor.
(Refer to figure13.13, page no. 231 13.13 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

 Electric motor: A device that converts electric energy to mechanical energy.

(Refer to figure 13.15, page no. 232 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)

 Principle of Electric motor: When a rectangular coil is placed in a magnetic field and a
current is passed through it, force acts on the coil, which rotates it continuously. With the
rotation of the coil, the shaft attached to it also rotates.

 Electromagnetic induction: Electricity production as a result of magnetism (induced current)

is called Electromagnetic induction.

 Fleming‘s Right hand rule: gives the direction of induced current.

Stretch the thumb, forefinger and middle finger of right hand such that they are mutually
perpendicular. Forefinger points in the direction of magnetic field and centre finger in the
direction of induced current, then the thumb gives the direction of motion of the conductor.

 Electric generator: A devise that converts mechanical energy to electric energy.

(Refer to figure 13.19, page no. 236 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
Electric generator is of two types- (i) A.C generator (ii) D. C generator

 Principle of Electric generator: Electromagnetic induction

 Domestic electric circuits: (Refer to figure 13.20, page 238 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
 We receive electric supply through mains supported through the poles or cables. In our houses
we receive AC electric power of 220V with a frequency of 50Hz.
The 3 wires are as follows- (i) Live wire- (Red insulated, Positive)
(ii) Neutral wire- (Black insulated, Negative)
(iii) Earth wire- (Green insulated) for safety measure to ensure
that any leakage of current to a metallic body does not give
any serious shock to a user.
 Short circuit: is caused by touching of live wires and neutral wire
 Fuse: is a protective device used for protecting the circuits from short circuiting and over
loading
 Important diagrams-
1. Magnetic field lines around a bar magnet.
2. Right hand thumb rule
3. Magnetic field lines through and around a current carrying solenoid.
4. An electromagnet.
5. A simple electric motor
6. Electric generator
65
  Important activities-
1. Magnetic field lines around a bar magnet
2. Direction of electric current in a simple electric circuit.
3. Direction of Magnetic field lines depends on the direction of electric current.

MIND MAP

Safety measure
Fuse Earth
Domestic wire
electric circuits

Magnet and its

properties

Fleming right hand rule. Magnetic field lines

Electromagnetic induction. MAGNETIC & properties.
Generator EFFECT OF Right hand thumb
ELECTRIC rule
CURRENT

Fleming left hand Solenoid

rule Electro magnet
Electric motor

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q. PAPER
MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

1. State two uses of electromagnet.

2. An electron moving along X – axis in a magnetic field along Y – axis. In which direction
will the electron deflected.

66
3. State Fleming‘s left hand rule.

4. What is the importance of earth wire?

5. Should a copper wire be used as a fuse wire? If not, why?

6. Give two points of difference between and electromagnet and permanent magnet.

7. Draw the lines of force indicating field direction of the magnetic field through and around
i) Single loop of wire carrying electric current.
ii) A solenoid carrying electric current.

8. What id magnetic field? How is the direction of magnetic field at a point determined?

9. Give four features of domestic electric wiring.

10. Draw a schematic diagram of domestic wiring system and write its main features.

11. Match the following:

A B
i) Right hand thumb rule a) Force on a conductor in a magnetic field
ii) Fleming‘s left hand rule b) Direction of magnetic field of straight
conductor
iii) Fleming‘s right hand rule c) Direction of induced current in
conductor
d) Polarity of any end of a solenoid.

12. a) Draw a labelled diagram to show how electro – magnet is made.

b) What is the purpose of soft iron core in making electromagnet?

13. Write two differences between AC and DC current and draw diagram also.

14. a) Write principle of electric generator.

b) Explain construction and working of generator.
c) Draw labelled diagram of electric generator.

HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED)

1. On what effect of an electric current does an electromagnet work?
A. Magnetic effect of electric current
2. What is the frequency of AC (Alternating Current) in India?
A. 50Hz
3. On what effect of an electric current does a fuse work?
A. Heating effect of electric current

HOTS QUESTIONS (UNSOLVED)

1. Name the sources of direct current.
2. Why don‘t two magnetic lines intersect each other?
3. What is the role of split ring in an electric motor?
4. What is an earth wire?

67
 MAGNETIC EFFECT

ORAL QUESTIONS
1. a) What are magnets?
b) What are natural magnets?
c) What is the meaning of the word lodestone?
d) What is the origin of the word magnetism?

2. a) State the law of magnetic poles.

b) What is the surer test of magnetism?
c) What happens if we break a magnet into two pieces?
d) Is it possible to obtain isolated north and south poles?

3. a) What is magnetic line of force?

b) Can two magnetic lines of force intersect? Give reason.
c) Magnetic lines of force are endless. Comment.
d) How do the field lines of the regions of strong field different from those of weak field?

4. a) What is a solenoid?
b) Is the magnetic field of a solenoid similar to that of a bar magnet?
c) State the two factors by which the strength of magnetic field inside a solenoid can be
increased.
d) How will you determine the direction of the magnetic field due to a current – carrying
solenoid?

5. a) What is an electromagnet?
b) What is the effect of placing an iron core in a solenoid?
c) What type of core should be used inside a solenoid to make an electromagnet?
d) Give two advantages of electromagnets.

ORAL QUESTIONS

1. What important observation did Oersted make in his experiments with current carrying
conductors?

2. How can you locate a current – carrying wire concealed in a wall?

3. A freely suspended magnet always points along north – south direction. Why?

4. What type of core should be used inside a solenoid to make an electromagnet?

68
5. Name the SI unit of magnetic field.

6. What is the principle of an electric motor?

7. A generator converts energy from one form to another. What is this energy conversion?

8. Which wire (live, neutral or earth) goes through the switch?

9. Are different appliances connected in series or parallel in a house?

10. What is the colour convention for live, neutral and earth wires?

PUZZLE
 Across
1. A method preventing electric shock due to touching of live wire with the metallic body of
an appliance.
2. A device to convert electrical energy into mechanical energy.
3. A device to convert mechanical energy into electrical energy.
4. SI unit of magnetic field.
 Down
5. A material having attractive and directive properties.
6. A temporary magnet.
7. A device to protect a circuit from overloading.

2
M5

1 3 4
E6 G

69
70
ANSWERS-MAGNETISM

71
 SOURCES OF ENERGY
KEY CONCEPTS & GIST OF THE LESSON
 Characteristics of a good fuel:
(iv) High calorific value
(v) Less smoke
(vi) Less residue after burning
(vii) Easy availability
(viii) Inexpensive
(ix) Easy to store and transport

 Fossil fuels: were formed millions of years ago, when plants and animal remains got buried
under the earth and were subjected to high temperature and pressure conditions. E.g.: Coal,
Petroleum, etc.
These fossil fuels are non renewable sources of energy and cause environmental problems due
to pollution.
 Thermal power plants:
(i) Use coal, petroleum and natural gas to produce thermal electricity.
(ii) Electricity transmission is very efficient.
(iii) The steam produced by burning the fossil fuels runs the turbine to produce electricity

 Hydro power plant:

(Refer to figure 14.3, page no. 246 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
(i) It is the most conventional renewable energy source obtained from water falling from a
great height.
(ii) It is clean & non polluting source of energy.
(iii) Dams are constructed to collect water flowing in high altitude rivers. The stored water
has a lot of potential energy.
(iv) When water is allowed to fall from a height, potential energy changes to kinetic energy,
which rotates the turbines to produce electricity.
 Disadvantages of Hydro power plant:
(i) Highly expensive to construct.
(ii) Dams cannot be constructed on all river sites.
(iii) Large areas o human habitation and agricultural fields get submerged.
(iv) People face social and environmental problems.

 Non conventional sources:

(1) Bio mass:
o It is the source of the conventionally used fuels that are used in our
country. E.g.: Cow dung cakes, fire-wood, coal, charcoal
o Bio gas: It is a mixture of gases produced during decomposition of bio
mass in the absence of Oxygen. (Anaerobic Respiration). Methane is the
major component of bio gas.
o Bio gas plants: Animal dung, sewage, crop residues, vegetable wastes,
poultry droppings, etc. are used to produce Bio gas in Bio gas plants.
o (Refer to figure 14.4, page no. 247 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
(2) Wind energy:
o It can be converted into mechanical and electrical energy.

72
 o Kinetic energy of the wind is used in running of wind mills, which are used
to lift water, grind grains, etc.
o Wind mill-(Refer to figure 14.5, page no. 247 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
o Advantages: (i) Eco friendly (ii) Renewable
o Disadvantages: (i) Wind speed not uniform always.
(ii) Needs a large area to erect series of wind mills.
(iii) Big amount of investment is needed.
(iv) Out put is less as compared to investment
(3) Solar energy:
o Solar radiations can be converted electricity through solar cells
(photovoltaic cells).
o Photovoltaic cells convert solar radiations directly into electricity through
silicon solar cells.
o Solar cells arrange on a large flat sheets form a solar panel.
o Solar cookers are painted black from outside and a large glass plate to trap
solar radiations by green house effect.
o (Refer to figure 14.6, page no. 249 of N.C.E.R.T Text book)
o Advantages of Solar cookers:
(i) Eco friendly
(ii) Renewable
(iii) Used in rural areas.
(iv) Retains all the nutrients in food due to slow cooking.
o Disadvantages of solar cooker:
(i) Silicon cells are expensive.
(ii) Solar radiations are not uniform over earth‘s surface.
(iii) Cannot be used at night or on cloudy days.
(iv) Cannot be used to make chapattis for frying as these
require a temperature of 1400C or more.
(Maximum temperature of 1000C only can be
achieved in a solar cooker)
o Other solar devices- Solar water heater, Solar furnace
(4) Geo thermal energy:
(i) Energy harnessed from the heat of the sun is called Geo thermal energy.
(ii) Magma is formed when this heat melts the rocks. The molten rocks and hot
gases are called magma
(iii) The magma gets collected at some depths below the earth‘s surfaces. These
places are called ‗Hot spots‖
(iv) When underground water comes in contact these hot spots, it changes into
steam, which can be used to generate electricity.
o Advantages of Geo thermal energy:
(i) Renewable
(ii) Inexpensive
o Disadvantages of Geo thermal energy:
(i) Only few sites available for harnessing energy.
(ii) Expensive
(5) Nuclear energy:
(i) Energy released when some changes take place in the nucleus of the atom of a
substance, is called Nuclear energy.
(ii) It is used for heat generation, fuel for marine vessels.
73
 o Advantages of Nuclear energy:
(i) Alternative source of energy due to depletion of fossil fuels.
(ii) From a small amount of fuel, a large amount of energy is released.
o Disadvantages of Nuclear energy:
(i) Risk of nuclear waste leakage
(ii) High cost of setting up of nuclear plant
(iii) Pollution of environment.
(6) Energy from the sea-
(A) Tidal energy: Locations in India – Gulf of Kutch, Gujrat & W. Bengal
(i) Depends upon harnessing the rise and fall of sea level due to tidal action.
(ii) Dams are constructed across a narrow part of sea and turbine converts tidal
energy into electrical energy.
Disadvantages: Uniform tidal action is not seen
(B) Wave energy:
(i) Kinetic energy of the waves of sea are used to rotate turbines..
(ii) These turbines generate electrical energy

 Important diagrams-
1. Hydro power plant
2. Bio gas plant
3. A wind mill
4. A solar cooker

74
 MIND MAP

Characteristics of good fuel

Fuel

Sources of energy

Renewable Non renewable

Geotherma (non –conventional) (conventional)
l

Nuclea Fossils fuels

Sola Biomas Wate Wind
r
r s r

Petroleu
coal m
Nuclear Solar Biogas Hydro Wind
power cooker plant power mill
plant plant

Thermal
power plant

75
 FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
Q.PAPER
MARKS-30 TIME- 70 MINUTES

Instructions:
 Questions : 1 to 5 – 1 Mark each
 Questions : 6 to 9 – 2 Marks each
 Questions : 10 to 13 – 3 Marks each
 Question 14 – 5 Marks

1. Name the component of sunlight, exposure to which may cause skin cancer.

2. Flowing water possess which type of energy.

3. Name one place in India where wind energy power station is installed.

4. What is a solar panel?

5. What type of energy transformation takes place during winding of spring of a clock?

6. Write two differences between renewable and non – renewable sources of energy.

7. What is the principle of solar cooker? Name two types of solar cooker.

8. Name any two types of harmful nuclear radiations emitted during nuclear fission.

9. What is thermal power plant? Where it is preferably situated?

10. What is the principle of solar cooker? Give two limitations and two advantages of solar
cooker.
11. Name the fuel for hydro power plant. Mention two advantages and disadvantages of
producing electricity at the hydro power plant.
12. Explain why:
a) It is difficult to burn a piece of wood fresh from a tree.
b) Pouring dry sand over the fire extinguishes it.
c) It is difficult to use hydrogen as source of energy.

13. What are the different types of energies obtained from sea? Explain.

14. a) What is a principle of Biogas?

b) Explain it working in brief.
c) Draw a labelled diagram of biogas.
HOTS QUESTIONS (SOLVED)

1. Name the materials used for making solar cells.

A. Silicon, Germanium and Selenium

2. What fraction of solar energy reaches the earth‘s surface?

A. 47%

76
 3. Name the process that produces a large amount of energy in the sun.
A. Nuclear fusion

4. Why is biogas called a clean fuel?

A. Because it- (i) leaves no ash (ii) does not cause pollution (iii) does not produce any
poisonous gas.

HOTS QUESTIONS (UNSOLVED)

1. What is the use of black painted surface in solar heating devises.
2. Why are bio gas plants considered to be boon to the farmers? Give reason.
3. Hydroelectricity generated at a dam may be considered another form of solar energy. Why?
4. How is the slurry left over after the generation of biogas in biogas plant used?
5. Why is charcoal considered to be a better fuel than wood?
6. Why a solar cooker cannot be used for frying or making chapattis?
7. In parabolic reflector type coolers, even temperature up to 1800C- 2000C can be attained.
How?
8. Modern chulahs are more efficient than traditional chulahs. Why?
9. How is hydro energy converted into electrical energy?
10. Explain, why only a part of the solar energy that strikes the upper regions of atmosphere
reaches the surface of the earth?

ENERGY

ORAL QUESTIONS (CONVERSATION TYPE)

1. a) What is a good source of energy?

b) Name one good source of energy.

c) It is a renewable source of energy?

d) Is it conventional or non – conventional source of energy?

e) What other name is give to it?

f) What is a fossil fuel?

g) Name any other two fossil fuels.

2. a) Which is the ultimate source of all forms of energy?

b) Can you explain?

c) Name some renewable source of energy arising due to sun.

d) Name some non – renewable source of energy arising due to sun.

e) Why is the energy contained in fossil fuels considered due to sun‘s energy?

77
 f) Name any source of energy not influenced by sun‘s energy.

3. a) What is the principle of nuclear energy?

b) What are the kinds of nuclear reaction?

c) Which of these can be used for destructive purposes?

d) Which of these can be used to produce energy for common use?

e) What is nuclear fission?

f) Name two substances which are easily fissionable.

g) What are these substances called?

h) What is this phenomenon of breaking up of radioactive isotopes called?

i) Name the rays emitted.

ORAL QUESTIONS

1. Which component of solar radiations produces heat?

2. Name a form of energy that can be harnessed from the oceans.

3. Name the main component of biogas.

4. Name a fuel which is considered cleaner that CNG.

5. What is common between an atom bomb and a nuclear reactor?

6. What is the main transformation of energy during working of a windmill?

7. What are the conditions to achieve nuclear fusion?

QUIZ

1. I am a force that cannot be created but my form may be changed.

2. I am an important part of the system that transforms that transforms K.E. / P.E. into electrical
energy.

78
3. I have been used to produce energy for a long time and my origin is in the remains of plants
and animals.
4. I used to thrown as a waste material for centuries. But I am given an honourable name and a
useful work to perform.
5. I have a huge body capable of eating water from any source with a decorative head called
Hydroelectric power station.
6. I resemble a fossil fuel but find use as self sustained source of energy especially in rural areas.
7. I produce a chain of reactions each step capable of producing tremendous amount of energy.
8. I am associated with nuclear reactions but deliver heat in critical conditions.
9. I am the lightest fuel with a large potential as a source of energy.
10. I deliver hot springs with taking any energy from man – made sources or sun.

PUZZLES
1.  Across

1. A type of metal that allows only partial current to pass (13)

3. A device to harness kinetic energy of wind (8)

 Down

2. Vegetable and animal waste (7)

4. Process to increase percentage of fissionable material (10)

B2
4

1
O N O R

3
D M

79
2.  Across

1. Trapped energy inside earth (10)

2. A substance which slows down the speed of neutrons in nuclear reactor (9)

 Down

3. Liquid fossil fuel (9)

5. Isotope commonly used in nuclear reactor (7)

2
D T R
1
R M A

80
 ENERGY CROSSWORD PUZZLE-CLUES

 Down
o 2 A poisonous, odourless gas
o 5 A plant's pollen that causes air pollution
o 6 Pollution created by natural sources
o 7 An opening in the Earth's crust which throws hot gases, magma and ashes
o 9 Humans that make the land, water and air dirty and harmful to living things
o 10 Land, air and water that gets dirty and is harmful to living things naturally
o 17 This makes windmills turn
o 18 Energy created from the earth

 Across
o 1 Any kind of power
o 3 Precipitation combined with sulphur dioxide
o 4 Where nuclear energy is produced
o 8 Something in air, water, land that makes it dirty
o 10 Land, air and water that gets dirty and is harmful to living things
o 11 The type of energy that comes from the sun
o 12 Power or energy than can be released from the nucleus of an atom
o 13 Coal, oil and gas
o 14 Biological mass
o 15 Lightning, batteries, light bulbs and plugs
o 16 Clear liquid that is cold

81
ENERGY CROSSWORD PUZZLE

82
 Energy Crossword Puzzle Answers

 Down
o 2 carbon monoxide
o 5 goldenrod weeds
o 6 natural wastes
o 7 volcanoes
o 9 manmade
o 10 natural pollution
o 17 wind
o 18 geothermal energy

 Across
o 1 energy
o 3 acid rain
o 4 nuclear power plants
o 8 pollution
o 11 solar
o 12 nuclear energy
o 13 fossil fuels
o 14 biomass

83
 SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
1/2
TIME: 3-3 HOURS M.M: 80
General Instructions:
1. The question paper comprises of two sections, A and B, you are to attempt both the sections.

2. All the questions are compulsory.

3. There is no overall choice. However internal choice has been provided in all the three
questions of five marks category. Only one option in each question is to be attempted.

4. All questions of section A and all questions of Section B are to attempted separately.

5. Question numbers 1 to 4 in Section A are one mark question. These are to be answered in one
word or one sentence.

6. Question numbers 5 to 13 are two marks questions, to be answered in about 30 words.

7. Question numbers 14 to 22 are three marks questions, to be answered in about 50 words.

8. Question numbers 23 to 25 are five marks questions, to be answered in about 70 words.

9. Question numbers 26 to 41 in section B are multiple choice questions based on practical skills.
Each question is a one mark question. You are to choose one most appropriate response out of
the four provided to you.

SECTION – A

1. Identify the compound which is oxidized in the following reaction:

H2S + Br2  2HBr + S

2. Why are titanium and chromium classified as strategic element?

3. Which has a higher resistance: a 50W lamp or 25W lamp bulb and how many times?

4. A drop of litmus solution is added to each of the four solutions give below. State the colour of
litmus solution observed in each.

Soap solution, Sodium bicarbonate solution, Acetic acid, Tomato juice

5. Translate the following statements into chemical equations and then balance the equations:

84
 a. Aluminium metal replaces iron from ferric oxide. Fe2O3, giving aluminium oxide and iron.

b. Barium chloride reacts with zinc sulphate to give zinc chloride and a precipitate of barium
sulphate.

6. What is the chemical name of washing soda? Name the three chief raw materials used for making
washing soda.

7. Write four characteristics used for selecting a suitable fuel.

8. How many 176 resistors (in parallel) are required to carry 5A on a 220V line? Distinguish
between the terms electrical resistance and resistivity of a conductor.

9. What is solenoid? Draw field lines of the magnetic field through and around a current carrying
solenoid. What does the magnetic field pattern inside the solenoid indicate?

10. a) What is power?

b)In a house hold, 5 tube lights of 40W each are used for 5 hours and electric press of 500W for 4
hours everyday. Calculate the total electrical energy consumed by the tube lights and press in a
month of 30 days.

11. Given the following reaction

2Al + Fe2O3  2Fe + Al2O3 + Heat

Answer the following with reason.

a. Name the oxidising agent.

b. Name the reducing agent.

c. Name the substance oxidised.

12. A compound which is prepared from gypsum has the property of hardening when mixed with a
proper quantity of water. Identify the compound. Write the chemical equation for its preparation.
For what purpose is it used in hospital?

13.

a. Show the formation of NaCl from sodium and chlorine atoms by the transfer of electrons.
85
 b. Why has sodium chloride, a high melting point?

c. Name the anode and the cathode used in electrolytic refining of impure copper metal.

14. What are the functions of

a. Gibberellins

b. Cytokinins

c. Absorbic acid

15. Define ‗nerve impulse‘ which structure in a neuron helps to conduct a nerve impulse.

16. State three advantages associated with using solar cells to produce electricity.

17.

a. State Ohm‘s law.

b. Draw the circuit diagram of Ohm‘s law.

c. What is the nature of graph in terms of relation between V and I.

18. a. An electric bulb is rated as 50W, 220V. Calculate the energy consumed by the bulb in 20
minutes. Express your answer in commercial units of electricity.

b.Distinguish between Overloading and Short Circuiting in a domestic circuit.

c.Why is it essential to earth electrical appliances having metallic body?

19. What are the environmental consequences of the increasing element for energy? What steps would
you suggest to reduce energy consumption?

20. Name the hormone that-

i. is produced by thyroid gland

ii. Prepares the body for action

iii. Controls the amount of sugar in blood

iv. Brings about changes in boys at puberty

86
 v. Brings about changes in girls at puberty

21. Draw neat and labelled diagram of digestive system.

Write the functions of the following glands.

i. Salivary gland

ii. Liver

iii. Pancreas

22.

a. Why should curd and sour substances not be kept in brass and copper vessels?

b. Why does an aqueous solution of acid conduct electricity?

c. Why plaster of Paris should be stored in a moisture proof container?

d. What is efflorescence?

e. Why is baking soda used as an antacid?

23.

a. State reasons for the following.

i. Metals are good conductor of heat.

ii. Addition of some silver to pure gold for making ornaments.

iii. Inability of non – metals for displacing hydrogen from dilute sulphuric acid.

b. Balance the following equations

iv. CaO + H2O  Ca(OH)2

v. NaOH + H2SO4  Na2SO4 + H2O

24. a. Explain why i) solar cooker is painted black from inside.

87
 ii) the solar cooker box is covered with a glass sheet.

iii)the plain mirror reflector is used in solar cooker.

b.Draw a neat and well labelled diagram of solar cooker

SECTION – B

25 Absorption of light energy by mesophyll cells of leaf causes.

a) Oxidation of chlorophyll b) Excitation of chlorophyll

c) Reduction of chlorophyll d) Evolution of O2

26 Which of the following does not secrete any hormone?

a) Testis b) Spleen
c) Ovary d) Pancreas

27 Which part of sunlight is used in making solar cell?

a) Infrared radiation b) Ultraviolet radiation
c) Visible radiation d) All of these

28 Which one of the following reaction can be a non – redox reaction?

a) Combination b) Decomposition
c) Displacement d) Double displacement.

29 Which of the following metal does not react with dilute sulphuric acid to liberate H2 gas?
a) Calcium b) Sodium
c) Iron d) Silver

30 Sodium carbonate is not used as:

a) Ingredient in antacids b) As a cleaning agent
c) For removing permanent hardness of d) For manufacturing of glass
water
31 Which one of the following compounds is not an ionic compound?
a) Sodium chloride b) Calcium chloride
c) Carbon tetrachloride d) Magnesium chloride

88
32 Which among the following reactions are endothermic in nature?
(i) Decomposition of lead nitrate (ii) Burning of methane
(iii)Dilution of sulphuric acid (iv) Dissolution of ammonium chloride in
water.
a) i. and ii. b) ii. and iii. c) iii. and iv d) i. and iv

33 Seeds which are kept in the conical flask during the experiment that CO2 is released during
respiration must be.
a) Dry b) Wet
c) Germinated d) Boiled

34 The end products of aerobic respiration are

a) CO2 energy and hydrogen b) CO2 and water
c) CO2, H2O and ATP d) ADP and CO2

35 The correct set up of for studying the dependence of the current on the potential difference
across a resistor is

a) A b) B c) C d) D

89
36 The normal positions of the pointers of the two ammeters A1 and A2 and two voltmeters V1 and
V2 available in the laboratory are shown below:

For an experiment to study the dependence of the current on the potential difference across a
resistor, the student should select.

a) Ammeter A1 and voltmeter V1 b) Ammeter A2 and voltmeter V2

c) Ammeter A1 and voltmeter V2 d) Ammeter A2 and voltmeter V2

37 The given circuit diagram shows the experiment arrangement of different circuit components for
determination of equivalent resistance of two resistors connected in series. The components X,
Y and Z shown in the circuit, respectively represent

a) Rheostat, Resistor, Ammeter b) Ammeter, Voltmeter, Rheostat

c) Voltmeter, Ammeter, Rheostat d) Rheostat, Ammeter, Voltmeter

38 In the experiment on finding the equivalent resistance of two resistors, connected in parallel, the
voltmeter has been correctly connected in

a) Circuit I only b) Circuit II only

c) Both circuits I and III d) Both circuits II and IV

39 The three students (A), (B) and (C) connected their two given resistors R1 and R2 in the manner
90
 shown below.

They connect the terminals marked X and Y above to the terminals marked X and Y in the given
circuit. They record the ammeter readings (I) for different positions of the rheostat and the
corresponding voltmeter readings (V).
The average value of the ratio V/I in their observations would be minimum for:
a) Students (A) and (B) only b) Students (B) and (C) only
c) Students (C) and (A) only d) Student (A) only.

40. For testing the presence of starch an illuminated leaf is first

a) Boiled in alcohol b) Dipped in iodide solution

c) Boiled in water d) Placed in safranin solution

41. Solid sodium bi carbonate was placed on a strip of pH paper. The colour of the strip

a) Turned blue b) did not change

c) Turned green c) Turned light pink

42. The temporary mount of the leaf epidermal peel which looked pinkish red under the microscope
was

a) Stained in acetocarmine and mounted in glycerine

b) Stained in iodine and mounted in water

c) Stained in safranin and mounted in glycerine

d) Stained in mythlene blue and mounted in water

91
(Second Term)
92
Contents:
Nos:
1. Carbon and its compounds

2. Periodic classification of elements

3. How do organisms Reproduction

4. Heredity and evolution

5. Light-Reflection and refraction

6. The human eye and the colourful world

7. Management of natural resources

8. Our Environment

******

Topic 1:Carbon and its compounds

Important terms and conditions

Versatility of carbon :Carbon is known metal and occurs in free as well combined state in nature.
Free state: Diamond ,graphite and coal.
Combined state :1.Solid state: All animals and plants products.
2.Liquid state: Petroleum and vegetable oil .
3.Gaseous state: In air has CO 3 .
Carbon has 4 valance electrons carbon can form an anion c-4 by gain of electons.It can also form
of cations C+4 by loss of electron.IT can share its balanced electrons with other carbon atoms or
atoms of non metal and forms covalent bonding.
Compounds of carbon: Simplest compounds of carbon are hydro carbon and simplest hydro carbon
is methane.
Classification of hydro carbon:
Saturated hydro carbon: Unsaturated hydro carbon:
(CnH2n+2)
Compounds having single bond compounds having double and triple bonds.

ALKANES ALKENES AND ALKYNES.

e.g

ethane (C2H6)
alkenes(CnH2n) alkynes. (CnH2n+2)
Ehene C2H4 Ethyne C2H2

93
Sr no Hydro carbons Definitions Example
s
1 Straight chain All carbons are in form of Butane
straight chain
2 Branched Chain One or more carbon atoms are Isobutan
attached to main straight line e.
3 Ring or cycle Cyclohe
hydro carbon xane.
a
Saturated Carbon atoms are in form of
ring and bonded by single
covalent bond.
b Carbon atoms are bonded by
Unsaturated one or more doubled covalent Benzene
bond. .

Isomerism:The phenomenon of existence of compounds in two or more forms with same molecular
formula but different structure.
Functional group: An atom or groups of atoms which makes a carbon compounds reactive and decide
its properties.

Sr.no. Hetro atoms Functional Formula of example

groups functional
group
1. Cl/Br Halo- -Cl,-Br Chloromethane(CH3Cl)
chloro/bromo
2. oxygen 1.Alochol -OH Ethanol
C2H5OH
2.Aldehyde -CHO Methanal
HCHO
3.Ketone >C=O Propanone
CH3COCH3
4.Carboxylic -COOH Ethanoic acid
acid CH3COOH

HOMOLOGOUS SERIES:A series of compounds in which the same functional group substitude for
hydrogen in a carbon chain,such that successive compounds differ by CH2 groups e.g CH4 ,C2H6,C3H8
etc.

NOMENCLATURE OF CARBON COMPOUNDS:

Prefix word root+suffix+Functiuonal group.
CARBON COMPOUNDS:
ETHANOL –C2H5OH common name ethyl alcohol
ETHANOIC ACID- CH3COOH.common name acetic acid.
ESTERIFICATION REACTION:The reaction between carboxylic acid and an alcohol in the
presence of con. Suphuric acid to form a sweet smelling substance ester. .e.g
Conc H2SO4

94
CH3COOH+C2H5OH CH3COOC2H5+H2O

Saponfication reaction : Alkaline hydrolysis of ester produces soaps.

Heat
CH3COOC2H5+NaOH CH3COONa+C2H5OH

Reaction with carbonates and hydrogen carbonates: reaction of ethanoic acid with carbonates or bi
carbonate evolves carbon di oxide gas.

2CH3COOH+Na2CO3 2CH3COONa+CO2+H2O

SOAP AND DETERGENT: Soap is sodium and potassium salt of long chain of carboxylic acid .They
foam lather with soft water only.

Detergent are ammonium or sulphonate salts of long chain carboxylic acid .they even remain effective
in hard water and foam lather.

95
MIND MAP

96
 Topic 1: Carbon and its compounds
F.A-III
PAPER PEN TEST
TIME: 40 Min Max marks:40.

1. Name the compound form heating ethanol at 443 K with excess of conc.H2SO4. 1
2. What happened when a small piece of sodium is dropped into ethanol ? 1
3. Write the chemical equation for the decarboxylation of ethanoic acid? 1
4. Give an example of esterification reaction. 1
5. Name the product obtained when ethanol is oxidized by either chromic anhydride or alkaline
potassium permanganate. 1
6. Write the chemical equation repressing the preparation reaction of ethanol from ethane. 1.

7. Name the 2 elements which are present both in CNG and Petroleum 2
8. Draw the electronic dot structure of ethane molecule (C2H6) 2
9. Write the IUPAC name of the next homologous of CH3OHCH2CH3. 2
10.Define homologous series of organic compounds series of organic compounds ,Mention any
two characteristics of homologous series. 2
11.Describe a chemical test to distinguish between ethanol and ethanoic acid. 2
12. Give the name of functional groups
(i)-CHO (ii) –C=0 2
13.Why does carbon form compounds mainly by covalent bonding ? 2
14.Give a chemical test to distinguish ethanol from ethanoic acid. 2
15 Allotropy is a property shown by which class: substances elements compounds or mixtures ?
give one examples of allotropy. 2
16 . How may be the following be obtained from ethanol ? express giving chemical equations.
(i) Ethyl ethanoate (ii) Sodium ethoxide. 2

17. Describe with chemical equation how ethanoic acid may be obtained from.
(i) Ethanol (ii) Methanol 2
18. Explain the cleansing action of soap 3
19.Distinguish between esterification and saponification reactions of organic compounds 3.
20 Explain the structure of graphite in term of bonding and give one property based on this
structure. 3
21 Name the organic acid present in vinegar .write a chemical equation which represents the
commercial method for the preparation of this acid from methanol. 3

HIGH ORDER THINKING SKILLS (HOTS) QUESTIONS:

1. Why the colour of potassium permangante disappers,if it is added to warm solution of
ethanol.

2. An organic compound with molecular formula C2H4O2 produces brisk effervescence on

addition of sodium carbonate /bicarbonate.

a .Identify the organic compound.

b. Name the gas evolved.

97
 C. How will you test the gas evolved.
d. Write the chemical equation for the above reaction.
e. List two important uses of the above compound.

3.a.What are the various possible structure formulae of a compound having molecular formula
C3H6O .
b. Also give the IUPAC names of the above possible compounds.
c.What is the similarity in these compounds?

4.A mixture of oxygen and ethyne is burnt for welding ,can you tell why a mixture of ethyne
and air is not used .

5.Two carbon compound A and B have molecular formula C3H8 and C3H6 respectively. Which
one of the two is most likely to show addition .justify your answer .Explain with the help of a
chemical equation ,how an addition reaction is used in vegetable ghee industry.

6.1ml glacial acetic acid and 1ml of ethanol are mixed together in a test tube. Few drops of
concentrated sulphuric acid is added in the mixture are warmed in a water bath for 5 min.
a.Name the resultant compound formed.
b.Represent the above change by a chemical equation .
c.What term is given to such a reaction.
d.What are the special characteristics of the compound formed.

7.An organic compound ‗X‘with a molecular formula C2H6O undergoes oxidation in the
presence of alkaline KMnO4 and forms the compound ‗Y‘.
a. Identify ‗X‘ and ‗Y‘
B.Write your observation when the compound ‗X‘ is made to react with compound ‗Y‘ which
is used as a preservative for pickles.

Topic 1:Carbon and its compounds

F.A-IV
QUIZ:
1.Name the simplest hydrocarbon..
2.What is the general formula of alkynes.?
3.Name the carboxylic acid used as preservation
4.Name the product other than water formed on burning of ethanol in air.
5 Give the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
i. An aldehyde derived from ethane.

ii. A ketone derived from butane.

iii. A chloride derived from propane.

iv. An alcohol derived from pentane.

M.C.Qs.
1. Dilute acetic acid was added to the four test tubes containing the following chemical.
i.KOH ii.NaHCO3 iii. K2CO3 iv. NaCI
98
 Brisk effervescence was observed in test tubes
a) i & ii b) ii & iii c) i& iv d) ii & iii
2. Which of the following solution of acetic acid in water can be used as vinegar used in pickles?
a) 5-10% b. 10-15% c.20-130% d.100%
3.The suffix used for naming an aldehyde is
a..ol b.al c.One d..ene
4.When acetic acid reacts with ethyl alcohol ,we add cons,H2SO4,its acts as……….and the
process is called…………………..
a)Oxidizing agent, saponification. b). Dehydrating agent, esterification c). reducing agent
,esterification.d).Acid & esterification.

5.2ml of ethanoic acid was taken in each of the three test tubes.A,B and C,and 2ml.4ml and 8ml water
was added to them ,respectively .A clear solution is obtained in:
a. Test tube A only.
b.Test tubes A & B only.
c.Test tubes B and C only.
d. All the test tubes.

6.2 ml pf acetic acid was added in drops to 5ml of water it was noticed that:
a.The acid formed a separate layer on the top of water.
b.Water formed a separate layer on the top of the acid.
c.A clear and homogenous solution was formed.
d.A pink and clear solution was formed.

7.A few drops of ethanoic acid was added to solid sodium carbonate .The observation made was that

a. A hissing sound was evolved

b. Brown fumes evolved.

c. Brisk effervescence occurred.

d. A pungent smelling gas evolved.

8.Acetic acid , when dissolved in water, it dissociates into ions reversibly because it is a :
A. Weak acid B. strong acid. C. weak base. D. strong base.

9.Which of the following hydrocarbon can show isomerism?

a.C2H4 b. C2H6 c.C3H8 d.C4H10
10.Combustion of hydrocarbon is generally accompanied by evolution of
a. Heat b. Light c. both heat and light d. Electric current.

PUZZLE :

1.Compounds containing double and triple bonds.

2.A compound which is basic constituent of many cough syrups.
3.Very dilute solution of ethanoic acid.
4.A sweet smelling substance formed by the reaction of alcohol and carboxylic acids.
5 Gas released when sodium metal is dropped in ethanol.

99
6.The functional group present in methanol.
7.IUPAC name of alkene containing 3 carbon atoms.
8.The number of single covalent compounds present in pentane.
9.First member of homologous serious alkyne.
10. Simplest ketone.
11.Self linking property of carbon.
12.Product formed by dehydration of ethanol in conc. Sulphuric acid.
13.Alcohol whose intake in small quantities can be lethal.
14.Number of single covalent bounds in ammonia.
15.Type of reactions shown by alkanes.
Activity :

1.To Study the saponification reaction for the preparation of soap in the laboratory using any
vegetable oils.

2.Prepare soaps of different colours and fragrances.

CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS

3..Testing the hardness of water.
4..Collect information about artificial ripening of fruits by ethylene.

PROJECTS :

To prepare models of methane ,ethane,ethyne and benzene molecules using thermocols ,ball
and match sticks.

TOPICS FOR DEBATE:

1.Role of esters in everyday life.

2. Condemning the use of alcohol as a social practice.

3.Use of biodegradable synthetic for cleansing purpose.

TOPIC 2: PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS

Gist of the lesson:

Classification of elements:the arrangement of element in such manner that element with similar
properties are grouped together while elements with dissimilar properties are separated .
Early attempt to classify elements:
DOBEREINER’S TRIADS:
He arranged the elements with similar properties in a group of three known as triad in such a
manner that the atomic mass of the middle element was approximately the average of the other two
elements
LIMITATIONS:
100
Only three triads were identified from the element known at that time .hence this classification was
not useful.
NEWLAND’S LAW OF OCTAVES :
He arranged the element in the order of increasing atomic masses starting with hydrogen(least
atomic mass ) and ended with thorium having atomic mass 56 . According to him ,the properties
of every eighth element are similar to the first element . Iit was compared to music notation sa,re
,ga ,ma, pa ,da ,ni ,sa,and thus the name Newlands law of octaves(notes of music ).
LIMITATIONS:
1. It was applicable only for lighter element having atomic mass upto 40 amu ,i.e.upto calcium .
2. He believed that only 56 elements existed in nature but later on more element were discovered
whose properties did not fit into Newland law of octaves.
3. Some elements having different properties were grouped together like cobalt and nickel have
been placed with halogens .
Due to above limitations, Newland law of octave was rejected

MANDELEEV’S PERIODIC TABLE :

He arranged the elements in order of increasing atomic masses , similarity in physical and
chemical properties of element . properties of hydrides and oxides of different element were
studied and elements with similar properties were grouped together .
He classified the elements in table consisted of vertical columns called groups and horizontal rows
called periods . there were 7 groups in table and group is subdivided into subgroups A and B
except group 7 which has three sets of elements in 4th , 5th , 6th period.

LIMITATIONS OF MENDELEEV, PERIODIC TABLE :

1. Position of hydrogen was not assigned correctly .

2. No separate position has been given to isotopes of an element .
3. Some element having higher atomic mass are placed before the elements with lower atomic
mass .

MODERN PERIODIC TABLE :

Mosely modified the Mandelleve‘s periodic table by taking atomic number as the fundamental
property instead of atomic mass.
Modern periodic table consists of 18 vertical columns known as group , and 7 horizontal rows
known as periods .
GROUPS:
Elements in group one are called alkali metal s.
Elements in group 2 are called alkaline earth metals .
Elements in group 17 are called halogens .
Group 18 element are called inert gasses or noble gases.
Significance of group in the periodic table is that an element in a group has same number of
valance electron ,valency and thus identical chemical properties .
101
PERIODS

1ST PERIOD – 2 elments and is called very short period .

2nd PERIOD- 8 elements and are called short period .
3rd PERIOD – 8 elements and are called short period .
4th PERIOD – 18 elements and are called long period .
5th PERIOD – 18 elements and are called long period .
6th PERIOD – 32 elements and are called very long period .
7th PERIOD- incomplete period .

The number of shell present in the element indicates the period to which it belongs .
VALENCY :
It is defined as the combing capacity of an atom of an element to acquire noble gas configuration.
it is equal to the number of electron lost , gained or shared during the formation of chemical
compound .
ATOMIC SIZE / ATOMIC RADII:
It is defined as the distance from the centre of the nucleus to the outer most cell of atom . it is
generally expressed in pico meter ( pm) .

On moving down the group the atomic radii increases.

Because on moving down the group a new energy shell is added which increases the distance
between the outermost electron and the nucleus . All though the nucleus charge also increases , but
it is compensated by the additional shell being added thus , increasing the size of the atom .
Across the period the atomic radii decrease. Due to the increase nuclear charge , the pull on the
electron increases and hence, they are pulled closer to the nucleus thus, decreasing the atomic size .
Oxides and its nature. Metal reacts with oxygen to form oxides by loss of electrons. These oxides
on dissolution in water from bases.

REACTIVITY OF ELEMENTS.

Down the group reactivity of metal increases as the tendency to lose electron increases due to the
increased atomic size .
Reactivity of non metals decreases down the group because of the increased atomic size and the
tendency to gain electron decreases.
On moving across the period the reactivity first increases due to the decreased in the metallic
character and increase in nonmetallic character.

102
 MIND MAP

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT III

TIME: 1 HRS
M.M:30
Q.1what is the position of hydrogen in the modern periodic table? (1)
Q.2 where are the isotopes of the same elements having different atomic masses placed in the
periodic table ? (1)
Q.3 An element M is the third group of the periodic table. Write the formula of its oxide?
(1)
Q.4 What is the valency of magnesium with atomic no. 12 and chlorine with atomic no. 17?
(1)`
Q.5what is the difference in number of shell in magnesium and sulphur? (1)
Q.6 on the basis of electronic configuration , how will you select (1)
i)the terminating member in a period .
ii) the chemically similar elements .
Q.7Give reason as to why the atomic radii of elements increase in a group while moving from top
to bottom ? (2)
Q.8 element in a group of periodic table have similar chemical properties why ? (2)
Q.9 explain why atomic number is more important than atomic weight in determining chemical
properties ? (2)
Q. 10 where in periodic table do we find :
i)elements classified as non metal .
ii) elements forming negative ions .
iii)elements with high melting points .
iv)elements forming positive ions . (2)
103
Q.11 in a group reactivity of metals increases while those of non metals decreases . Explain. (2)

Q.12 elements in a group of periodic table have similar chemical properties why (2)
Q.13 elements of group 18 are called zero group. Why? (2)
Q.14 write the electronic configuration of atoms of
A)potassium (K) B)argon (Ar) C)lithium (li) D)fluorine (F) E)chlorine (Cl) (5)

Q.15i)Why is potassium more reactive than lithium ?

ii)why is fluorine is more reactive than chlorine ?
iii)which is smaller in size Cl or Ar ?
iv)which is smaller in size Li or F ?
v)which is more electronegative F or Cl?
Q.16The atomic no. of an element is 17.
i)what is its valency?
ii) Whether it is a metal or non-metal?
iii) Whether it is bigger or smaller in size then an element of atomic no.18?
iv) What type of bonds it will form with elements of group 18?
v) How would its oxide behave with litmus solution? (5)

HOTS QUESTIONS
Q.1 an element has two electron in its M shell:
i) Identify the element. ?
ii) What type of ion will it form ?
iii) What will be the formula of its chloride ?
iv) Predict the solubility of its chloride ?
Q.2 which among the following elements whose atomic number are given below belong to the
same period ? give the reason 17,10,20,12,19,15
Q.3 element X with atomic 12 and element Y with atomic number 17 reacts with hydrogen to form
hydrides . Which of them is expected to have high melting points?
Q.4 why is position of hydrogen not justified in modern periodic table?

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT IV
QUIZ

Q.1 Name the element with atomic number 12.

Q.2 Name a metal in making cans and a member of group14.
Q.3Name the most electronegative element in the periodic table.
Q.4 Name the horizontal rows in the periodic table .
Q.5 on moving across the period , atomic size of the element increase or decrease.
Q.6 who gave the classification on the basis of musical note .
Q.7Name two elements belonging to group one which can be cut with the help of knife .
Q.8 what name is given to the elements belonging to group 2 of the periodic table and why?
Q.9 Name the lustrous non metal having 7 valence electron .
104
 Q.10 Name the highly reactive metal that give violet colour to flame.
Q.11 Name the gas used in coloured advertising lights having 2 valence electron .

DEBATE AND DISCUSSION

A) Drawbacks of Mendeleev‘s and modern periodic table.

B) Achievements of Mendeleev‘s and modern periodic table.
C) Advantages of modern periodic table in understanding chemistry.

PROJECTS
1 Power point Presentation on the following topics:
1. Modern Periodic Table based on the similarity of properties of elements
2. Contribution by various Scientists towards the development of Periodic Table.
3. PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION
1.Making flash cards to study atomic numbers electronic configuration and other properties of
elements.
2.Make an outline sketch of the Modern Periodic Table.

TOPIC 3: HOW DO ORGANISMS REPRODUCE?

GIST OF THE LESSON
1) Reproduction: process by which living organism produce new individual of their own kind.
2) Creation of DNA copy: when the cell divides into two, each new cell gets a copy of each DNA
or chromosomes.
3) Importance of variation: variations are created by DNA copying mechanism during sexual
reproduction.
4) Asexual modes of reproduction:
a) Fission—binary & multiple fission
b) Fragmentation
c) Regeneration
d) Budding
e) Vegetative propagation
f) Spore formation
5) Sexual reproduction-
a) In flowering plant
b) In human beings
6) Parts of flowers
7) Pollination: self and cross pollination
8) Fertilization: male and female germ cell fuses to form zygote.
9) Puberty: The age, when reproductive organs become functional,(in female 10-12 years, in male
13-14 years).
10) Male reproductive system in human beings.
11) Female reproductive system in human beings.
12) Reproductive health-
a) To have awareness about STDs, (sexually transmitted disease).
b) Some common STDs are gonorrhea, syphilis & HIV-AIDS.
13) Contractive methods: to avoid pregnancy-

a) barrier method b)chemical methods c) surgical methods

105
 MIND MAP

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT-III

Very short answer type question:

Note: each question carries 1 mark.
1) What is reproduction?
2) Have you seen seeds of rose or potato? Name some plants whose seeds you may have seen.
3) Can an amoeba and hydra reproduce like human beings?
4) What changes are observed in the uterus if fertilization occurs?
5) Define fertilization?

Short answer type questions

Note: each question carries two marks:

1) In the human body, what is the role of (a) seminal vesicles (b) prostate gland?
2) State the difference between menarche and menopause?
3) What is variation? Mention the importance of DNA copying in reproduction.

106
 HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS (HOTS) QUESTIONS

1) Give two reasons for the appearance or variation among the progeny formed by sexual
reproduction.
2) Colonies of yeast fail to multiply in water but multiply in sugar solution. Give one reason.
3) Malaria parasite divides into many daughter individual simultaneously through multiple
fission. State an advantage the parasite gets because of this type of reproduction.
4) What is the importance of DNA copying in reproduction?
5) How does reproduction help in providing stability to population of species?
6) Why is vegetative propagation practised for growing some types of plants?
7) Why would be the reason for adopting contraceptive methods ?
8) Name those parts of flower , which serve the same function as the following do in the animals a)
testies b) Eggs, c) Ovary ,d) Sperms.

*Activity- to grow rhizopus & prepare its temporary slide.

Aim: to show asexual reproduction in an organism.
App: slice of bread, water, box, slide, cover slip.
Procedure: children grow rhizopus on slice of bread and make a temporary slide.

*Project: 1.a) To study manner of vegetative reproduction in some commercially useful plants.
b) To study the seeds during sprouting period.

2. How do organisms reproduce.

1.Seprating the various parts of any 5 flowers displaying and comparing them.
2.Growing some plants by vegetative propagation.

*Seminars: reproductive health and sexually transmitted disease: children form groups and discuss.

*Symposium: gender related problems: female infanticide.

*Group discussion: if there was no sexual reproduction…..

*Debate: is it necessary to learn about reproductive health from class VII?

TOPIC 4: HEREDITY AND EVOLUTION

POINTS TO REMEMBER:

1.HEREDITY: Transmission of features or characters from one generation to another or from

parents to offspring through their genes

2.VARIATION: It occurs due to sexual reproduction, inaccuracies during DNA replicating

(mutation) and due to environmental factors.

3.GENETICS: Branch of biology dealing with the study of heredity and variations.
107
4.ALLELES :There is one pair of alleles which can express itself whether present in homozygous
state or heterozygous state. Eg – T (tallness in pea plant), R(round seeds in pea
plant)

5.GREGOR JOHANN MENDEL:- (1822-1884): He is known as the father of ‗genetics‘. He

worked on Sweet pea plant(pisum sativum).

6.GENOTYPE: genetic composition of an individual, eg – pure tall-TT, hybrid tall-Tt

7.PHENOTYPE: Visible traits of an individual. Eg – Tallness or Dwarfness.

8.EVOLUTION: gradual changes in traits of organisms from pre existing organisms is called
evolution.

9.SPECIATION: It may take place when variation is combined with geographical isolation.
(Formation of new species)

MIND MAP

108
 FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –III

TICK THE CORRECT OPTION:

1.The number of chromosomes in human ovum is

a.21 b.22 c.23 d.24
2. An example of homologous organs is
a.our arm and a dog‘s foreleg b./our seethe and an elephant‘s tusk
c.potato and runners of glans. D. all of these.
3. The hereditary units are:
a. Segments of RNA b. Genes. c. Chromosomes f. Chromatin
4. The science dealing with biotechnology is called.
a.Heredity and variation b. paleontology c. genetics

HOTS
1.If a trait exists in 10% of a population of an asexually reproducing species and a trait B in 60% of

the same population which trait is likely to have arisen earlier?

2.Which of the following is not the example of artificial selection ?

A)Colours of rose b.Flavours of mangoes 3.colours of beetle 4.Starch quality of wheat.

3. Explain how advantages variations like long neck help an organism like Giraffe to survive
better?
4. Which of the following is the clearly acquiered trait in human beings?
a.Intelligence b.Height C.Swimming d. Skin colour.

5. Why are human beings, who look different from each other size and colour belongs to the same species?

6. Acquiered characters are not inherited .Give reasons.

7. All the human races like Africans, Asians ,European and others might have from common ancestors
provide few evidence in support of the view.
8. How is genetic drift different from natural selection? From the diagram given below which case
shows natural selection?
Refer to diagram 9.7 ,page 147 of textbook.

109
9.Observe the diagram properly, mention the ration of round, yellow seeds and wrinkled,green
seeds.

Refer to diagram 9.5,page 145 of text book.

10.From the figures given below ,make a pair of homologous and analogous organs.Also justify the
answer.
Refer to page 132, diagram 9.8.

110
 FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –IV
QUIZ

A. Decomposers are also called __________

B. Producers prepare their _____________

C. Ozone layer is destroyed by ___________

D. Ecology is the study of the interaction of_________ with each other and their surroundings.

SEMINAR
A. Mendel’s work

B. Sex determination in organisms

C. Role play

D. Student in act as Aristotle ,Darwin,Lemark and Mendel and present the work done by these
great people.

GROUP DISCUSSION

If Mendel had met!

Projects: 1. Save Tiger….. Children collect information about the Tigers from various
national Parks and Wild life sanctuaries. Perform the stage shows to develop the awareness
about the forests and wild life.

3. To collect information on artificial selection carried out in some crops and animals . Visit
to Vetenary college.

4. Visit to an agricultural research Institute to understand the various techniques involved in

Hybridisation.

5. 1.Conducting a survey on
A. Evolution of wisdom teeth in parents.
B. Free and attached earlobes.
C. Rolling of tongue.
D. Finger prints.

111
 Debate: Use of Biotechnology in Human Welfare .

Activity; To study vestigial organs in Human beings . Students define vestigial

organs and discuss the use of every part of the body.Then come to the
conclusion.

CHAPTER :5 REFLECTION AND REFRACTION

Key concepts and terms:

1) Light: light is a form of energy. It brings the sensation of sight. It is a form of electromagnetic
radiation. It also provides us means of communication (fiber-optics).
2) Light wave: light wave travels with a speed of 3 x 108 ms-1 in free space. Its speed depends on the
medium.
3) Ray and beam: the straight line indicating the path of the light (arrow- direction is called a ray. A
bundle of rays originating from the same source of light in a particular direction is called a beam of
light.
4) Reflection: when light falls on a surface and gets back the same medium, it is called reflection.
5) Image: the point of convergence or the point form where the light appears to diverge after reflection
or refraction is called image.
6) Angle of incidence: the angle between the incident ray and the normal at the point of incidence is
called angle of incidence.
7) Angle of reflection: the angle between the reflected ray and the normal at the point of reflection is
called angle of reflection.
8) Laws of reflection: 1) the incidence ray the reflected ray and the normal at the point of incidence,
all lie in the same plane.
2) The angle of reflection and the angle of incidence are equal.
9) Aperture: the width of the reflecting surface is called aperture.
10) Focus: the point on the principle axis where all parallel rays meet after reflection is called
principle focus.
11) focal length: the length or separation between the pole and the focus is called focal length (PF = f)
12) In order to draw ray diagram, two rules are used:
1) The rays of light passing parallel to the principle axis will coverage at the focus after reflection.
2) The rays of light passing through the focus will emerge parallel to the principle axis after reflection.
3) The rays of light passing through the center of curvature will all retrace their both after
reflection.(as it is normal at the point of incidence)
4) The rays of light falling at the pole get reflected at the same angle on the other side of principle
axis.(Laws of reflection)
13) Relation between radius of curvature and focal length It is two times the focal length i.e. R=2f.
14) Mirror formula: 1/f= 1/v +1/u where f, v and u are the focal length, image distance and object
distance.
112
15) Lens formula: if u, v and f are the object distance, image distance and focal length respectively
then 1/f=1/v-1/u
16) Magnification of a lens: M= size of image (h1)/ size of object (h0) also m= (h1)/ (h0) = v/u.

MIND MAP

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –III

(Pen Paper Test)
1) If the speed of light in a medium id 2 x 108 m/s, then its refractive index is:

a) 1 b) 10 cm c) 1.5 d) 0.5

2) The power of sunglasses is

a) 0 b) 10cm c) 25cm d) zero

3) The refractive index of diamond is 2.42. What is the meaning of this statement in relation to
the speed of light?

113
4) Draw a ray diagram and show the image formed by a concave mirror when the object is kept at
focus.

5) An object is placed at a distance of 10cm in front of convex mirror of focal length 15cm. find
the nature and position of image.

6) 1) Two thin lenses of power +3.5D and -2.5 D are placed in contact. Find the power & focal
length of lens combination?

1) Define 1) Snell‘s law of refraction of light. 2) Pole of a concave mirror.

7) An object of size 4cm is kept at a distance of 20cm from the optical center of a converging lens
of a focal length 10cm. calculate the distance of image from the lens and the size of the image.

8) a) Define magnification. Write the sign convention used for expressing it.
b) Using lens formulae, find the position of image, its nature and magnification formed by a
concave lens of focal length 20cm and the object is at 15cm.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –IV

1) QUIZ:

1) Name the place where image is formed in the eye?

2) Name the muscular diaphragm that controls the size of the pupil?

3) What is the cause of dispersion of light?

4) Which color has got more wave length?

5) How many colors evolve when white light disperses?

6) What is the reason for the different deviation?

7) Who discovered that white light consists of seven colors?

8) What makes bees respond the ultraviolet light?

Oral questions:

1) What is a ray?

2) A Lemmon placed in water appears larger in size due to _______________

3) What does the negative sign of magnification of a mirror indicate?

4) What is the relation between focal length and radius of curvature of a spherical
mirror?

5) What is the range of vision of normal human eye?

6) What do you mean by lateral displacement?

114
 7) Magnification produced by convex mirror for object of size 5cm is ½ what is the
size of image?

8) What is the real image?

9) A ray of light strikes at 45 degree on a mirror. what is a angle of incidence and

reflection?

10) What is power of accommodation?

Home assignment:

1.What do you mean by Power of the lens?

2.What is the lens formula? Write the sign convention for various mirror and lens.

3.Name the lens/ mirror in the following situations;

i) Rear View mirror ii) magnifying Glass iii) Mirror with Dentist iv) Correction of Myopia .

4. The power of the lens is -2D .What is the focal length and nature of the lens?

Project Work ;

1.To find the focal length of the given concave mirror using candle light.

2.Study the phenomena of refraction of light in different medium( Glass slab, Plastic, etc)

115
 MIND MAP

Refraction occurs as Snell‘s law of refraction.

the speed of light is n= sin i/ sin r
different in different
medium. Ref.index= speed of light in Vacuum/ speed
of light in medium. n= c/v

Refraction by i-Angle of incidence

spherical Lenses r-Angle of refraction
1. Convex and REFRACTION; Deviation in the
path of light when light travels
Concave lens
from one medium to the other.

Lesser the refractive index ;the medium is

Optical density is the ability of optically rarer
a medium to refract light Greater the refractive index :the medium
is denser.

Convex lens forms real and

virtual image . The real image Power of a lens=1/f where f
is diminished, same size and is in metre.
enlarged depending on the Concave lens always Unit of Power=Dioptre.
distance u.( u>2f; u=2f; u<2f) forms Virtual image.
The virtual image is formed
when u< f.
Len‘s Formula: 1/v-1/u=1/f

Magnification=v/u

116
Topic 6 THE HUMAN EYE AND THE COLOURFUL WORLD

MIND MAP

117
 FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –III

Give reason for the following:

1) Red light is used for danger signal

2) Cause of Color blindness.

3) Sky appears black in Moon.

4) Rainbow is seen on a rainy day in the presence of sunlight.

4) A person with a myopia eye cannot see objects beyond a distance of 1.5m. What would be the
power of corrective lens? Which type of lens is used?
5) What do you understand by myopia? Write two causes of it?
6) What do you mean by far point and near point of eye?
7) What is presbyopia? State the cause of it and how is it corrected?
8) Explain: 1) why does sky look blue on a clear day
2) Twinkling of stars.
9) What is hypermetropia? State two causes of hypermetropia with help of ray diagrams show:
1) The eye defect hyperopia.

HOTS
1.Why does it takes sometimes to see in a dim room when you enter the room from bright sunlight
outside?
ANS: In the bright iris causes the pupil to become smaller so that only a small portion of light
enter the eye and rods of the retina are also adjusted in the same way. but when a person enter in
to dim light each iris takes sometimes to increase the diameter of the pupil so that more amount of
light can enter the eyes to see the objects clearly and rods of the retina also takes some time to
adjust –themselves to get the picture of the object in the dim light.

2Can we see a rainbow on the moon?

ANS:No, since there is no atmosphere on the moon.

3.Does a beam of light give a spectum on passing through a hollow prism?

ANS:No,this is because dispersion of light cannot occur through a hollow prism containing air.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –IV

QUIZ: A

1. Name the place where image is formed in the eye?

2. Name the muscular diaphragm that controls the size of the pupil.

3. What is the cause of dispersion of light?

4. Give the cause of cataract of eye.

118
 5. Which color has got more wavelength?

6. What makes bees respond to ultraviolet light?

Quiz:B

1) What is the focal length of a plane mirror?

2) Which of the two has a great power, a lens of shot focal lenth or a lens of large length?
3) What does m= +1 stand for?
4) What is the power of a lens if its focal lenth is 50cm?
5) What is the nature of image at retina?
6) Name the point inside the lens through which a ray of light goes deviated?
7) What is the S.I. unit of power of a lens?

Home Assignment

1. Name the photographic film equivalent to our eye .

2.Why does a glass slab not disperse white light?
3.Why do we not perceive the depth of a lake ?
4.Name two causes of Myopia, Hypermetropia and presbiopia.
5.Name the liquids that keep our eye soft.
6.What causes rainbow formation?
7.What is Mirage?

Project work:

1) To understand the dispersion of light with help of activity?

(Hint: materials, an irregularly shaped glass, white screen).

2) List, observe, reason and explain three cases of nature where dispersion happens.

(hint: 1) Sun rise and sun set 2.Formation of rainbow.3.Twinkling of stars)

3) Draw a labeled diagram of human eye and explain the function of retina, cornea, pupil,
rods, and cones?

seminar: (students will be divided into groups 7 they will present papers on the topic)

*Topic- PROBLEMS OF VISION:

2) Means to overcome and Corrective measure

119
 Topic 7: Management of natural resources
GIST
1) Natural resources: it is stock of the nature such as air, water, soil, minerals, coal,
petroleum, forest and wildlife that are useful to mankind in many ways.

2) Pollution: it is defined as the undesirable change in physical, chemical or biological

characteristics of our soil, air or water, which harmfully affect human lives or the lives of
other species.

3) pH of water: pH stands for ‗potential of hydrogen‘. The acidic and basic character of
aqueous solutions can be described in terms of hydrogen ion and hydroxyl ion
concentration a pH below 7 indicates an acid solution and above 7 indicates an alkaline
solution.

4) Three R’s to save the Environment: We can reduce pressure on the environment by
applying the maxim to ‗Reduce, Recycle and Reuse‘ in our lives.

5) Sustainable Development: It is the development which can be maintained for a long time
without undue damage to the environment.

6) Need to manage our Resources: Our natural resources are limited. With the rapid increase
in human population, due to improvement in health care, the demand for all resources is
also increasing.

7) Biodiversity: It is the existence of a wide variety of species of plants, animals and

microorganisms in a natural habitats with in a particular environment or of genetic
variation with a species.

8) Wildlife: It means all those naturally occurring animals, plants and their species which are
not cultivated, domesticated and tamed.

9) Water harvesting: It means capturing rainwater where it falls or capturing the run off in a
local area and taking measures to keep the water clean by not allowing polluting activities
to take place.

10) Fossil Fuels: These fuels are obtained from the remains of plants and animals, which got
buried beneath the earth millions of years ago, changed into coal, petroleum and natural gas
due to excessive heat and high pressure inside the earth.

11) Coal: It contains chiefly carbon and its compounds mainly nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur and
hydrogen. It also contains inorganic matter.

120
12) Non-renewable Energy Sources: These are energy sources which cannot be replaced
easily when they get exhausted and are also called conventional sources of energy. E.g.:
Fossil fuels.

13) Uses of Fossil Fuels:

Coal: Thermal power plants and steam engines

Petroleum: Petroleum products like petrol and diesel are used as means of transport.

14) Management of Fossil fuels: The natural gas is a good alternative to fossil fuels like coal
and petroleum. The use of alternative source of non- conventional source of energy such as
solar energy, wind energy, biomass energy etc. Should be promoted to save the reserves of
fossil fuels .biogas can also be used for various purposes.

MIND MAP

121
 FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –III

(paper pen test)

Q 1.i) Which one of the following started chipko movement 1

a.A.K.Banerjee b. Amrita devi bisnoi c.Sundar Lal Bahuguna d. Medha patkart.

ii. From the list given pick the item that is not a natural resource?
a.soil b. water c. air d. electricity
iii. The pH range most conductive for life of fresh water plants and animals is 1
a. 6.5-7.5 b.2.0-3.5 c.3.5-5.0 d.9.0-10.5

Q.2 What are renewable resources? How are they different from non renewable resources 2
Q3 What would be the advantages of exploring resources and long term aim 2
Q4. Why should there be equitable distribution of resources 2
Q5 why are coal and petroleum known as fossil fuels?why do we need to conserve them? 3
Q 6. Name the three ―R‖ to save the environment ?explain how each of them is beneficial for
mankind? 3
Q7. Who are the stakeholders in forest? Why do we think so?

HOTS

1. What do you mean by Bio-Reserves? What are their objectives?

2.Explain the main points of difference between Agro Forestry and Urban Forestry Programme.
3.Beutiful Landscapes are of great value to Human Beings. Explain.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT –IV

QUIZ
1. Chipko Andolan originated in

a. Kerala b. Rajasthan

c. Uttarakhand d. Karnataka
2. Kulhs are irrigation Canals of
a. Rajasthan b. Karnataka
c. Himachal Pradesh d. Assam
3. Which of the following is green house gas?
a. Sulphurdioxide b. Carbon monoxide
c. Carbondioxide d. Nitrogen dioxide
4. Which of the following bacteria is found in Garga water ?
a. Coliform bacteria b. Streptococcus bacteria
c. Staphylococcus bacteria d. Diplococcus bacteria
5. Stake holders of forest resources in India are
a. Local people and industries b. NGO
c. Forest enthusiasts d. All of these
122
 6. Arabari forest of Bengal is dominated by
a. Teak b. Sal
c. Bamboo d. Mangrove
7.Which of the following are to be mangaged for sustainable developments?
a.Industries b.Forest C.Crops d.Resources
8.Red data book provides a list of :
a.Protect animals b. Rear animals for milk c.Entrap animal d.Both a & b
9.Sardar sarover dam is situated on river
a.Ganga b.Narmada c. Yamuna d. Godavari
10. Pynes System of irrigation is common in:
a.Bihar b.Madhya Pradesh c. Rajastan d. Himachal Pradesh

Debate:
Topic ―Money spent on protection of wild life should actually be spent for the welfare of poor
people‖
Seminar :
Reading papers by the students on the following topics:
i.River water pollution –source and solution
ii. Sustainable development
Symposium
i.Globla warming and melting Himalaya –a controversy‖
ii Save the tiger.

Home Assignment

1.Making a model to show Rainwater Harvesting.

2.Carry out a survey in your locality where Rainwater is being harvested.
3.Record the mode of transport used by your classmates.
4.Find out the amount of diesel/petrol used by families of your classmates.
5.Checking the PH of water from various sources.

Topic 8 OUR ENVIRONMENT

GIST
1. ECOLOGY – The study of the interaction of living organisms with each other and their
surrounding is called ecology.

2. ENVIRONMENT –Everything that surrounds organisms and influences its life.

a) Biotic components of environment – The living organisms e.g. Plants and animals.

b) Abiotic components of environment –the nonliving components like air, light, etc.

3. ECOSYSTEM – All interacting organism in area =together with the nonliving constituents of
environment. ( Functional unit of an environment)

123
4. PRODUCERS – They make the energy from sunlight available to the rest of the ecosystem.

5. CONSUMERS – Animals cannot manufacture their own food. They are called consumers.

6. BIODEGRABLE – Substances that are broken down by the action of bacteria or saprophytes.
e. g. Paper.

7. NONBIODEGRABLE- Substances that are not broken down by the action of bacteria or
saprophytes. e.g. Plastic.

8. FOOD CHAIN – The process of one organism eating the other.

GRASS  GRASSHOPPER  FROG  SNAKE

9. FOODWEB --- It is a network of food links between populations in a community.

10. 10% LAW OF ENERGY FLOW – The energy available at any trophic level in a food chain
is 10% of the previous one.

11. BIOLOGICAL MAGNIFICATION – Progressive accumulation of nonbiodegradable waste

at various trophic levels of food chain.

124
 HIGHER ORDER THINKIN SKIILS (HOTS) QUESTIONS

1. Write any two ways of energy flow through an ecosystem.

2. Differentiate between biodegradable and non biodegradable with respect to the effect of
biological processes on them and the way they affect our environment.

3. Which level shows the maximum biological magnification? Why?

125
4. Why is pond self-sustaining unit while an aquarium may not be? Justify the answer.

5. Arrange grasshopper, frog, grass, eagle and snake in the form of food chain.

6. If 1000 KJ energy is available at producer level, how much energy will be available at first
carnival level?

7. Why do most food chains have 3-5 steps only?

8. Select the biodegradable items from the list given blow-

Polythene bags, old clothes, wilted flowers, pencil shavings, glass bangles, bronze statue,
vegetable peels.

9. What will be impact on ecosystem if bacteria and fungi are removed from the Environment?

10. Express your feelings on the picture given down below. What will happen if all?

Carnivores are eliminated from the environment? What measures will you take to save?
Tiger?

126
 FORMATIVE ASSESSEMENT - III

Very short answer questions:

NOTE: Each question carries one mark.

TICK THE CORRECT OPTIONS:-

1. Ozone layer is destroyed by

a) SO2 b) Smog c) CFC d) CO2

2. Which of the following is biodegradable?

a) Cow dung b) Plastic c) DDT d) Radioactive wastes

3. Vegetables peels, waste paper, wood carvings and egg shells can be used to make

a) Bricks b) Compost c) Urea d) None of these

4. Which of the following is constituent of food chain?

a) Grass, wheat and mango b) Grass, goat and human

c) Goat, cow and elephant d) Grass, fish and goat

5. Acid rain is caused by precipitation of

a) Oxides of sulphur b) CFCs c) Ozone d) CO2

127
 SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS:

EACH QUESTION CARRRIES TWO MARKS:

1) Classify the flowing as decomposers and producers Green plants, bacteria, fungi,
algae, blue green algae.

2) Distinguish between producers and consumers.

3) Name two environment friendly practices.

ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS:

EACH QUESTION CARRIES THREE MARKS
1. How is ozone depletion caused? Name the compounds causing it.
2. What is meant by biodegradable waste? Which of the following are biodegradable?
Agriculture residue, plastic, insecticides, sewage.
3. What is being done to avoid ozone depletion? ( Three steps)
4. What is meant by a trophic level? Why do we have a greater number of organisms at
lower levels?
Long answer (5 marks)
5. Describe any five modes of disposal of wastes.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT – IV
Quiz:
1. Ozone layer is destroyed by __________________.
2. Ecology is the study of the interaction of _______ with each other and their surroundings.
3. Decomposers are also called ________________.
4. Water, air, light and temperature are the examples of _______components.
5. Consumers ________ manufacture their own food and depend on plants and other animals for
their feed.
 Seminar: Children discuss ways and means to reduce the problems given below:
a) Ozone depletion b) Garbage disposal
 Symposium:
Environment problems: Groups mention the problems they are facing in day today life.
 Group discussion
Role of students in bringing awareness among community members on ill effects of polythene
bags.
 Activities:
a) To study the ill effects of using some chemical like CFCS, nitrogenous fertilizers, DDT etc.
b) Field trips: Visit to a botanical garden.
1.Role play of food chain and food web by class students.
2.Skit /Action Song on Banning of plastics.
3.Write a passage on ‗Autobiography of plastics.

128
 SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT – II
Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 90

General Instructions:
i) The question paper comprises of two sections, A & B. You are to attempt both the sections.

ii) All the questions are compulsory.

iii) There is no overall choice. However, internal choice has been provided in all the five questions of
five marks category. Only one option in each question is to be attempted.

iv) All the questions of Section A and all sections of section B are to be attempted separately.

v) Question numbers 1 to 3 in Section A are 1 mark questions. These are to be answered in one word
or one sentence.

vi) Question numbers 4 to 7 are 2 mark questions, to be answered in about 30 words.

vii) Question numbers 8 to 19 are 3 mark questions, to be answered in about 50 words.

viii) Question numbers 20 to 24 are 5 mark questions, to be answered in about 70 words.

ix) Question numbers 25 to 42 is Section B are Multiple Choice Questions on Practical Skills. Each
question is 1 mark question. You are to choose one most appropriate response of the options
provided to you.

Section-A

Q.1 List the three phenomenon of light responsible for formation of rainbow in the sky.
Q.2 Why is DNA copying an essential part of the process of reproduction?
Q.3 List any two common methods by which solid wastes of urban areas are disposed off.
Q.4 Why do we see stars twinkling whereas, where as planets do not twinkle?
Q.5 (i) What is meant by ‗power of accommodation of the eye‘?
(ii) How does the focal length of the eye lens change when we shift looking from a distant object
to a nearby object?
Q.6 (i)Why are Coal and petroleum called fossil fuels?
(ii) Name the two elements which are present both in CNG and Petroleum?
Q.7 (i) What is the position of hydrogen in the model periodic table?
(ii) Where are isotopes of the same element having different atomic masses placed in the periodic
table?
Q.8 Pure- breed pea plants A are crossed with pure breed pea plants B. It is found that the plants who
look like A do not appear in F1 generation but B re-emerge in F2 generation. Which of the
plants A and B: (i) tall,(ii) dwarf ? Give reason for your answer.
Q.9 A student sitting in the last row of the classroom is not able to read clearly the writing on the
Blackboard:
(a) Name the type of defect of vision he is suffering from

(b) How can this defect be corrected ?

Q.10 (a) Name the compounds CH3COOH and identify its functional group.
(b) Give a chemical test to identify this compound.
129
 (c) Name the gas evolved when this compound acts on solid carbonate. How would you
identify this gas.
Q.11(a) Explain the terms (i)Implantation (ii)Placenta
(b) What is the average duration of human pregnancy?
(c) What happens when the egg is not fertilized?
Q.12(a) A spherical mirror A forms an erect image of an object, a spherical mirror B forms erect as
well as inverted image of an object. Name the types of the spherical mirror A and B.
(b) What is the relation between the focal length and radius of curvature of a spherical mirror?
If the radius of a curvature of a spherical Mirror is 25 cm, what is the focal length?
Q.13 An organic compound ‗A‘ is an essential constituent of wine and beer. Oxidation of ‗A‘
yields An organic acid ‗B‘ which is present in vinegar. Name the compounds ‗A‘ and ‗B‘
and write their structural formula. What happens when ‗A‘ and ‗B‘ react in the presence of an
acid Catalyst? Write the chemical equation for the reaction.
Q.14 which of the following are homologous and which are the analogous? Give reasons
1. Trunk of the elephant and hand of a chimpanzee

2. Wing of a bird and wing of a bat.

3. Scales of fishes and shell of molluscs.

Q.15 Iit is desired to obtain an erect image of an object, using an concave mirror of focal length 20cm.
(i) What should be the range of the distance of object from the mirror?
(ii) Will the image be bigger or smaller than the object?
(iii) Draw a ray diagram to show the image formation in this case.
Q.16 ( a) Why does carbon form largest number of compounds?
(b) Why are some of these called saturated and other unsaturated compounds?
(c) Which of these is more reactive?
Q.17Write three advantages of constructing dams across the rivers?
Q.18 (a) State two effects produced by scattering of light by the atmosphere?
(b)Why are ‗danger‘ signal lights red in colour?
(c)What would the sky look like if the earth had no atmosphere?

Q.19The electronic configuration of these elements X, Y and Z are given below?

X 2
Y 2,6
Z 2,8,2
i)Which element belongs to second period ?
ii) Which element belongs to second group?
iii) Which element belongs to 18th group ?
Q.20 (a) What are the main reasons why human beings are over-exploiting the forests?
(b)What are the effects of damages?
(c)Names the different measures taken up for the conservation of forests?
Q.21:a)Why do we classify elements ?
b) What were the two criteria used by Mendeleev in creating his periodic table?
c) In Mendeleev‘s periodic table, why was there no mention of noble gasses like helium, neon
and argon?
d) Why did Mendeleev leave some gaps in his periodic table?

130
 e) Would you place the two isotopes of chlorine, Cl-35 in different slot because of their different
atomic masses or in the same slot because their chemical properties are the same ? Justify your
answer.
Q.22 Names the type of mirror (s) that should be used to obtain:
(a)A magnified and virtual image
(b)A diminished and virtual image of an object .
( c ) Draw labelled ray diagrams to show the formation of the required image in each of the above
two cases .Which of these mirrors could also form a magnified and real image of the object ?
State the position of object for which this could happen.
.
Q.23 a) Define homologous series of organic compounds. Mention any two characteristics of
homologous series.
b) Name the compound formed on heating ethanol at 443k with excess of conc.H2SO4.
c) Describe a chemical test to distinguish between ethanol and ethanoic acid.
Q.24 (a) Give an example of bisexual flower. What is its female reproductive part known as?
(b) Draw a diagram of its longitudinal section showing the process of germination of pollen on
stigma and label the following on it :
(c)Pollination may occur without fertilization but fertilization will not take place without
pollination. Give reason .
SECTION –B

Q.25. an iron nail was suspended in copper sulphate solution and kept for a while. The solution
a) remained blue and a coating was formed on the nail
b) turned green and a coating was formed on the nail
c) remained blue and no coating was formed on the nail
d) turned green and no coating was formed on the nail
Q.26. A student put a big iron nail each in 4 test-tube containing solutions of zinc sulphate, aluminum
sulphate, copper sulphate, and iron sulphate. A reddish brown coating was observed only on the
surface of iron nail which was put in the solution
a) Zinc sulphate b) iron sulphate
c) Copper sulphate c) aluminum sulphate
Q.27. Four test tubes were taken and marked as A, B, C & D respectively. 2mL od solution of
Al2(SO4)3in water was filled din each of the test tubes. Clean piece of metal zinc was placed in A,
clean iron nail in B, clean copper wire in C & a clean aluminium wire in D. It was observed that no
change occurred in any of the test tubes. The correct inference drawn is:
(a) Zinc is more reactive than Aluminium
(b) Zinc is more reactive than Copper
(c) Copper is more reactive than Aluminium
(d) Zinc, Iron & copper is more reactive than Aluminium

Q.28. Which of the following reagents gives brisk effervescence with Ethanoic Acid?
(a) Calcium Hydroxide
(b) Sodium Chloride
(c) Sodium Bicarbonate
(d) Ammonium Chloride
Q.29. A student soaked 5g of raisins in beaker A containing 25ml of ice chilled water and another 5g
of raisins in beaker B containing 25ml of tap water at room temperature. After one hour, the student
observed that
(a) water absorbed by raisins in beaker A was more than that absorbed by raisins in beaker B
131
(b) water absorbed by raisins in beaker B was more than that absorbed by raisins in beaker A
(c) the amount of water absorbed by the raisins of both beakers A and B was equal.
(d) No water was absorbed by raisins in either of the beakers A and B
Q.30. When a stopper of a bottle containing a colourless liquid was removed, the bottle gave out a
smell like that of vinegar. The liquid in the bottle could be
a) Hydrochloric acid solution b) sodium hydroxide solution
c) Acetic acid d) saturated sodium bicarbonate
Q.31. In amoeba, asexual reproduction by multiple fission
a) never take place
b) sometimes takes place
c) take place when amoeba wishes
d) take place during unfavorable environment conditions
Q.32.For determining the percentage of water absorbed by raisins in a given time, apart from water,
raisins and a watch, we shall also require
(a) a beaker, a graduated cylinder, a thermometer ,a filter paper.
(b) a watch glass, a graduated cylinder, a thermometer, a weighing balance.
(c) a beaker, a thermometer, a filter paper, a weighing balance.
(d) a graduated cylinder, a thermometer, a weighing balance.
Q.33. The inner surface of a stainless steel spoon behaves as__________.
(a) concave mirror.
(b) convex mirror.
(c) plane mirror
(d) neither concave nor convex
Q.34. A student obtains a blurred image of an object on a screen by using a concave mirror. In order to
obtain a sharp image on the screen, he will have to shift the mirror
(a) towards the screen
(b) away from screen
(c) either towards or away from screen, depending upon the position of the object
(d) to a position very far away from the screen
Q.35. In an experiment to determine the focal length of a convex lens, a student obtained a sharp
inverted image of a distant tree on the screen behind the lens. She then removed the screen and looked
through the lens in the direction of the object. She will see
(a) an inverted image of the tree at the focus of the lens
(b) no image as the screen has been removed
(c) a blurred image on the wall of the lab
(d) an erect image of the tree on the lens
Q.36. A student is to find the focal length of a (i) concave mirror, (ii) convex lens by using a distant
object. He will observe that the screen is on the same side as the object
(a) in both cases
(b) in neither of the two cases
(c) in case(i) but not in case(ii)
(d) in case (ii) but not in case(i)
Q.37. A student suggested the following Guidelines to his friend for doing the experiment on dressing
the path of a ray of a light, passing through a rectangular slab, for three different angles of incidence:
A) Draw outline of the glass slab at three positions on the drawing sheet.
B) Draw normal on the top side of these outlines near their left end
C) Draw the incident rays on the three outlines in direction, making angles of 30o, 45o, 60o with the
normal drawn
D) Fix two pins vertically on each of these incident rays at two points nearly 1 cm apart.
132
E) Look for the images of the feet of these pins while fixing two pins, from other side, to get the
refracted ray
When he showed these guidelines to his teacher, the teacher told him that two of them need to be
corrected and modified. These two Guidelines are
(a) B & C
(b) C & D
(c) D & E
(d) B & D
Q.38. If you find the focal length of a concave and convex mirror respectively which appears to be the
same say 20cm. If you face the mirror to distant object, then the size of the image will be
(a) same in both the mirrors.
(b) smaller in concave mirror
(c) bigger in convex mirror
(d) bigger in concave mirror
Q. 39. Which one of the following is depicted in the sketch of a slide shown below?

(a) Binary fission in yeast

(b) Budding in yeast
(c) Binary fission in amoeba
(d) Budding in amoeba
Q.40. which one out of the following diagrams correctly depicts an amoebas
Undergoing binary fission?

(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV

Q.41. Acetic acid is:

(a) Colourless, pungent smelling liquid
(b) Colourless, sweet smelling liquid
(c) Green coloured liquid having pungent smell
(d) none of the above
Q.42. If the object is at 2F of a convex lens, and then the image is at:
(a) 2F (b) F (c) infinity (d) Between F and 2F

133
 Higher Order Thinking Skills
(HOTS)
Present day understanding of learning is that learning is an exercise in
meaning - making . When indulging in the process of meaning making,
mental ideas or concepts are built by the learner. Acquiring mere
concepts is of no use and the ability to use them in real life situations is
the requirement of the day. Therefore, the purpose of learning is to
identify, understand and use these concepts to situations in real life.

Knowing a concept is at the bottom of hierarchy of learning outcomes

and it can easily be achieved even by rote learning. Whereas, the
ability to use these concepts in different situations is the next stage to
knowing and therefore the questions which test these are referred to
Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTS) questions. The essential first step in
acquiring the competence to answer HOTS questions is the
development of a clear understanding of the concepts in its totality by
the learner. Therefore, every learner is advised to learn the lessons
thoroughly before venturing to answer the questions included in this
material.

This material has been prepared chapter wise, with the focus primarily
on the HOTS questions. And in each chapter you will find two sections,
one in which both questions and answers will be there and the other in
which only questions are there for which you have to find the answers (
which we presume is within the reach of each and every learner).
 CHAPTER No. 1

CHEMICAL REACTIONS AND EQUATIONS

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

1 A compound `X` is used for drinking, has pH =7.Its acidified solution undergoes
decomposition in presence of electricity to produce gases `Y` and `Z` The volume
of Y is double than Z. Y is highly combustible whereas Z is supporter of
combustion .Identify X, Y & Z and write the chemical reactions involved.

2 An aqueous solution of metal nitrate P reacts with sodium bromide solution to

form yellow ppt of compound Q which is used in photography. Q on exposure to
sunlight undergoes decomposition reaction to form metal present in P along with
reddish brown gas. Identify P&Q . Write the chemical reaction & type of chemical
reaction.

3 Bhawana took a pale green substance A in a test tube. and heated it over the flame
of a burner. A brown colored residue B was formed along with evolution of two
gases with burning smell of sulphur.Idetify A & B. Write the chemical reaction
involved.

4 A student took 2-3 g of a substance X in a glass beaker & poured water over it
slowly. He observed bubbles along with hissing noise. The beaker becomes quite
hot. Identify X.What type of reaction is it?

5 A reddish brown vessel developed a green colored solid X when left open in air
for a long time. When reacted with dil H2SO4 , it forms a blue colored solution
along with brisk effervescence due to colourless & odourless gas Z. X
decomposes to form black colored oxide Y of a reddish brown metal along with
gas Z, Identify X, Y, & Z.

6 A substance X used for coating iron articles is added to a blue solution of a

reddish brown metal Y,the color of the solution gets discharged Identify X and Y
& also the type of reaction.

7. A student has mixed the solutions of lead (II) nitrate and potassium iodide.
(i) What was the colour of the precipitate formed? Can you name the compound?
precipitated ?
(ii) Write the balanced chemical equation for this reaction.
(iii) What type of reaction is it?

8. Observe the following activity & answer the questions

 a. Do you observe anything happening around the zinc granules?
b. Is there any change in its temperature?
c. Why is glass tube not dipped in dil H2SO4?
d. How is H2 gas collected by downward displacement or upward displacement
of water?
e. Is H2 gas soluble or insoluble in water?
f. Is H2 gas heavier or lighter than air?

9. A reddish brown metal X when heated in presence of oxygen forms a black

compound Y which is basic in nature when heated with hydrogen gas gives back X.
Identify X & Y.Write the chemical reaction between Y & H 2 Identify the substance
being oxidized & reduced.

10 Name the type of reaction seen in the diagram below. Write the reaction for the
same.

Thread Test
Tube
CuSO4
Solution
Iron
Nail

11. A student burnt a metal A found in the form of ribbon. The ribbon burnt with a
dazzling flame & a white powder B is formed which is basic in nature. Identify A &
B.Write the balanced chemical equation.

12. A student dropped few pieces of marble in dilute HCl contained in a test tube. The
gas evolved was passed through lime water. What change would be observed
in lime water? Write chemical reactions for both the changes observed.

13. Astha has been collecting silver coins and copper coins. One day she observed a
black coating on silver coins and a green coating on copper coins. Which chemical
phenomenon is responsible for these coatings? Write the chemical name of black and
green coatings
 Answers
Ans: 1 2H2O (l) H2 (g) + O2 (g)
X Y Z

Ans.:2 P = Ag NO3 , Q = AgBr 2AgBr (s) 2Ag(s) + Br2(g)

Photochemical decomposition

Ans: 3
A (green) B (brown)

Ans: 4 a) X = Calcium oxide (Quick lime), Combination reaction.

Ans. 5 X = CuCO3. Cu (OH) 2, Y= CuO, Z= CO2

Ans. 6 X= Fe, Y = Cu, Displacement reaction.

Ans. 7 (i). Yellow, Lead iodide

(ii) Pb (NO3)2 + KI PbI2 + 2KNO3
(iii) Double displacement reaction

Ans.8 a.Bubbles of hydrogen gas.

b. Yes temperature will increase.
c H2SO4 will rise in glass tube, preventing H2 to evolve
d. downward displacement
e. Insoluble
f lighter than air
.
Ans. 9 Oxygen reacts with copper to form copper oxides which has black colour
2Cu(s) + O2 (g) 2Cuo(s)
Air Black

The copper (II) oxide is losing oxygen and is being reduced. The hydrogen is gaining
oxygen and is being oxidized.

Ans.10 Displacement Reaction

Fe(S) + CuSO4 FeSO4aq + Cu

Ans.11 X = Mg, Y = MgO, Mg + O2. 2 MgO

Ans.12 Ca (OH) 2(aq) + CO2 (g) CaCO3(s) + H2O (l)

Ans.13 Corrosion is responsible for this coating. Black coating is due to formation of
Ag2S and green coating is due to formation of CuCO3.Cu (OH)2

PRACTICE QUESTIONS
1. Fe + CuSO4 FeSO4 + Cu
Identify the type of reaction.
2. What does the symbol (g) used with water indicate?
3. How can we prevent fried food from turning ‘Rancid’?
4. Why does lime water turn milky when CO2 is passed into it?
5. Which gas is evolved when lead nitrate is heated?
6. During electrolysis of water, how can we identify the gas present in each test
tube?
7. Give an example of a photolytic reaction which is not a decomposition
reaction?
8. Fe + CuSO4 → FeSO4 + Cu
In above reaction iron nail becomes brownish in colour and the blue colour of
copper sulphate solution fades. Why?
9. Identify the element which is most reactive and the element which is least
reactive?
A2O3 + 2B → B2O3 + 2A
3CSO4 + 2B → B2(SO4)3 + 3C
3CO + 2A → A2O + 3C
10. Write a chemical equation of a reaction in which a precipitate is formed.
11. Write your observation when Magnesium ribbon is burned in air? Name the
powder formed.
12. Which characteristics of a chemical change do you observe when dilute
sulphuric acid is added to zinc granules in a conical flask ?
13. Write word equation for the following chemical equation :
a. Mg + 2HCl MgCl2 + H2
heat
b. 2KNO3 2KNO2(s) + O2 (g)
14. What happens when CO2 (g) is bubbled through lime water. Write the
chemical equation.

15. What happens when a silver spoon is kept immersed in aqueous copper
sulphate solution?

16. Why does copper not liberate hydrogen on reacting with dilute sulphuric acid?

17. Write a chemical equation to show the process of respiration. Mention the type
of reaction.
18. Which of the following reactions show evolution of gas.
a. 2AgCl → 2Ag + Cl2
b. Pb + CuCl2 → PbCl2 + Cu
c. CuO + H2 → Cu + H2O
d. ZnO + C → Zn + CO
19. Name 2 metals which get tarnished. Why does this happen ?.

20. Why is corrosion harmful?

21. Mention three situations in daily life where a chemical change occurs.

22. Balance the following chemical equations.

a. H2SO4 + NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2O
b. NaCl + AgNO3 → AgCl + NaNO3
c. CH4 + O2 → CO2 + H2O

23. Write chemical equations for the following word equations :

a. Hydrogen + Chlorine → Hydrogen Chloride
b. Sodium + Water → Sodium Hydroxide + Hydrogen
c. Zinc Oxide + Carbon → Zinc + Carbon Monoxide

24. What do you mean by endothermic and exothermic reactions? Give examples.

25. What happens when potassium iodide solution is added to lead nitrate
solution? Give equation of reaction and mention the type of reaction involved?

26. How can we make a chemical equation more informative?

27. Write one chemical equation to show:

a. Combination reaction
b. Decomposition reaction
c. Double Displacement Reaction

28. Write short notes on:

a. Corrosion
b. Rancidity

29. A substance X when mixed with water is used for white washing. The
substance X is also formed when a substance Y decomposes.
 a. Identify X and Y and write their formula.

30. Define oxidation and reduction. Give an example of a Redox reaction.

 CHAPTER No.: 2

ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

1. Kazi and priyam want to prepare dil H2SO4 .Kazi added conc.H2SO4 to water
slowly with constant stirring& cooling whereas Priyam added water to conc.
H2SO4.Name the student who was correct and why?
2. A compound X is bitter in taste. It is a component of washing powder& reacts
with dil.HCl to produce brisk effervescence due to colourless, odourless gas
Y which turns lime water milky due to formation of Z. When excess of CO2
is passed, milkiness disappears doe to formation of P. Identify X, Y, and Z &
P.
3. Compound P forms enamel of teeth. It is the hardest substance of the body.
It does not dissolve in water but it is corroded when pH in the mouth is below
5.5. How does tooth paste prevent dental decay?
4. The oxide of a metal M was water soluble when a blue litmus strip was
dipped in this solution, it did not go any change in colour. Predict the nature
of oxide
5. A first aid manual suggests that vinegar should be used to treat wasp sting
and baking soda for bee stings.
(i) What does this information tell you about the chemical nature
of the wasp stings
(ii) If there were no baking soda in the house, what other household
substance could you use to treat bee stings?
6. `A` is a soluble acidic oxide and `B` is a soluble base. Compared to pH of
pure water. What will be the pH of (a) solution of A (b) solution of B?
7. A road tanker carrying an acid was involved in an accident and its contents
spilled on the road. At the side of the road, iron drain covers began melting
and fizzing as the acid ran over them. A specialist was called to see if the
acid actually leaked into the nearby river.
(a) Explain how the specialist could carry out a simple test to see if the
river water contains some acid or not.
(b) The word melting is incorrectly used in the report. Suggest a better
name that should have been used.
(c) Explain why drain covers began fizzing as the acid rain over them.
8. A compound `X` on electrolysis in aqueous solution produces a strong base.
`Y` along with two gases `A` and `B`. `B` is used in manufacture of
bleaching powder. Identify X, Y, A and B. Write chemical equations.
9. A yellow powder X gives a pungent smell if left open in air. It is prepared by
the reaction of dry compound Y with chlorine gas. It is used for disinfecting
drinking water. Identify X and Y. and write the reaction involved.
10. When CO2 gas pass through saturated solution of ammonical brine, two
compound `X` and `Y` are formed. `Y` is used as antacid and decomposes to
form another solid `Z`. Identify `X`,`Y`, `Z` and write chemical equations.
11.A compound `A on heating at 370 K gives `B` used as plaster for supporting
fractured bones in the right position. `B` on mixing with water changes to `A`.
Identify `A` and `B` and write the chemical reaction.
12. A few drops of phenolphthalein indicator were added to an unknown solution
A. It acquired pink colour. Now another unknown solution B was added to it
drop by drop and the solution becomes colorless. Predict the nature of A & B.

13. A student heated a few crystals of copper sulphate in a dry boiling tube.
(a) What will be the color of the copper sulphate after heating?
(b) Will you notice water droplets in the boiling tube?
(c) Where have these come from?

14. A substance `X` used in the kitchen for making tasty crispy pakoras.and is also an
ingredient of antacid. Name the substance `X`.
(i) How does `X` help to make cakes and bread soft and spongy.
(ii) Is the pH value of solution of `X` is lesser than or greater than 7.0?

ANSWERS
Ans.1 Kazi was correct. If water is added to a concentrated acid, the heat generated
may cause the mixture to splash out and cause burns. The glass container may also
break due to excessive local heating.

Ans.2

X Y

P
.
Ans.3 P = Ca3 (PO4)2. Bacteria present in the mouth produce acids by degradation of
sugar and food particles remaining in the mouth after eating. Using toothpastes, which
are generally basic, for cleaning the teeth can neutralize the excess acid and prevent
tooth decay.
Ans.4 The Metal oxide (MO) is of basic in nature. It dissolves in water to
form metal hydroxide as MO + H2O M (OH) 2
Blue litmus does not undergo any change in colour in the basic
medium.
Ans 5: (i) Since vinegar (acetic acid) is used to heal or neutralize the effect of
wasp stings this means that the chemical present in the stings must be some base.
(ii)NH4OH
Ans 6: pH of A will be less than 7 and that of B will be more than 7.

Ans 7: (a) By dipping a strip of blue litmus paper in to the sample of river water.
If the colour changes to red this means that some acid has gone in to the river.
 (b) Corrosion.
(c) Iron reacts with acid to evolve hydrogen gas.

Ans 8:

X Y B A

Ans 9:

Y X
Ans 10:

`X` `Y`

`Z`
Ans 11.

`B` `A`

Ans. 12: Sol `A` is basic in nature as phenolphthalein has imparted pink colour
to it. Sol `B` is an acid it has made solution A colourless by neutralizing by its
basic effect.

Ans 13: (a) White

(b) Yes
(c) Copper sulphate crystals which seem to be dry contain water of
crystallization.

Ans 14:

`X`
(i) When CO2 gas escapes as bubbles it leaves behind pores which
make the cake or bread soft and spongy.

(ii) It is a salt of strong base so the pH of the solution will be more than 7.0
 PRACTICE QUESTIONS
1. A substance changed its colour on heating in a closed vessel but regained
it after sometime when allowed to cool and exposed to air. Name the
substance. Explain the phenomenon involved.
2. What do you understand by the term Hyperacidity in a patient? What is
the
remedy for it?
3. A person caused burns while adding water into a concentrated acid. What
was the reason behind it?
4. Why are same perishable food preserved in vinegar?
5. A doctor applied surgical bandages on fractured bones of a patient after
making them wet. What changes are likely to occur?
6. Tooth enamel is one of the hardest substances in our body yet damage
occurs
when chocolates & sweets are eaten? Why? What will you do to prevent
it?
7. An important chemical which is used in manufacture of glass, soap, paper
and is also used as a cleansing agent for domestic purposes. Name it;
write formula and also its chemical name.
8. Why curd or sour substance should not be kept in brass or copper
container?
9. Name two synthetic indicators? What are its effects in a acidic and basic
solutions?
10. Name the substance present in
1) Bee sting 2) Stinging hair of nettle leaves.
What should be the nature of substance for its remedy?
 CHAPTER No. 3

METALS AND NON METALS

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

1. A metal acts as a good reducing agent. It reduces Fe2O3, and MnO2. The
reaction with Fe2O3 is used for welding broken railway tracks. Identify the metal
and write all the chemical reactions
2. A yellow coloured powder `X` is soluble in carbon disulfide. It burns with a
blue flame forming suffocating smelling gas which turns moist blue litmus red.
Identify `X` and gives chemical reaction. Identify it is metal or nonmetal.
3. An element reacts with oxygen to form an oxide which dissolves in dilute
hydrochloric acid. The oxide formed also turns a solution of red litmus blue. Is
the element a metal or non-metal? Explain with the help of a suitable example.
4. A student set up an electric circuit as shown in Fig. He placed the metal to be
. tested in the circuit between terminals A and B as shown.

(i) Does the bulb glow? What does this indicate?

(ii) Why are electric wires coated with rubber like materials?
5. Royal water is prepared by mixing two acids `A` and `B`. It can dissolve gold
and platinium. It is highly corrosive and fuming liquid. Identify `A` and `B`. What is
the ratio in which `A` and `B` are mixed.
6.. Four metals A, B, C and D are, in turn, added to the following solutions one by
one. The observations made are tabulatd below:

Answer the following questions based on above information.

(i) Which is the most active metal and why?
(ii) What would be observed if B is added to a solution of copper (II) sulphate and
Why?
(iii) Arrange the metals A, B, C and D in order of increasing reactivity.
(iv) Container of which metal can be used to store both zinc sulphate solution and
silver nitrate solution.
(v) Which of the above solutions can be easily stored in a container made up of any of
these metals?

7. Nikita took Zn, Al, Cu, Fe, Mg, Na metals & put each metal in cold water and then
hot water. She reacted the metal with steam
(i) Name the metal which reacts with cold water.
(ii) Which of the above metals react with steam?
(iii) Name the metal which reacts with hot water.
(iv) Arrange these metals in order of increasing reactivity.
8. A student was given Mg, Zn, Fe, and Cu metals. He put each of them in dil HCl
contained in different test tubes. Identify which of them
(i) will not displace H2 from dil HCl
(ii) forms a pale green substance
(iii) will give H2 with 5% HNO3
(iv) will be displaced from its salt solution by all other metals.
9. A metal `X` is found in the form of filings which burns vigorously when sprinkle
on flame. When these filings are treated with sulphur a black colured compound `Y`
is formed which is not attracted by magnet. `X` reacts with dil HCl to liberate
hydrogen gas. `X` reacts with steam to form `Z` along with hydrogen gas. Identify
`X`, `Y`, and `Z`. Write the reaction involved.

10. A, B and C are 3 elements which undergo chemical reactions according to

following equations:
a) A2O3 + 2B B2O3 + 2A
b) 3CSO4 + 2B B2 (SO4)3 + 3C
c) 3CO + 2A A2SO3 + 3C
Answer of the following:
i) Which element is most reactive?
ii) Which element is least reactive?

11. An element X on reacting with O2 forms X2O.This Oxide dissolves in water and
turns blue litmus paper red. Predict the nature of element whether it is a metal or a
non metal.

12 An element E combines with O2 to form an oxide E2O, which is a good conductor

of electricity. Answer the following:
i) How many electrons will be present in the outer most shell of E?
ii) Write the formula of the compound formed when it combines with
Chlorine.

ANSWERS

Ans 1: Aluminium
Ans 2:
`X` is sulphur
S + O2 SO2
It is non metal.
Ans 3: It is metal
4Na(s) + O2 2Na 2O (s)

Na 2O (s) + 2HCl (dil) 2NaCl (aq) +H2O (l)

Ans 4: (i) Yes the bulb glows, this indicates that metal is a good conductor of
electricity

(iii) Rubber like substance is a bad conductor of electricity

Ans 5: 3HCl + HNO3

Ans. 6 (i) B

(ii) Displacement reaction. Because B is more reactive than Cu.

(iii) B.>A.>C.>D

(iv) D

(v) ZnSO4

Ans.7 (i) Na

(ii) Al, Zn, Fe

(iii) Mg

(iv) Na>Mg> Al > Zn > Fe > Cu

Ans8: (i) Cu

(ii) Fe

(iii) Cu

(iv) Cu

Ans 9: Fe + S Fe S

`X` `Y`
 Fe + HCl FeCl2 +H2

`Z`

Ans.10 i) Most reactive element is B as it has replaced both A and C from

their compounds.
ii) Element C is least reactive as it has been replaced both by A and B.
Ans11 The oxide is acidic in nature as it has turned blue litmus to red. Hence X is a
non
metal.
Ans12 i) Valency of the element E is 1.This means that it has only one electron in the
valence shell.
ii) E+ + Cl - ECl
Valency of Cl is 1 and Valency of E is also 1.Therefore the formula will be
ECl.
MORE QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Q1. Name 2 metals which are neither ductile nor malleable.

Q2. What happens to the electrical conductivity of a metal when it is heated?

Q3. What is the nature of Al2O3?

Q4. An alloy of a metal contains Mercury. What will you call it?

Q5. What is the purpose of adding C to molten Iron?

Q6. Who am I?
a) Versatility is my name. There are more than 5 million compounds of me.
b) Your teacher uses me, I am a metallic element found in chalk, limestone,
marble
etc.
c) Shocking? In one form I am a conductor whereas in another an insulator.
d) ‘Bang’. I am the element formed when H2 bomb explodes.

Q7. Which of the following is metal and non metal?

7 3 10
3X , 1 Y, 9Z

Q8. Name one metal and one non metal element which are obtained on a large scale
from sea water.

Q9. Zn is more electropositive than Fe. So it should get corroded faster than Fe. But it
does not happen. Instead it is used to galvanize Iron. Explain why does it happen so?

Q10. The reaction of a metal X with Fe2O3 is highly exothermic and is used to join
railway tracks. Identify metal X.Write the chemical equation of its reaction with
Fe2O3.
Q11. Why do metals generally not evolve H2 gas when reacted with HNO3? Name 2
metals which liberate H2 gas with very dil. HNO3.

Q12. Name one metal each which is extracted by:

a) reduction with heat alone
b) reduction with C
c) reduction with Al.
d) electrolytic reduction.

Q13.a) A metal M is found in nature as MCO3.It is used in galvanizing Fe articles.

Name the Metal M.
b) How can metal M be obtained from its Carbonate Ore?

Q14.Explain how the following metals are obtained from their compounds by the
reduction process.
a) Metal X which is low in the reactivity series.
b) Metal Y in the middle of reactivity series.
c) Metal Z which is high in the reactivity series.
Give an eg of each.

Q15. Write the equations for the reactions of:

a) Iron with Steam
b) Calcium with Water.
c) Potassium with Water.

Q.16. Why Al metal cannot be obtained by the reduction of Al2O3 with Coke.

Q17 You cannot hold a piece of Na in your hand but you can eat Na ions in
NaCl.Why?

Q18. Cinnabar is an ore of metal X.It exists in the lower order of the reactivity series.
Write down the reaction involved in it for the extraction of X.

Q19. Identify the acid which oxidizes H2 to H2O.

 CHAPTER No. 4

Carbon and its compounds

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

1.An organic compound X with a molecular formula C2H6O undergoes oxidation

with in presence of alkaline KMnO4 to form a compound Y. X on heating in presence
of Conc. H2SO4 at 443K gives Z.which on reaction with H2Oin presence of H2SO4
gives back `X.` `Z` reacts with Br2 (aq) and decolorizes it. Identify X, Y, & Z.and
write the reactions involved.
2. An organic compound ‘A’ is widely used as a preservative in pickles and has a
molecular formula C2H2O2. This compound reacts with ethanol to form a sweet
smelling
compound ‘B.
(i) Identify the compound ‘A’
(ii) Write the chemical equation for its reaction with ethanol to form compound
‘B’.
(iii) How can we get compound ‘A’ back from ‘B’?
(iv) Name the process and write corresponding chemical equation.
(v) Which gas is produced when compound ‘A’ reacts with washing soda?
Write the chemical equation.
3. Hydrocarbon `X` and `Y` having molecular formulae C3 H8 and C3 H6 respectively.
Both are burnt in different spatula on the bunsen flame. Indicate the color of the flame
produced by `X` and `Y`. Identify `X` and `Y`. Write the structural formulae.

4. A compound `X` has molecular formula C4 H10. It undergoes substitution reaction

readily than addition reaction. It burns with blue flame and is present in LPG. Identify
`X` and give the balanced equation for its combustion and substitution reaction with
Cl2 in presence of sunlight.

5. `A` compound works well with hard water. It is used for making shampoos &
products for cleaning clothes. A is not 100% biodegradable and causes water
pollution. `B` does not work well with hard water. It is 100% biodegradable and does
not create water pollution. Identify A & B.

6. An organic compound P with molecular formula C2H6Ois an active ingredient of

all alcoholic drinks. It is also used in medicines such as tincture iodine, cough syrups.
Identify `P`. Drop a small piece of sodium into the test tube containing `P`.A new
compound `Q` is formed with the evaluation of colorless and odorless gas Name the
gas evolved and compound `Q` write the chemical reaction.

7. A cyclic compound `X` has molecular formula C6H6. It is unsaturated and burns
with sooty flame. Identify `X` and write its structural formula. Will it decolorize
bromine water or not and why?

8. An organic compounds `A` is a constituent of antifreeze and has the molecular

formula C2H6O. upon reaction with alkaline KMnO4, the compound `A` is oxidized to
another `B` with formula C2H6O2. Identify the compound A` and `B`. Write the
chemical equation for the reaction which leads to the formulation of `B`

9. Two compounds `X` and `Y` have the same formula C2H4O2. One of them reacts
with sodium metal to liberate H2 and CO2 with NaHCO3. Second one does not reacts
with Na metal and NaHCO3 but undergo hydrolysis with NaOH to form salt of
carboxylic acid and compound `Z` which is called wood spirit. Identify `X`, `Y`, and
`Z` and write chemical equation for the reaction involved.

10. A compound `X` with molecular formula C2H4 burns with a sooty flame. It
decolourise bromine water. Identify `X`. Will it dissolve in water or not? Will it
conduct electricity in aq. Solution? Will it have high melting point or low melting
point ?

Answers
Ans I.

X Y

. Z
Ans 2.

. A B
(iii)Esters react in the presence of an acid or a base to give back the alcohol
and carboxylic acid.
(iv)

(v) CO2

Ans 3: `Y` will burn with a sooty flame. So it is an unsaturated hydrocarbon.

Propane (X) Propene (Y)

Ans 4:
C4H10 + 13/2 O2 4CO2 +5 H2O
`X` (Butane)
C4H10 + Cl2 C4H9Cl +HCl

Ans 5 A is detergent & B is soap.

Ans 6:

`P` `Q`
Ans 7:

It does not decolorize bromine water because it does not undergo addition reaction.

Ans 8:

`A` `B`

Ans 9:

`X`
CH3COOH + Na CH3COONa +H2

HCOOCH3 + NaOH HCOONa + CH3OH

`Y` `Z`
Ans 10:
`X` is ethene. It will neither dissolve in water nor conduct electricity because
it is a covalent compound. It has low melting point.

PRACTICE QUESTIONS

1. Write the formula for ‘ethanoic acid’and name the functional group present in it.
2. Allotropy is a property shown by which class:-
Substances, elements, compounds, mixture.
3. What is the use of oxyacetylene flame?
4. Name the gas which is formed by decomposition of plants and animal matter
in marshy areas?
5. Mention the name of the by product of soap industry/

6. Write the molecular formula and structures of benzene.

7. Match the following:-

1. Ethane - Used in anti freeze solution.
2. Ethanol - fruity smell.
3. Ester - fossil fuel.
8. Write two uses of fullerenes.

9. Complete and balance following equation:-

a) CH2=CH2 + H2 heat, Ni
b) CH4+O2

10. Two alkanes A and B have 4 and 6 carbon atoms respectively in their
molecule. In which physical state will they occur at room temp?

1) Give a test that can be used to differentiate chemically between butter and
cooking oil.
2) How will you distinguish between ethanol and ethanoic acid by a suitable
chemical test? Write chemical reactions involved.
3) Complete the following reactions :-
1) CH3COOH + NaHCO3 conc.H2SO4
2) HCOOH + CH3OH
3) CH3COOC2 H5 + H2O
4) Name the compound CH3COOC2 H5.Name the acid and alcohol from which it
is made .write equation.
 CHAPTER – 5

PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers

Q-1 X, Y and Z are the elements of a dobereiners triad. If the atomic mass of x is 7
and that of z is 39, what should be the atomic mass of y?
Q-2 A and B are the two elements having similar properties which obey Newlands
law of octaves. How many elements are there in between A and B?
Q-3 The following is Newland’s Octave Table. Observe it and answer the following
questions:
sa(do) re(re) ga (mi) ma (fa) pa(so) da ( la) ni(ti)
H Li Be B C N O
F Na Mg Al Si P S
Cl K Ca Cr Ti Mn Fe
Co and
Cu Zn Y In As Se
Ni
Ce and
Br Rb Sr Zr - -
La
i. Which of the element in 1st column has different properties from rest of the
elements?
ii. Which of the elements resemble with each other in second column?
iii. Pick up odd element in second last column.
iv. Pick up elements which have similar properties in last column.
Q-4 In the Periodic Table given below, Lithium, carbon, oxygen and neon are
placed in their correct positions and the positions of nine other elements are
represented by letters. These letters are not the symbols for the elements?

1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
Lithium Carbon Oxygen L Neon
X E G Q
Y R
Z T

By reference to the table, answer the following questions:

(a) Give the letter of the most reactive metal.
(b) Give the letter of the most reactive non-metal.
(c) Name the family of elements represented by L, Q, R, and T.
(d) Name one element in each case occurring in groups 2, 13 and 15
Q-5 Two elements X and Y have atomic numbers 12 and 16 respectively. Write the
electronic configuration for these elements. To which period of the modern periodic
table do these two elements belong? What type of bond will be formed between
them and why?

Q-6 An element X (2,8,2) combines separately with NO3 and (SO4)2 -, (PO4)3 - radicals.
Write the formulae of the three compounds so formed. To which group of the periodic
table does the element ‘X’ belong? Will it form covalent or ionic compound? Why?

Q-7 The following table shows the position of six elements A, B, C, D, E and F in the
periodic table.

Using the above table answer the following questions :

(a) Which element will form only covalent compunds?
(b) Which element is a metal with valency 2?
(c) Which element is a non-metal with valency of 3?
(d) Out of D and E, which one has a bigger atomic radius and why?
(e) Write a common name for the family of elements C and F.

Q-8 The diagram below shows part of the Periodic Table

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0

Na Cl Ar

The position of three elements in the Periodic Table is shown:

i Write the atomic numbers of the elements.
ii Give the electronic distribution of the elements
iii Using these three elements as examples, describe the trend in chemical
properties across the third period of the Periodic Table.
Q-9
Group I II III IV V VI VII VIII
Oxide R2O RO R2O3 RO2 R2O5 RO3 R2O7 RO4
Hydride RH RH2 RH3 RH4 RH3 RH2 RH
Periods A A B A B A B A B A B A B
B
1 H
2 Li Be B C N O F
3 Na Mg Al Si P S Cl
4.First K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni
Series:
Second Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br
Series:

5 First Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd
Series:
Second
Series Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I
127.90 126.90
6 First Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Os Ir Pt
Series:
Second Au Hg Tl Pb Bi
Series

(a) Write the formula of hydride and oxide of silicon

(b) Name the elements which is in
(i) II group and 4th period
(ii) VI group and 3rd period.
(c) Name the elements in group I which do not resemble with alkali metals
(d) In group VI why does Te with atomic mass 127.60 comes before I with
atomic mass 126.90

Q 10. A metal M forms an oxide having the formula M2O3. It belongs to 3 rd period
in the modern periodic table. Write the atomic number and valency of the metal.
 Answers
Ans 1 (7 + 39) = 46/2 y = 23.
2
Ans 2 Six elements.

Ans 3: (a) Co & Ni

(b) Li, Na , K
(c) Mn
(d) O, S, Se

Ans 4 (a) Z , (b) L , (c) Halogen family, (d) Mg(group-2), Al (group-13), N (group-
15)

Ans 5: X (Z=12): 2, 8, 2
Y (Z=16): 2, 8, 6
Both these elements are present in third period. An ionic bond is formed between X &
Y as a result of transfer of two electrons from X to Y

Ans 6: X (NO3)2 : XSO4 X3(PO4)2

X belong to second group . X forms ionic compound because by losing two
electrons X achieve the electronic configuration of Noble gas element Neon.

Ans 7:
(a) E, (b) D, (c) B, (d) D, because the atomic size decreases along a period,
(e) Noble Gases.
Ans 8:
(a) Na = 11
Cl = 17
Ar = 18
(b) Na ( 2,8,1) Cl ( 2,8,7) Ar ( 2,8,8,)
(c) Metallic and reducing character decreases.
Ans.9 (a) SiO2, SiH4
(b) (i) Ca,Zn
(ii) S
(c) H
(d) The sequence was inverted so that elements with similar properties could
be grouped together
Ans 10. Atomic number = 13
Valency = 3
 PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Q-1 State the modern periodic law

Q-2 which of the two elements
A=2,8,1 B= 2,8,8,1 is more electropositive
Q-3 How does the atomic size very in going from
A) Left to right in a period
B) Top to Bottom in a group
Q-4 An element has atomic number 13. In which group and period it should
be placed?
Q-5 How many periods and groups are there in the long from of P.T?
Q-6 Why does the size of the atoms progressively become smaller when we
move from sodium (Na) to chlorine (cl) in the third period of the
period table ?
Q-7 Give symbols for
A. A metal of group 2.
B. A metal of group 13.
C. Two non metals of group 16.
D. Most reactive non- metal of group 17.
Q-8 Explain Why-
1. All the elements of a group have similar chemical properties.
2. All the elements in a period have different chemical properties.
Q-9 The atomic number of an element X is 17. Predict -
A. Its valency.
B. Nature of the elements.
C. Whether it is metal or non – metal.
D. Name of the element.
E. Relative size with respect to other members of its group.

Q-10 The three elements predicted by mendeleev from the gaps in his
periodic table were known as eka- boron, eka- aluminum, eka- silicon.
What names were given to these elements when they were discovered
later on?
Q-11 The atomic numbers of Nitrogen, Oxygen and fluorine are 7, 8, and 9
respectively. Write the electronic configuration of each element and
answer the following:
(a) Out of N, O and F which is most electronegative and which one is
least electronegative?
(b) What is the number of valence electrons of F?
(c) What is the valency of each of N, O and F?
 CHAPTER-6

LIFE PROCESSES

SOLVED QUESTIONS

(1) Due to availability of less water, how does the plant cope up with lack of
water in desert conditions?
(2) After a vigorous exercise, you may experience cramps in your leg
muscles. Why does this happen?
(3) What will happen if carbon monoxide combines with haemoglobin?
(4) Food moves down the gut by peristalsis. Which region of brain controls
peristalsis?
(5) Name the pigment present in plants, which can absorb solar energy.
(6) Name the respiratory organs of (i) fish (ii) mosquito (iii) earthworm.
(7) Which of the four chambers of the human heart has the thickest muscular
walls?
(8) What will be the outcome if a farmer floods his field everyday?
(9) Which part of visible spectrum is absorbed by chlorophyll pigments?
(10) How does respiration in plants differ from that in animals?
(11) Name the cartilaginous flap which closes the glottis to check the entry of
food into it during swallowing.
(12) Which equipment is used to facilitate breathing during serious breathing
problems?
(13) Chloroplast are called energy convertors. Explain.
(14) Why is the rate if breathing much faster in aquatic organisms than those of
terrestrial organisms?
(15) Why are glomeruli considered as dialysis bags?
(16) Autotrophs synthesise food for the living world. Justify this statement in one
sentence only interconnecting autotrophs and heterotrophs.
(17)Veins and arteries carry blood. Which of these carry blood?
a) Away from the heart?
b) Back to the heart?
(18) Which of the organs perform the following functions in humans?
1. Absorption of food.
2. Absorption of water
(19) Name the areas in a woody stem through which respiratory exchange of gases
take place.
(20) Tooth enamel is one of the hardest substances in our body. How does it
undergo damage due to eating chocolates and sweets?
(21) A certain tissue in a green plant somehow get blocked and the leaves wilted.
What was the tissue that got blocked?
(22) Write one feature which is common to each of the following pairs of the
term/organs.
i) glycogen and starch ii) chlorophyll and haemoglobin
iii) gills and lungs iv) arteries and veins.
(23) Why doesn’t the lungs collapse even after forceful expiration?
(24) The two openings of the pharynx, one leading to trachea and the other
leading to oesophagus, lie very close to each other. Yet food we swallow
normally does not enter into our trachea. Why?
 (25) How would it affect the digestion of proteins and carbohydrates if the
duodenum of man if there is a blockade in the pancreatic duct?
(26) What do you mean by double circulation of blood?
(27) “If there were no algae there would be no fish in the sea”. Comment.

(28)Write the functions of the following in the digestive process:

(i) Bile
(ii) Bicarbonate secreted by the duodenal wall.
(iii) Pancreatic amylase.
(29) Why is the process of diffusion insufficient to meet the oxygen requirement
of human beings?
(30) Draw a diagram of human alimentary canal showing duodenum, small
intestine, liver and pancreas.
(31) Draw a diagram of the human urinary system and label in it.
a. Kidney
b. Ureter
c. Urinary Bladder
d. Urethra

ANSWERS

Ans-1) They open their stomata at night and stomata remain closed during day time,
to conserve moisture.
Ans-2) The sudden build up of lactic acid in our muscles during vigorous,
exercise, causes muscular cramps in our leg muscles.
Ans-3) If the haemoglobin binds with carbon monoxide strongly, the oxygen will not
be carried with blood leading to death of the organism.
Ans-4) Medulla of hind brain.
Ans-5) Chlorophyll.
Ans-6) Fish - gills
Mosquito – Trachea (air tubes)
Earthworm – moist skin
Ans-7) Right ventricle.
Ans-8) Respiration of plants will be affected because the oxygen present in the
interspaces of the soil will be replaced by water.
Ans-9) Blue and Red light
Ans-10) In plants, all parts like the root, stem, leaves, etc., perform respiration
individually., while in animals, either the general body surface or specific organs like
the skin, gills, lungs, etc., are involved in respiration. The rate of respiration is much
slower in plants than in animals. Unlike animals, there is little transport of gases from
one part of the plant to another.
Ans-11) Epiglottis
Ans-12) Ventilator
Ans-13) Chloroplasts are called energy convertors because they trap the solar energy
and convert it into chemical energy.
Ans-14) The aquatic organisms obtain oxygen dissolved in water. As compared to air,
the availability of oxygen in water is fairly low. Hence, the aquatic organisms have to
breathe faster as compared to the terrestrial organisms.
Ans-15) The main function performed by the glomeruli is selective filtration. They
filter small molecules containing glucose, salts, urea, and liquid serum. Etc. The large
molecules such as proteins remain in blood. Thus, glomeruli of the kidneys function
as dialysis bags.
Ans-16) The food producers are autotrophs and all the heterotrophs consume the food
produced by the autotrophs directly or indirectly.
Ans-17) a) Arteries carry blood away from the heart.
b) Veins carry blood back to the heart.
Ans-18)
1. Absorption of food takes place in small intestine.
2. Large intestine
Ans-19) In woody stem, the bark has lenticels for gaseous exchange.
Ans-20) The acid is formed in the mouth after a sugary food (chocolates and sweet)
has been taken. This acid lowers the pH in the mouth. Tooth decay starts when the pH
of acid formed in the mouth falls below 5.5. This is because then the acid becomes
strong enough to attack the enamel of our teeth and corrode it.
Ans-21) The tissue that got blocked may be xylem. It is through the xylem that water
and minerals absorbed by roots from the soil are transported to the leaves and other
parts of the plant. So, if xylem is blocked, the leaves will not get the nourishment and
will get wilted.
Ans-22)
i) Carbohydrate (food)
ii) Pigments.
iii) Respiratory organs.
iv) Blood vessels.
Ans-23) Even after forceful expiration to the maximum capacity, some amount of air
remains in the lungs, known as residual volume. So, the lungs doesn’t collapse even
after forceful expiration.
Ans-24) The food does not enter into trachea because during swallowing, the aperture
leading to trachea (glottis) gets covered by a cartilaginous flap called epiglottis and
the food has no other passage except going into the oesophagus.
Ans-25) Duodenum is the region where the pancreatic juice secreted by the pancreas
enters. The enzymes pancreatic amylase and trypsin helps in the digestion of
carbohydrates and proteins. Thus, if there is a blockade, the digestion of
carbohydrates and proteins gets affected.
Ans-26) Blood passes through the heart twice for each cycle of the body.
Ans-27) Algae produce O2 as a result of photosynthesis. This oxygen is utilised by the
fishes in the sea for carrying out respiration. If there were no algae, no oxygen would
have been produced. Thus, fishes might have died.
Ans-28)
1. Bile: It is secreted by the gall bladder and it emulsifies the fats into the
smaller droplets for their easy digestion.
2. It provides alkaline medium in the duodenum which is needed for the action of
pancreatic enzymes of different food components for their digestion.
3. Pancreatic amylase enzyme digests starch and changes it into maltose.
Ans-29) The process of diffusion for carrying O2 to all parts of the body is not
sufficient for larger multicellular organisms like human beings. Hence, respiratory
pigment haemoglobin takes up oxygen from the air and carry it to all the parts of our
body through blood.
Ans-30) Textbook Page No. 99, Figure 6.6
Ans-31) Figure 6.13 Page 110 NCERT

QUESTION BANK FOR PRACTICE

1. Which fluid in the human body wets the internal organs?

2. Where does the blood absorb oxygen in the human body?

3. Name the two parts of the plant through which gaseous waste products are
released into the air?
4. Why do the walls of the trachea not collapse when there is less air in it?

5. Normally a vein opens into a large vein or into the heart but does not end in
capillaries. Which one or more veins in humans is/are exceptions to this rule?
6. Give reason for – The lung alveoli are covered with blood capillaries.
7. Why is blood called liquid connective tissue?
8. Structure of leaf is complementary to its functions. Explain.

9. Bile juice does not contain any digestive enzymes, yet it is essential for
digestion, why so? Explain.
10. How do each of the following factors affect the productivity in the process
of photosynthesis?
1. Temperature. 2. Water. 3. Carbon dioxide.
11. Why is it necessary to separate oxygenated and deoxygenated blood in living
organisms?
12. What substance/substances are transported in plants by
(1) Xylem vessels and tracheids?
(2) Sieve tubes (of phloem)?
13. Why is the inner wall of alimentary canal not digested although the digestive
enzymes
can digest all the materials that make cells?
14. Explain why the rate of photosynthesis in plants is low both at low and high
temperatures?
15. Why is CO2 mostly transported in the dissolved form in our blood than O2?
16. Small intestine in the site for complete digestion of carbohydrates, proteins
and fats. Write down the changes happen to the food in the small intestine before
its absorption.
17. Plants absorb water from the soil. How does this water reach the tree tops?
Explain in detail.
18. Where does aerobic break down of pyruvate take place in a living cell? What
are the end products?
19. Hydrochloric acid creates an acidic medium which facilitate the action of
protein digesting enzyme in the stomach. Name the enzyme and give any three
other functions served by the acid.
20. Why is anaerobic respiration produce less energy compared to aerobic
respiration?
21. What is root pressure?
22. In which direction does lymph flow?
23. Name the organ system which is responsible for excretion and
osmoregulation?
 24. What is the composition of lymph?
25. Differentiate between afferent and efferent arterioles?
26. Name the vestigial part of human alimentary canal.
27. Name the respiratory pigment of blood in mammals.
28. How does oxygen reach the cells in insects?
29. Respiration is a vital process for all organisms. Explain.
30. What will happen if a diaphragm of a person gets ruptured in an accident?
31. What is the source of oxygen in photosynthesis?
32. How would non-secretion of hydrochloric acid in our stomach affect food
digestion?
33. Why does leaf appear green?
34. What is the role of light in photosynthesis?
35. Write about the major glands associated with the alimentary canal of man and
mention their functions.
36. How does the butter in your food get digested and absorbed in the body and
explain.
37. Why is the rate of photosynthesis more during a bright sunny day as compared
to a cloudy day?
38. If all the green plants are removed from the earth life cannot be sustained.
Comment.
39. Why is digestion essential for living beings?
40. Draw a diagram to show the internal structure of human heart. Label 6 parts in
all including at least three valves.
 CHAPTER-7

CONTROL AND COORDINATION

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

Q.1) On touching a hot plate, you suddenly withdraw your hand. Which category of
neurons became active first and which one next?
Q.2) Give one example of plant part.
a. Which is positively hydrotropic as well as positively geotropic.
b. Which is positively phototropic but negatively geotropic.
Q.3) What name is given to the microscopic gap between two adjacent neurons?
Q.4) If we step on something sharp accidently we move our foot away at once .what is
this type of response known as?
Q.5) A part of the hind brain makes possible activities like walking, skating, riding a
bicycle and picking up a pencil.name this part of the hind brain.
Q.6) The neck of a person appears to be swollen.
a. Name the disease this person suffering from.
b. Name the mineral whose deficiency in the diet causes this disease.
Q.7) Name the plant hormone:
(a) which inhibits growth and causes wilting of leaves.
(b) which promotes cell division.
Q.8) Taking the example of heart beat, justify the antagonistic action of the
sympathetic and the parasympathetic nerves.
Q.9) Why is abscisic acid known as stress hormone in plants?
Q.10) Name the part of neuron
(a) where information is acquired.
(b) through which information travels as an electrical impulse.
Q.11) How does the plant shoot bends, when the plant is placed in a room having only
one open window?
Q.12) Who transmits nerve impulse across the synapse?
Q.13) Give a reason to explain why
(a) adrenaline helps in dealing emergency situations?
(b) secretions of growth hormone should be specific in the human body?
Q.14) Why do leaves drop off seasonally?
Q.15) Give reason why endocrine glands release their secretions into the blood?

ANSWERS
Ans.1) On touching a hot plate, first the sensory neurons are activated, which take the
information to the brain or the spinal cord. Next, the motor neurons become active
and bring the impulses from the brain to the muscles. In receiving these impulses, the
muscles contract, and the hand is immediately removed from the hot plate.
Ans.2) a. roots
b. stem
Ans.3) Synapse
Ans.4) Reflex action
Ans.5) Cerebellum
Ans.6) a. Goitre
b. Iodine
Ans.7) a. Abscisic acid.
 b. Cytokinins.
Ans.8) Sympathetic system increases contraction and rhythm and parasympathetic
system decreases contraction and rhythm with respect to heart beat.
Ans.9) Abscisic acid in a plant hormone which inhibits growth. Its effects include
wilting of leaves.
Ans.10) a. Dendrite
b. Axon
Ans.11) When the plant is placed in such a room that has only one open window, the
shoot of the plant bends towards the direction of light. Plant hormone auxin is formed
that diffuses towards the shady side of the shoot and stimulates the cells to live longer
on the side of the shoot which is away from light. In this way the shoot bends towards
the light.
Ans.12) Neurotransmitters.
Ans.13) a. Adrenaline increases the heart beat and breathing rate which results in the
supply of more oxygen to muscles. It reduces the blood to the digestive system and
skin, as a result the blood is further diverted to skeletal muscles. All these responses
together prepare the body to deal with the emergency situations.
b. If growth hormones is secreted in excess during childhood then it leads to
gigantism while the less secretion of this hormone during childhood causes dwarfism.
Ans.14) The leaves drop off seasonally as they stop producing auxins, which normally
prevents the formation of abscission zone that cuts off nutrients and water supply to
leaves.
Ans.15) Endocrine glands are ductless glands and their products have to act at a
distant site.
Therefore, they release their secretions into the blood.

QUESTION BANK FOR PRACTICE

Q1. A particular hormone requires Iodine for its synthesis .Name the endocrine gland
which secretes this hormone and state it’s location in the human body.
Q2. Write a term for the chemical substance which brings about control and
coordination in plants?
Q3. What is the apical dominance?
Q4. Name the organ associated with the nervous system which is also part of
endocrine system and secretes hormone.
Q5. Why are hormones called informational molecules?
Q6. Why do leaves of “touch me not” plant droops when we touch it?
Q7. Name the structural and functional unit of nervous system.
Q8. What is the difference between the manner in which movement in the sensitive
plant and movement in our legs takes place?
Q9. Why do people in the mountainous regions get goitre?
Q10. What is a synaptic cleft?
Q11. What are the scientific names for the following receptors in humans?
a) Receptors of smell
b) Receptors of taste
Q12. Which hormone is responsible for the development of moustache and beard in
men?
Q13. How do we detect the smell of an agarbatti?
Q14. Why do stem and root show unilateral growth towards light and gravity of earth
respectively?
Q15. Which part of the brain controls involuntary actions such as blood pressure,
salivation and vomiting?
Q16. Justify that the pancreas and gonads perform dual function.
Q17. Why are some patients of diabetes treated by giving injections of insulin?
Q18. Pituitary gland is often called as master gland. Why?
Q19. How can thyroid activity be determined in man?
Q20. Do the plants have nervous plants like animals? If not, how control and
coordination takes place in plants?
Q21. Nervous and hormonal systems together perform the function of control and
coordination in human beings. Justify the statement.
Q22. Which hormone is released into blood when its sugar level rises? Name the
organ which
produces the hormone and its effect on blood sugar level. Also name one digestive
enzyme that this organ secretes and the function of this enzyme
Q23. Describe how auxins are related with the bending of shoots towards the source
of light.
Q24. Define nerve impulse. Which structure in a neuron helps to conduct a nerve
impulse:
a. Towards the cell body.
b. Away from the cell body.
 CHAPTER-8

HOW DO ORGANISMS REPRODUCE?

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

Q.1) Why is variation beneficial to the species but not necessary for the individual?
Q.2) What is the advantage of reproduction through spores in the case of Rhizopus?
Q.3) The simple animals such as planaria can be cut into number of pieces and each
piece grows into a complex organism. What is this process known as?
Q.4) Name the unicellular organism which caused the disease known as kala-azar.
Q.5) Which process taking place in the nucleus of a cell leads to variation in the
offspring during reproduction?
Q.6) What causes joining up of stock and scion in grafting technique of vegetative
propagation in plants? Define the terms stock and scion. Name one positive trait each
of the plant contributing scion and stock should have.
Q.7) Which type of layering is done in Jasmine?
Q.8) Where does fertilization takes place in human female?
Q.9) Why is it said that “sexual reproduction promotes diversity of characters in the
offsprings”?
Q.10) What happens if the fallopian tubes are partially blocked and the ovulated eggs
are prevented from reaching the uterus?
Q.11) Name the causative organism of syphilis and gonorrhoea.
Q.12) Why are variation possible in progeny of sexually reproductive individuals?

ANSWERS

Ans-1) Variation is beneficial to the species as it enables a species for its survival. A
favourable variation makes an organism to live better in a changed environment and
an unfavourable variation will not. So it is not necessarily true that a variation is
beneficial to the individual always.
Ans-2) The spores are covered by thick walls that protect them until they come into
contact with aother moist surface and can begin to grow.
Ans-3) Regeneration
Ans-4) Leishmania
Ans-5) DNA copying
Ans-6) The stock and scion unite due to cambial cavity. Stock is the portion on which
grafting is done and it provides the roots. Scion is the portion of the plant which is
grafted on the other plant and it contributes the stem. The plant contributing scion
should have large sized fruits and the plant contributing stock should have deep root
system.
Ans-7) Air Layering (Gootee)
Ans-8) Oviduct (fallopian tube)
Ans-9) It is because sexual reproduction results from the fusion of two gametes
coming from two different and sexually distinct individuals. This leads to variation, is
necessary for evolution.
Ans-10) Fertilization may take place but the zygote may develop in the tube instead of
uterus.
Ans-11) Treponema pallidum and Nisseria gonorrhoeae.
 Ans-12) Variations are possible in progeny of sexually reproductive individuals
because copy of DNA in newly formed cell is not identical to copy DNA of original
cell.

QUESTION BANK FOR PRACTICE

Q1) Name those parts of the flower which serve the same function as the following do in the
animals
(1) Testes (2) Ovary (3) Eggs (4) Sperms
Q2) ‘Malarial parasite’ divides into many daughter individuals simultaneously by multiple
fission state an advantage the parasite gets because of this type of reproduction.
Q3) Is copy of DNA formed identical to original cell? If yes or no, how is it beneficial to a
species?
Q4) An individual may have a good health even when the whole of reproductive system is
removed. What is the function of the reproduction system then?
Q5) Grafting is a common method of obtaining a superior plant from two different plants.
Explain.
Q6) The buds produced in the notches along the leaf margins of Bryophyllum plant fall on
the soil and develop into new plants. Which type of reproduction is this?
Q7) What is the name of the yellow powdery substance present in the anther of a flower.
Q8) What substances are contained in oral pills used as contraceptives.
Q9) Which life process ensures that a plant or animal species will not disappear from the
earth?
Q10) Fertilization is possible if ovulation has taken place during middle of the menstrual
cycle. Give reasons.
Q11) Why is the female reproductive system more complex than the male reproduction
system?
Q12) A potato is cut into a number of small pieces, these potato pieces are placed on wet
cotton kept in a tray. After a few days, green shoots and roots appear only from some potato
pieces and not from all potato pieces why?
Q13) What is the significance of human testis being located in the scrotum?
Q14) How the surgery methods are misused by people to prevent pregnancy?
Q15) Why is the number of sperms produced always more than the number of eggs
produced?
Q16) DNA copies generated will be similar but may not be identical to the original. Explain.
Q17) After fertilization, name the part in each case which develops into
(a) the fruit (b) the seeds.
Q18) What is meant by implantation in human reproductive system.
Q19) Justify why the male reproductive system is called “urinogenital system”.
Q20) Justify that parthenogensis is not the same as asexual reproduction.
Q21) State the advantages of tissue culture in growing plants.
Q22) What is meant by internal fertilization and external fertilization? Explain with
examples.
Q23) Mention any two functions of human ovary.
Q24) What is the significance of syngamy and triple fusion?
Q25) (a) Draw the diagram showing the germination of pollen on the stigma. Label style,
male germ cell, ovule and female germ cell.
(b) What happens to the following parts of a flower after fertilization:
 (i) Ovule
(ii) Zygote
(iii) Ovary
Q26) Name the following structures:
a. Primary sex organs in man and women.
b. Reproductive parts of a flower.
c. A barrier method of birth control used by human.
(Q27) What is proliferative phase during menstrual cycle?
 CHAPTER – 9

HEREDITY AND EVOLUTION

HOTS: (High Order Thinking Skill) Questions with Answers:

1. How one is change adopted to perform different functions? Give one example
2. What happened when Mendel crossed two traits of a character in a pea plants?
3. Who provided experimental evidence to support theory of origin of life from
inanimate matter?
4. Why are asexually reproducing organisms capable of showing hereditary
features?
5. If the sperm bearing Y-chromosome fertilizes the egg, the child born will not
be entirely like his father. Why is it so?
6. A normal pea plant bearing colored flowers suddenly start producing white
flowers. What could be the possible cause?
7. Mention any two recessive traits of garden pea.
8. Write the characteristics on the basis of which duck-biled platypus is
considered as a link between reptiles and mammals.
9. Why are the small number of surviving tigers a cause of worry from the point
of view of genetics?
10. What is called phylogenetic system of classification?
11. Is it true that when a new species is emerged, the old species is eliminated and
why?
12. What will be the percentage of ab gametes produced by AaBb parent?
13. Mendel crossed a pure white recessive pea plant with a dominant pure red
flowered plant. What will be the first generation of hybrids?
14. In evolutionary terms, which among-bacteria, spider, fish and chimpanzee
have a “better” body design? Why or why not?
15. What is an offspring?
16. Why are traits acquired during life-time of an individual not inherited?
17. Name the chemicals which were essential for origin of life.
18. Why males are called heterogametic?
19. What is the percentage possibility a couple of having daughters?
20. Name 2 organisms in which sex determination is regulated by environmental
factors.
21. What are inherited traits? Give one example.
22. When Mendel crossed a Tall plant with a dwarf plant, no medium height
plants were obtained in F1 generation. Why?
23. The gene type of green stemmed tomato plants is denoted as GG and that of
purple stemmed tomato plants as GG when these two are crossed.
i. What colour of stem would you expect in F1 progeny?
ii. Give the percentage of purple stemmed plants if F1 are self pollinated.
iii. In what ratio would you find the gene types CG and Gg in the F2
progeny?
24. The human hand, cat paw and horse foot when studied in detail show the same
structure of bones and point towards a common origin.
i. What do you conclude from this?
ii. What is the term given to such structures?
25. What are the causes of variations in clones?
26. How do we know how old a fossil is?
27. Study the given data and answer the questions following the data:
Parental plants cross F1 First Generation F2 Offsprings of self
fertilised and seeds offsprings pollination of F1
collected
Male parents always 330 seeds sown and Out of 44 seeds 33 seeds
bare red flowers. observed. gave plants with red
Female parent always All 330 gave red flowers and 11 seeds
had white flowers. flowers. gave plants with white
flowers.
i. What is the term for this type of cross?
ii. What does the data of the column marked F1 indicate?
iii. Express the gene type of the (a) parents (b) F1 progeny and (c) F2
progeny
28. Only variation that confer and advantage to an individual organism will
survive in a population. Do you agree with this statement? Why or why not?

ANSWERS

1. In evolution, one change occurred initially is used to perform other functions.

For example, feathers were evolved for warmth, later they were adapted for
flight.
2. Only dominant trait appeared in F1
3. Miller and Urey
4. Asexual reproduction tends to preserve the similarities among all the
individuals belonging to a give line of descent. Therefore, asexually
reproducing organisms are capable of showing hereditary features.
5. It is so because the other sex chromosome, ie the X-chromosome will also
have its effects and other autosomes of the egg will also show their
characteristics.
6. The appearance of white flowers is due to mutation.
7. Dwarf (height of plant), wrinkled seed
8. The characteristic resembling reptiles is laying of eggs and the characteristics
resembling mammals is presence of mammary glands.
9. As the population of tigers is decreasing, there is loss of genes from the gene
pool and there can’t be recombinations and variations, thus no evolution.
10. Classification based on evolutionary relationships of organisms.
11. No,it is not true that when a new species is emerged, the old species is
eliminated. Because when there is a change in any species, the change is only
in a part or a few members of the species population. If the newly generated
species after genetic change is better in any way, it will get more opportunity
to survive and if the genetic change is against the environment, it will die.
Thus, unchanged members of other species may also remain and tend to live in
changed environment.
12. 25 percent
13. All red
14. Chimpanzee have the better body design as compared to others given. They
are better adapted for locomotion, communication and thinking.
15. In sexual reproduction organisms raised are as a result of crossing over and
exchange of gene segments and are known as offspring.
16. Traits acquired during life-time of an individual not inherited because change
in non-reproductive tissue or somatic cells cannot be passed on to the DNA of
germ cells. Thus, the acquired trait will die with the death of the individual. It
is therefore non-heritable and cannot be passed on to its progeny.
17. Proteins and nucleic acid
18. Because they have dissimilar sex chromosomes.
19. 50 percent
20. Turtle, lizard
21. The characteristics which are transmitted from parents to their offsprings are
called inherited traits. E.g. free and attached earlobes.
22. Because dominant genes express themselves and suppress the effect of
recessive genes. So no medium sized plants were obtained.
23.
i. Colour of F1 progeny – Green
ii. Percentage of purple stemmed plants in F2 generation ¼ or 25%.
iii. Ratio of genotypes GG and Gg 1:2
24. They have a common ancestry (i)Homologous organs
25. i. inaccuracies during DNA copying
ii. Effect of environment termed acquired variation.
iii. Mutations are sudden stable changes which are discontinuous
inheritable as produced due to changes in genetic make-up.
26. There are two methods:
i. Relative method when we dig into the earth, the fossils we find closer
to the surface are more recent than the fossils we find in deeper layers.
ii. By detecting the ratios of different isotopes of the same element in the
fossil material.
27.
i. Monohybrid cross
ii. Red colour of flower dominant over white flower
iii. a. Parents – (RR) and (rr)
b. F1 progeny – Rr
c. F2 progeny – RR, Rr and rr
28. We agree with the statement.
All the variation do not have an equal chance of surviving in the environment
in which they find themselves. The chances of surviving depend on the nature
of variation. Different individuals have different kind of advantages. A
bacteria that can withstand heat will survive better in heat wave.

QUESTION BANK FOR PRACTICE

1. What name is given to a sequence of gradual changes over millions of year in

which new species are produced.
2. Which are the two processes, sexual reproduction or asexual reproduction
brings about marked variations in the offspring?
3. In which gametes are present X and Y chromosomes?
4. Name two processes which change the frequency of certain genes over
generation in a population.
5. Explain with examples how characteristics of a population changes over the
years for the following situations.
 a. To gain survival advantage b. due to accidental survival c. Temporary
change of characteristics
6. How will you substantiate the statement that heredity and its concepts were
known to the ancient civilisations.
7. How many autosomes are present in a human sperm?
8. What are cross breed plants known as?
9. What does letter F represent in heredity?
10. How will you conclude that birds are closely related to reptiles?
11. Where did the earliest members of human beings live?
12. Which organ in man suggest that he is a descendent of herbivorous animals?
13. Why is appendix in human considered as vestigial?
14. Why offsprings differ from parents in certain characters?
15. What is meant by expression TT and Tt in Mendelian terms?
16. How is sex determined in human beings?
17. Why are flippers of whales and wings of birds are considered as homologous
organs?
18. On the basis of the possibilities of combination of the sex chromosomes, what
percentage probability does a couple have of having a son or a daughter. Show the
same by making a cross.
29. Explain why evolution can’t be said to progress from lower forms to higher
forms.
20. How do Mendel’s experiments show that traits may be dominant or recessive?
21. Explain with an example how variation took place due to inheritance?
22. Explain Urey and Miller’s experiment showing evidence of the theory of
origin of life.
23. How does the study of fossils provide evidence in favour of organic evolution.
24. Can the wing of a butterfly and the wing of a bat be considered homologous
organs? Why or why not?
25. What do you understand by reproductive isolation? How is this mechanism
responsible for speciation?
26. Though eyes are found in many organisms why can they not be grouped
together?
27. Why can two sub-populations of a species not reproduce with each other?
State two reasons. What will be the outcome of such a situation?
 Chapter No. 10

LIGHT- REFLECTION AND REFRACTION

HOTS Questions and Answers

1. Where is the image formed in a convex mirror, when the object is anywhere in
front of it ?
2. A person uses concave mirror for shaving, where should he position his face in
front of it ?
3. A ray of light is incident on a concave mirror along its principal axis. What will
be the angle of reflection?
4. What will happen to ray of light when it travels from rarer medium to a denser
medium ?
5. What does negative sign in the value of magnification of a mirror indicate?
6. Name the point inside the lens through which a ray of light goes undeviated?
7. Which of the two has a great power? A lens of short focal length or a lens of
large focal length?
8. Name the lens which always gives an erect and diminished image?
9. Which mirror is used as rear view mirror in vehicles and why ?
10. Define one dioptre?
11. The size of an object is 2cm.The magnification produced by a mirror is +1. What
is the size of the image?
12. When a ray of light passes from a denser medium to a rarer medium which angle
is greater: angle of incidence or angle of refraction?
13. An image formed in a spherical mirror has magnification -2.Is the image real or
virtual?
14. The power of a lens is -2D. Is the lens convex or concave?
15. Focal length of a convex mirror is 10cm.Find the radius of curvature of the
mirror?
16. An object is placed at a distance of 50cm from a convex mirror. State two
characteristics of the image formed.
17.Write two uses of concave mirror.
18. An object 1cm high produces a real image 1.5 cm high, when placed at a distance
of 15 cm from concave mirror. Calculate the position of the image.
19. Find the power of a concave lens of focal length 2m.
20. Which phenomenon occurs when light falls on(a) highly polished surface (b) a
transparent medium ?
21. What will happen to a ray of light when it falls normally on a surface ?
22. What is absolute refractive index ?
23. If refractive index of glass is 1.65, What is the speed of light in glass. ?
24. The magnification “ m “ for a mirror is +1 what does this signify ?

ANSWERS OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS

1. Between pole and focus, behind the convex mirror.

2. Between pole and principal focus.
 3. Angle of reflection = 0
4. Bends towards the normal .
5. Image is real.
6. Optical centre.
7. Lens of short focal length.
8. Concave lens.
9. Convex mirror, wider field of view.
10. One dioptre is the power of a lens of focal length one meter.
11. +2cm, because m=I/O , +1=I/2 =+2
12. Angle of refractions.
13. Real.
14. Concave lens.
15. 20cm.
16. (1) Image is virtual and erect.
(2) Image is diminished.
17. (1) Used as reflectors for automobile headlights.
(2) Used as shaving mirror.
18. – v/u = h’/h , -v/-15 = -1.5/1
v = 15x 1.5 = -22.5cm.
19. – p = 1/f
=1/-2 = -0.5D.
20. (a) Reflection of light.
(b) Refraction of light.
21. No bending of light ray occurs. It means light rays goes straight from one
medium to another.
22. When first medium is taken as vaccum, the refractive index of second medium is
called as
absolute refractive index.
23. Refractive Index of glass = Speed of Light in vaccum
Speed of Light in glass
à 1.65 = 3 x 108 à Vg = 3 x 108
Vg 1.65
à 1.8 x 108 m/s
24. (a) Image is of same size as the object.
(b) Image is virtual and erect .

More Questions for Practice

1. What is angle of incidence?

2. A ray of light passing through centre of curvature of a concave mirror retraces
its path on reflection, Why?
3. An object is placed at the focus of a concave mirror, Where is the image
formed?
4. What is meant by refraction of light?
5. Define principal focus of a concave mirror?
6. State Snell’s law of refraction?
7. Will the lateral displacement increase/decrease if glass block is made more
thicker?
8. Why convex lens is called conversing lens?
9. Printed letters appears diminished, when viewed through a lens. What is the
nature of lens.?
10. At What angle a ray of light should strike the surface of glass, So that it does
not suffer any refraction?
11. Does the value of speed of light change with medium?
12. What is the cause of refraction of light?
13. Which lens is used as a magnifying glass?
14. What is an optically denser medium of light?
15. What is the difference between reflection and refraction?
16. If a ray of light traveling in air is incident on the water surface obliquely,
Draw a ray diagram and show the change in its path in water?
17. Define refractive index in terms of a speed of light in two media. What is the
unit of refractive index?
18. A ray of light strikes the mirror at 15o , What is the angle of reflection?
19. What is refractive index of air? Why the refractive index of other medium is
taken with respected to air?
20. Distinguish between real and virtual images?
21. For what position of an object, a virtual image is formed by a convex lens?
Give ray diagram?
22. Find the position and nature of image formed in a concave mirror for the
following position of an object. (a) At infinity (b) Beyond C.
23. An object is placed at a distance of 10cm from convex mirror of focal length
15cm; find the position and nature of image?
24. A thin lens has a focal length of -25cm. What is the power of the lens? Is it
convex or concave?
25. Calculate the distance at which an object should be placed in front of convex
lens of focal length 10cm to obtain an image double its size?
26. Why a mirror does has one principal focus while a lens has two principal foci?
27. Focal length of the lens in a photographic camera is 5cm.What is the power
and nature of the lens?
28. Define linear magnification. Does it have any unit?
29. Why a concave mirror has a real principal focus, while convex mirror has a
virtual principal focus?
30. Which of the following lenses would you prefer to use while reading the small
letters found in dictionary.
a. A convex lens of focal length 30 cm.
b. A concave lens of focal length 30 cm.
c. A concave lens of focal length 5 cm.
d. A convex lens of focal length 5 cm.

31. Show that the refractive index of a medium 1 with respect to medium 2 is
reciprocal to the refractive index of medium 2 with respect to 1 i.e. n12 = 1 /
n21

32. From the diagram given below calculate 300 Air

a) angle of incidence
b) angle of refraction .
 0
c) the refractive index of the substance X. 30
X

33. A man standing in front of special mirror finds his image having a small
face,big tummy and
legs of normal size .what are the shapes three parts of mirror?

34. A diverging lens of focal length 15cm forms an image of 10cm from the lens.
Draw a scale
diagram for the formation of image.
 Chapter No. : 11

Human Eye and Colourful World

HOTS Questions and Answers

1. What is the least distance of distinct vision of a normal human eye ?

2. Name the muscle responsible for bringing change in the focal length of the eye
lens ?
3. Name one defect of vision which cannot be corrected by any type of spectacle
lenses ?
4. State one effect produced by the scattering of light by the atmosphere ?
5. What is the nature of image formed on the retina of the eye ?
6. What type of lens is used for correcting hypermetropia ?
7. Who was the first person to obtain the spectrum of sunlight ?
8. What is the function of optic nerve in human eye ?
9. What is range of vision ?
10. Why do different colours deviate through different angles on passing through
a prism?
11. As light rays pass from air into glass prism, are they refracted towards or away
from the normal ?
12. Which color has largest wavelength ?
13. Which defect of vision can be rectified using a concave lens ?
14. What phenomenon causes twinkling of star on a clear night ?
15. What is meant by scattering of light ?
16. Why does the sky appear black instead of blue to an astronaut?
17. What is the basic cause of atmospheric refraction?
18. Why does clear sky look blue?
19. Can visible light be scattered by atoms/molecules in earth’s atmosphere?
20. What is a spectrum?
21. Name the defect of vision in person
a. Whose near point is more than 25cm away?.
b. Whose far point is less than infinity.

ANSWERS OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS :

Ans 1. 25cm.
Ans.2 Ciliary muscle.
Ans 3. Cataract.
Ans 4. Tyndall effect.
Ans.5 Real and inverted.
Ans.6 Convex lens.
Ans.7 Sir Isaac Newton.
Ans 8 Optic nerve carries the image formed on the retina to the brain in the form
of electrical
signals.
 Ans 9 Range of vision of a normal human eye is between it’s near point and far
point i.e,
from 25cm to infinity.
Ans 10 This is because different colours travel through glass with different
speeds and glass has
different refractive index for different colours.
Ans 11. Towards the normal.
Ans. 12 Red color.
Ans. 13 Myopia.
Ans. 14 Atmospheric refraction.
Ans. 15 Change of direction of light on striking a scatterer.
Ans. 16 The upper atmosphere does not have particle or dust etc. as a result there
is no scattering
of light and hence the sky appear dark in stead of blue to an astronaut.
Ans. 17 The basic cause of refraction is variation in optical density of different
layers of earth’s
atmosphere. The sun passes through earth’s atmosphere.
Ans. 18 Because blue color having smallest wavelength is scattered most,
Amount of scattering is directly proportional to 1/ 4 .
Ans. 19 Yes, as size of molecules/atoms is much less then wavelength of light
Ans. 20 The band of seven colours obtained by dispersion of white light is called
spectrum.
Ans. 21
a. Hypermetropia
b. Myopia

More Questions for Practice

1. A person can see only objects beyond 1m. From his eyes. Name the defect of
the eye.
2. Out of light of blue and red colours which one is scattered most?
3. What is the function of crystalline lens in the human eye?
4. Which phenomenon is responsible for increasing the apparent length of the
day by 4 minute?
5. What is the far point of a person suffering from Myopia.
6. What name is given to front transparent part of human eye?
7. Where do we see :(1) Concave and (2) Convex lens in bifocal lenses.
8. What is the nature of image formed by our eye?
9. Name the liquid which is present between eye lens and cornea.
10. Where does most of the refraction of light in an eye occurs?
11. Which kind of lens is an eye lens?
12. What is the cause of dispersion of light?
13. Under very dim light, we are able to see the objects but can not distinguish
between colours
why ?
14. What is the range of vision for normal human eye ?
15. How is the amount of light entering the eye controlled ?
16. What is the colour of danger signal? Why?
17. What is rainbow? How is rainbow formed?
18. State two causes of myopic vision.
19. How an uncorrected myopic eye sees far off objects.
20. What is presbyopia? Name the type of lens which can be used to correct
presbyopia.
21. Explain why planet do not twinkle at night?
22. Explain about the colour of the sun at sunrise and sunset.
23. Define the term (1) Near point (2) Far point
24. Why is a normal eye not able to see clearly the object closer than 25 cm.
25. Draw a ray diagram to show the refraction of light through a glass prism on
the diagram mark.
(a) Incident ray (b) Emergent ray and (c) Angle of deviation
26. How is the dispersed white light recomposed ?
27 The near point of a hypermetropic eye is at 75 cm from the eye. What is the
power of the lens required to enable him to read clearly a book held at 25 cm from
the eye.
 CHAPTER -12

ELECTRICITY

HOTS Questions and Answers

Q.1 What is represented by joule/coulomb?

Q.2 A charge of 2C moves between two plates, maintained at a p.d of 1V. What is
the energy acquired by the charge?
Q.3 Why are copper wires used as connecting wires?
Q.4 A wire of resistivity is stretched to double its length. What is its new
resistivity?
Q.5 What is the resistance of connecting wire?
Q.6 What is the resistance of an ammeter?
Q.7 What is the resistance of a Voltmeter?
Q.8 Which has more resistance: 100W bulb or 60W bulb?
Q.9 How will you join three resistances, each of 2 so that the effective resistance
is 3 ?
Q.10 What happens to the current in a circuit if its resistance is doubled?
Q.11 What happens to the resistance of a circuit if the current through it is doubled?
Q.12 How does the resistance of a wire depend upon its radius?
Q.13 Two wires are of the same length, same radius, but one of them is of copper and
the other is of iron. Which will have more resistance?
Q.14 Two wires of same material and same length have radii r1 and r2. Compare their
resistances.
Q.15 Given a resistors each of resistors R. How will you combine them to get the
(i) maximum and (ii) minimum effective resistance? What is the ratio of the
maximum to minimum resistance?
Q.16 A wire of length L and resistance R is stretched so that its length its doubled.
How will its (a) Resistance change (b) Resistively change ?
Q.17 Two students perform the experiments on series and parallel combinations of
two given resistors R1 and R2 and plot the following V-I graphs.
 Which of the graphs is (are) correctly labelled in terms of the words ‘series’ and
parallel’ Justify your answer.
Q.18 A household uses the following electric appliances :
(i) Refrigerator of rating 400W for ten hours each day.
(ii) Two electric fans of rating 80W each for twelve hours each day.
(iii) Six electric tubes of rating 18W each for 6 hours each day.
Calculate the electricity bill of the household for the month of June if the cost
per unit of electric energy is Rs. 3.00.
Q.19 Ammeter burns out when connected in parallel. Give reasons.
Answers of questions no 1-19
A.1 It represents potential difference.
A.2 W=QV=2×1=2J
A.3 The electrical resistivity of copper is low.
A.4 It remains same because resistivity depends on nature of material.
A.5 The resistance of a connecting wire, which is made of good conductor, is
negligible.
A.6 The resistance of an ammeter is very small and for an ideal ammeter, its value is
zero.
A.7 The resistance of a voltmeter is very high and for an ideal voltmeter, its value is
infinity.
A.8 As R 1/P.Thus, the resistance of 60W bulb is more.
A.9 A parallel combination of two resistances (which will be 1 ) joined in series
with the third resistance (2 )
A.10 As I 1/R, the current is reduced to half of its previous value.
A.11 The resistance of the circuit does not depend on the current through it.
A.12 As R 1/A, R 1/ r2 i.e. R 1/r2.
A.13 As R = l/A, but A and l are same it depends only on resistivity and it is more
for iron so iron has more resistance.
A.14 If R1 and R2 are resistances, then R1/R2 = r22/r12 because and l are same.

A.15 for maximum resistance Rs= nr (Equivalent of series combination)

for minimum resistance Rp= r/n (Equivalent of parallel combination)
Rs/Rp= n2
A.16 (a) If the original length of the wire is l and its cross-sectional area is A, then
R = l/A.When length becomes 2l, cross-sectional area reduces to A/2 because
volume does not change. The new resistance = (2l)/A/2=4 l/A = 4R
(b) Resistively does not change.
A.17 Both are correct because V/ I= resistance(R) and I/ V=1/R
Series means high resistance and parallel means low resistance.
A.18 Electrical energy consumed per day = 400×10+2×80×12+6×18×6
=4000+1920+648
= 6568 Wh
= 6.568 kWh

Electrical energy consumed in 30 days= 6.568×30

= 197 kWh (units)
Electric Bill = 197×3
= Rs 591.
A.19 Ammeter consists of a wire of low resistance when connected in parallel, a
large amount of current passes through it hence gets burnt i.e. short circuited.

More Questions for Practice

Q.1 Name a substance whose resistance almost remains unchanged by increase of

temperature.
Q.2 Name two special characteristics of heater coil.
Q.3 A wire of resistance 4 is bent to form a circle. What is the resistance between
two diametrically opposite ends ?
Q.4 How does the resistance of a conductor change if its temperature is increased?
Q.5 A current of 4A flows in a wire of resistance 60 .Calculate electrical energy
consumed in 2 minutes.
Q.6 V-I graph for two resistors is given. Which of the two has minimum resistance?

Q.7 Alloys are used in electrical heating devices rather than pure metals. Give
one reason.
Q.8 An electric geyser has the ratings 2000W, 220V marked on it. What should be the
minimum rating, in whole number of a fuse wire that may be required for safe
use with this geyser?

Q.9 The electrical resistivity of few materials is given below in ohm-meter. Which of
these materials can be used for making element of a heating device?
A 6.84 x 10-8
B 1.60 x 10-8
C 1.00 x 10-4
D 2.50 x 1012
E 4.40 x 10-5
F 2.30 x 1017
Q.10 Where do we connect a fuse: with live wire or with neutral wire?
Q.11 What is the resistance of an air gap?
Q.12 Name two safety measures commonly used in electric circuits and appliances.

Q.13 Two metallic wires A and B are connected in parallel. Wire A has length l and
radius r, wire B has a length 2l and radius 2r. Compute the ratio of the total resistance
of parallel combination and the resistance of wire A.
Q.14 What is the meaning of the term ‘frequency’ of an alternating current? What is
its value in India? Why is an alternating current considered to be advantageous over
direct current for long-range transmission of electric energy?
Q.15 A TV set picture tube shoots out a beam of electrons. The current due to this
beam is 10 mA. How many electrons will strike the TV screen every second?
Q. 16 An electric wire is stretched to increase its length by 25%.By what % will the
resistance be increased and what will be increase in its resistivity?
Q.17 An electric iron of resistance 20 takes a current of 5 A. Calculate the heat
developed in 30 sec.
Q.18 A 60 W electric lamp gives off energy in the form of light at the rate of 7.5 J/s.
What percentage of energy does the lamp transform into light?
Q.19 The voltage-current variation of two metallic wires A and B at constant
temperature are shown in fig. Assuming that the wires have the same length and same
diameter, explain which of the two wires will have larger resistivity.

Q.20 You are given following current-time graphs from two different sources:

(i) Name the type of current in two cases.

(ii) Identify any one source for each type of these currents.
(iii) What is the frequency of current in case II in India?

Q.21 The electric power consumed by a device may be calculated by using either of
the two expressions P = I2R or P = V 2/R . The first expression indicates that it is
directly proportional to R whereas the second expression indicates inverse
proportionality. How can the seemingly different dependence of P on R in these
expressions be explained.
Q.22. Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit containing the following electrical
components:(a) a resistance (b) a voltmeter (c) an electric bulb (d) a cell (e) an
ammeter and (f) plug key
 CHAPTER -13

MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC CURRENT

HOTS Questions and Answers

Q.1 A straight wire carrying electric current is moving out of plane of paper and is
perpendicular to it. What is the direction and type of induced magnetic field?
Q.2 How can it be shown that magnetic field exist around a wire carrying current?
Q.3 How can a solenoid be used to magnetise a steel bar.
Q.4 Why can’t two magnetic field lines ever intersect?
Q.5 Can a 5 A fuse be used in wire carrying 15 A current? Why?
Q.6 Give the factors that affect strength of magnetic field at a point due to a straight
conductor carrying current.
Q.7 Where do we connect a fuse: with live wire or with neutral wire?
Q.8 Give two uses of electromagnets.
Q.9 Name any two devices which use permanent magnets.
Q.10 Draw the magnetic field lines representing uniform magnetic field.
Q.11 A current-carrying straight conductor is placed in the east-west direction. What
will be the direction of the force experienced by this conductor due to earth’s
magnetic field? How will this force get affected on? (a) reversing the direction of floe
of current (b) doubling the magnitude of current.
Q.12 An electron enters a magnetic field at right angles to it as shown in fig. The
direction of the force acting on the electron will be:
(a) to the right (b) to the left (c) out of the page (d) into the page

Q.13 Why is the earth pin thicker and longer than the live and the neutral pins?
Q.14 A coil of insulated copper wire is connected to a galvanometer. What would
happen if a bar magnet is
(i) Pushed into the coil?
(ii) Withdrawn from inside the coil?
(iii) Held stationary inside the coil?
 ANSWERS OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS

A.1 Induced magnetic field will be in the form of concentric circles in the plane of
paper.
A.2 By using magnetic compass which, shows deflection.
A.3 By inserting the steel bar inside the solenoid and switching on electric current.
A.4 If so then at the point of intersection there will be two different directions of
magnetic field which is not possible.
A.5 No, because both of them would then be ineffective in controlling the amount of
current flowing.
A.6 Magnitude of electric current, perpendicular distance between that point and
conductor.
A.7 It is always connected with live wire.
A.8 (i) It is used in cranes for lifting heavy loads.
(ii) used in electric bells.
A.9 Loudspeakers, Galvanometer, voltmeter.

A.10

A.11 The direction of earth’s magnetic field is from G-south to G-north. Let current
is from west to east. Therefore force is vertically upwards.
(a) By reversing the direction of current, the direction of will be reversed i.e.
vertically downwards.
(b) The magnitude of the force is doubled.
A.12 When a conductor carrying current is placed perpendicular to the direction of
magnetic field, the acting on it is given by Fleming’s left hand rule. Since the
direction of current is the same as that of the motion of a positive charge, the
direction of force acting on it when moving perpendicular to the direction of
magnetic field is the same as that acting on a current-carrying conductor placed
perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field. Obviously, the force acting on an
electron is opposite to that. Therefore in this case it is into the page.
A.13 It is thicker so that it does not enter into the live or neutral sockets. It is made
longer so that it gets connected to the earth terminal earlier than the live and neutral
pins. This ensures the safety of the user.
A.14 (i) Due to change in magnetic flux linked with coil, the galvanometer shows
deflection (say towards right).
(ii) Due to change in magnetic flux linked with coil, the galvanometer shows
deflection (say towards left opposite to that in case one).
(iii) As it is stationary no change in magnetic flux linked with coil, so
galvanometer shows no deflection.
 More Questions for Practice

Q.1 The magnetic field inside a long straight solenoid carrying current:
(a) is zero
(b) decreases as we move towards its end
(c) is same at all points.
(d) Increases as we move towards its end
Q.2 Which of the following properties of proton can change while it moves freely
in a magnetic field?
(a) mass
(b) speed
(c) velocity
(d) momentum.
Q.3 How do we think the displacement of rod AB will be affected if
(i) current in a rod AB is increased
(ii) a stronger horse-shoe magnet is used
(iii) length of rod AB is increased ?(Figure 13.12 Page number 230).
Q.4 A positively-charged particle (alpha particle) projected towards west is
deflected towards north by magnetic field. The direction of magnetic field is :
(a) towards south
(b) towards east
(c) downward
(d) upward
Q.5 What is the role of the split-ring in an electric motor?
Q.6 What will be the frequency of an A.C if its direction changes after every .01 s?
Q.7 An A.C has a frequency of 50 Hz. How many times does it change its
direction in one second?
Q.8 A student performs an experiment to study the magnetic effect of current
around a current carrying straight conductor. He reports that
(i) The direction of deflection of the north pole of a compass needle kept at a
given point near the conductor remains unaffected even when the terminals
of the battery sending current in the wire are inter changed.
(ii) for a given battery, the degree of deflection of a N-pole decreases when
the compass is kept at a point farther away from the conductor.
Which of the above observations of the student is incorrect and why?
Q.9 Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines of a current carrying solenoid. What
does the pattern of field lines inside the solenoid indicate? Write one
application of magnetic field of current carrying solenoid.
Q.10 Sketch magnetic field lines around a current carrying straight conductor.
Q.11 Why does a current carrying conductor kept in a magnetic field experience
force?
On what factors does the direction of this force depend? Name and state the rule
used for determination of direction of this force.
Q.5 Two circular coils A and B are placed close to each other. If the current in the coil
A is changed, will some current be induced in the coil B? Give reason.
Q.6 Explain what is short-circuiting and overloading in an electric supply?
Q.7 What is the function of an earth wire? Why is it necessary to earth the metallic
appliances?
Q.8 (a) What is an electromagnet? What does it consist of?
 (b) Name one material in each case which is used to make a (i) permanent magnet
(ii) Temporary magnet.
Q.9 Draw a sketch of the patten of field lines due to a (i) current flowing in a circular
coin (ii) current carrying solenoid.
Q.10 A circuit has a fuse of 5A. What is the maximum number of 100W, 220V
bulbs that can be safely used in the circuit.
 Chapter No. : 14

SOURCES OF ENERGY

HOTS Questions and Answers

Q.1.The cost of production of electricity in a thermal power station located in

Bihar/Jharkhand/Orissa is less than in Gujarat/Maharashtra.Do you agree? Justify
your answer.
Q.2 Which of the following sources of electricity involves more running expenses and
why? Thermal power station, Hydro power station, solar cells or Geothermal source.
Q.3 Why is there so much emphasis on changing over from petrol/diesel driven
automobiles to CNG-driven vehicles?
Q.4 Which of the following is not an example of the biomass energy source?
(a) Wood,(b) gobar gas,(c) atomic energy,(d)coal.
Q.5 How is the supply of electricity maintained in a windmill when there is no wind?
In a solar panel when there is no sun?
Q.6 Can any source of energy be pollution-free? Why or why not?
Q.7 Why is biogas a better fuel than animal dung-cakes?
Q.8 Though a hot iron emits radiation, yet it is not visible in the dark, why?
Q.9 Define: OTE (ocean thermal energy).
Q.10 H2 has been used as a rocket fuel. Would you consider it as a cleaner fuel than
CNG? Why or why not?

ANSWERS OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS

Ans.1 It is because coal is available in Bihar/Jharkhand/Orissa locally, whereas it has

to be transported for any thermal power plant in Gujarat/Maharashtra.
Ans.2 Thermal power stations involve more running cost due to continuous use of
coal.
Ans. 3 CNG on burning produces only carbon dioxide and water
-It does not produce smoke.
-It does not leave unburnt hydrocarbons, lead particulates etc.
Ans.4 Atomic energy is not an example of biomass energy source.
Ans.5 In both the cases, the electricity generated is stored in a battery. This battery
provides electricity when there is no wind in the case of a windmill and no sun in
the case of a solar panel.
Ans. 6 No source of energy can be called pollution-free, because the use of any source
of energy disturbs the environment in one way or the other. The actual source of
energy may be pollution-free,but the assembly of the device might have caused
some damage to the environment. So, in absolute sense, no source of energy can
be called pollution-free.
Ans. 7 Biogas is a better fuel than animal dung-cakes because-
(a) Burning of animal dung-cakes produces lot of pollution whereas biogas is a
smokeless fuel.
(b) The calorific value of Biogas is much higher than that of animal dung-cakes.
(c) Animal dung cakes leaves residue after burning whereas biogas leaves no residue.
Ans. 8 Hot iron emits infra-red rays and these are not visible to our eyes.
Ans. 9 The energy available due to the difference in the temperature of water at the
surface of the ocean and at deeper levels is called OTE.
Ans. 10 H2 when burnt in presence of O2 produces H2O as the only product with
release of lot of heat energy. Water does not cause any damage to environment
while CNG during burning produces CO2 and water. CO2 is not a pollutant yet it
leads to rise in the temperature (global warming), this rise is called green house
effect and this will affect polar ice, and life on the earth is at risk. Thus, H2 is a
cleaner fuel than CNG.

More Questions for Practice

Q1. Name the components of bio-gas.

Q2.What are hot spots?
Q3. What is the product obtained when wood is burnt without much supply of
oxygen?
Q4. List problems associated with construction of dam?
Q5. What is the basis of nuclear energy? Explain briefly.
Q6. “It was believed nuclear energy is only destructive’’ do you agree? Justify your
answer.
Q7. List the criteria for selecting a good fuel.
Q8. What is bio-mass?
Q9. Name the process that converts solar energy into chemical energy in nature.
Q10. Biogas is considered to be a boon to the farmers. Give reason.
 CHAPTER – 15
OUR ENVIRONMENT

HOTS Questions and Answers

Q.1 Why some substances are degraded and others not?

Q2. What limits the number of trophic levels in a food chain.
Q3. What will happen if decomposers are not there in the environment?
Q4. What is the harm of clay cups?
Q5. What will happen if all the carnivores are removed from the earth?
Q6. What will happen to grasslands if all the grazers are removed from there?
Q7. The number of malarial patients in a village increase tremendously, when a
large number of frogs were exported from the village. What could be the cause for it?
Explain the help of food chain?
Q8. State one reason to justify the position of man at the apex of most food chains?
Q9. Which food chains are advantageous in terms of energy?
Q10. Construct a food chain composing the following Snake, Hawk, Rats, Plants.
Q11. Name the process that is a direct outcome of excessive burning of fossil fuels?
Q12. If all the wastes we generate is bio-degradable what impact may this have on
the environment?
Q13. Write the harmful effect of ozone depletion.
Q14. Why food chains consists of three or four steps only?
Q15. Which of the following will have the maximum concentration of harmful
chemicals in its body?
Peacock, Frog, Grass, Snake, Grasshopper
Q16. Why energy of herbivores never come back to the autotrophs?
Q17. What are decomposers and what is the importance of them in the ecosystem?
Q18. Give the correct sequence of various trophic levels in a food chain.

Producers

Primary
Consumer

Secondary
Consumers

Tertiary
Consumers

Q19. What is biological magnification and give its causes?

Q20. Are plants actually producers of energy?

ANSWERS

Ans-1. Different components of food are changed to simpler substances by digestive

enzymes and these enzymes are very much specific in nature and action. Similarly,
substances are broken down by bacteria and saprophytes. They are also very specific
in action and break down of the particular substance. Therefore, some substances are
biodegradable and other are non-biodegradable.
Ans-2. There is a loss of energy as we go from one trophic level to the next, this
limits the number of trophic levels in a food chain.
Ans-3. If decomposers are not there in the environment, the breakdown of the
complex organic substances into simple substances will not take place and natural
replenishment of the soil will not take place. So, presence of decomposers is essential
for the replenishment of soil and biogeochemical cycle of elements or substances.
Ana-4. Clay cups cause depletion of top fertile soil as they are formed from the same.
Ans-5. If all the carnivores are removed from the earth, the population of herbivores
will increase. Large population of herbivores will overgraze. As a result, all plants
will disappear from the earth surface and ultimately the earth may become a desert.
The biosphere will get disturbed which will lead to end of life on earth.
Ans-6. If all the grazers are removed from grassland, grass will grow unchecked. It
may help the growth of some organisms harmful to the animals and the animals which
feed on the grazers will die of starvation. The biogeochemical cycle will stop and the
whole biosphere will get disturbed.
Ans-7. Phytoplankton Zooplankton Mosquito larva Frog
In the absence of frog, more mosquito larva survive, giving rise to large number of
mosquitoes which cause increase incidence of malaria.
Ans-8. The position of man is at the apex of most food chains as he is an intelligent
organism and can take any advantageous position by manipulation.
Ans-9. The two step chains in which man is close to producer are advantageous. For
example, Producer Man
Ans-10. Plants Rats Snake Hawks
Ans-11. Global warming is a direct outcome of excessive burning of fossil fuels.
Ans-12.Cleaner environment without any pollution, more nutrients will be released
into the nutrient pool, will help to maintain ecological balance.
Ans-13.1. Cause the skin cancer
2. Damage to eyes
3. Immune system
Ans-14Since so little energy is available for the next level of consumers and for this
reason food generally consists of three or four steps. The loss of energy at the each
step is so great that very little usable energy remains after four tropic levels.
Ans-15.Grass Grasshopper Frog Peacock
Peacock will have maximum conc.
Ans-16.Energy of herbivorous never comes back to autotrophs as flow of energy is
always unidirectional. So once it passes the trophic level it is no longer
available to the previous level.
Ans-17.The micro-organisms which break down the complex organic substances into
simple inorganic substances e.g. bacteria, fungi. Decomposers decompose the
complex substances into simple ones so that plants can use it again

Ans-18.

Tertiary
Consumers

Secondary
Consumers

Primary
Consumers

Producers
Ans-19.The increased concentration of chemicals at any trophic level is called
biological magnification. It occurs due to the excessive use of pesticides which enter
our food chain.

Ans- 20. No, plants are not actually producers of energy, they can trap the energy of
sun and can convert solar energy into chemical energy in the form of carbohydrates
and other food materials so they are called transducers.

QUESTION BANK FOR PRACTICE

Q1. During heavy rains in a village, the rain water carried excessive nitrogen
compounds to a pond. How will it affect the growth of fish in the pond in the long
run?
Q2. Which of the following materials are non-biodegradable? Aluminum wire, tea
leaves, synthetic fibres, wool
Q3. In comparing the two ecosystems A & B it is observed that A has only first
and second order consumers while B has third, fourth and fifth order consumers.
Which of the two could be more stable?
Q4. What name has been given to those organisms which breakdown the complex
organic compounds present in dead animals and plants?
Q5. Which of the following constitutes a food chain?
a) Grass, wheat and mango b) Grass, goat and human
c) Goat, cow and elephant d) Grass, fish and goat
Q6. Vegetarian food habit can sustain a larger number of people. Justify the
statement in terms of food chain.
Q7. Which of the following belong to the same trophic level?
Tree, Frog, Snake, Grass, Lizard
Q8. Give any two ways in which non-biodegradable substances would affect the
environment.
Q9. How does study of food chain in an area or habitat help us.
Q10. What percentage of energy, available at the producer level is transferred at
successive trophic levels in a food chain?
Q11. A non-biodegradable toxic chemical has entered into a food chain. Which
type of food habit will you suggest to a man? Vegetarian or Non-vegetarian.
Q12. Name two waste materials, which can be recycled?
Q13. Explain why, the practice of serving tea in Kulhads (disposable cups made of
clay) on trains has been discontinued?
Q14. Explain why there are greater chances of accumulation of harmful chemicals
in the body of human being.
Q15. The use of pesticide DDT is discouraged since this chemical is found in
human body. How does this chemical enter our body?
Q16. What will happen if we kill all the organisms in one trophic level?
Q17. Consider the following food chains:
1. Plants Mice Snake Hawks
2. Plants Mice Hawks
If energy available at the producer level in both the food chains is 100 J in
which case will hawks get more energy as food and by how much?
Justify your answer.
Q18. How much energy will be available to hawks in the food chain comprising
hawk, snake, paddy and mice, if 10,000 J of energy is available to paddy from
the sun?
Q19. Calculate the amount of energy available to lion in the following food chain if
plants have 20000 J of energy available from the sun.
Plant Deer Lion.
Q20. In the food chain Grass Deer Lion, operating in a forest, what
will happen,
1) If all the lions are removed?
2) If all the deer are removed?
3) If all the grass is removed?
Q21. What are the various methods of waste disposal practiced in your school?
Describe any 2 methods briefly.
Q22. All the flesh of a carnivore is from grass. Justify the statement.
Q23. Explain the following terms
1) Acid Rain 2) Ozone depletion 3) Green house
effect.
 CHAPTER-16

MANAGEMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES

HOTS Questions and Answers

1. What does the high level of total coliform count in river Ganga indicates?
2. What are “biodiversity hot spots”? What is the measure of the biodiversity?
3. Which programme was started to replenish forests?
4. Why scarcity of water is there in our country inspite of nature’s monsoon
bounty?
5. What is the effect of continuous depletion of ground water along coastal
region?
6. Why is dependence of man on nature greater than that of any other organism?
7. In addition to low rainfall, what are the other reasons for non-availability of
water in arid and semi-arid zones of our country?
8. Why is mining a big source of pollution?
9. Write two points to be kept in mind while storing water in tanks.
10. Write any two alternatives to dams.
11. Why do you think there should be equitable distribution of resources?
12. Which canal has brought greenery to considerable areas of Rajasthan?
13. What were the two main problems as a result of Tawa Irrigation Project?
14. Write the advantages of giving the control of water management to the
residents of the area?
15. State benefits of water harvesting.
16. How did Chipko Andolan ultimately benefit the local population? Give any
three benefits?
17. Quote three instances where human intervention saved the forests from
destruction.
18. Why are environmentalists insisting upon sustainable natural resource
management? Give any four reasons.

ANSWERS

1. It indicates that water is contaminated by disease causing micro-organisms.

2. Forests are “biodiversity hot spots”. One measure of the biodiversity of an
area is the number of species found here.
3. Silviculture
4. It has taken place due to the following reasons:
(a) Failure to sustain water availability underground which has resulted largely
from the loss of vegetation cover.
(b) Diversion for high water demanding crops.
(c) Pollution from industrial effluents and urban wastes.
5. The effect of continuous depletion of ground water along coastal region will
lead to movement of saline sea water into freshwater wells then spoiling their
quality.
6. Man’s dependence on the environment is greater than that of other organisms
because man:
(a) Develops curiosity for more comforts and security.
(b) Consumes large amount of material and energy.
 (c) Develops a new kind of socio-economic environment which consists of
things developed by man through his tools and techniques.
7. (a) Flowing of rain water and lack of management to harvest it.
(b) Ground water is pumped out for high water demanding crops.
(c) Water becomes unsafe and unusable due to mixing of urban wastes and
effluents from the industries.
8. Mining causes pollution because large amount of slag is discarded for every
tonne of metal extracted.
9. Storage tank should not be located close to the source of contamination and
should be accessible for cleaning.
10. Adopting water harvesting techniques and reducing the scale of floods through
better catchment management.
11. We think that there should be equitable distribution of resources because not
only a handful of rich and powerful people, but all the people may get benefit
from the development of these resources.
12. Indira Gandhi Canal.
13. Water logging and increasing salinity
14. Water harvesting techniques are highly locality specific and the benefits are
localised. Thus, giving people the control over their local water resources ensures
that mismanagement and overexploitation of these resources is reduced.
15. a. Provides self-sufficiency to water supply
b. Conserves valuable ground water
c. Reduces cost for pumping ground water
d. Reduces local flooding and drainage problems

16. a. The locals benefitted from forest produces

b. The wild life and nature were conserved
c. The quality of air and soil was preserved

17. a. Contribution of Bishnoi movement

b. Building national parks
c. Encouraging wildlife sanctuaries

28. a. Non-renewable resources are limited, we should use them judiciously

b. We should encourage the use of renewable resources
c. We should preserve the environment for future generation
d. The benefits of the controlled exploitation should go to local people

QUESTION BANK FOR PRACTICE

1. Construction of a dam on a river often results in the reduction of fish catch.

Why is it so?
2. Name one National Park and a bird sanctuary developed in our country to
protect wild life, rare animals and birds.
3. Write another term for petroleum
4. What are Kulhs?
5. How would the setting of a factory on the bank of a river affect the population
down stream?
6. Why the management of the forest and wildlife resources considered as a
challenging task?
7. Industrilisation is one main cause of deterioration of environment. Discuss
8. What are the main factors responsible for causing ecological crisis in nature?
9. State one limitation of rain water harvesting.
10. Write two points for sustainable forest management.
11. How can you say that water is a basic natural resource?
12. Economic growth and ecological consideration should grow hand in hand.
Explain why?
13. How can you make balance between environment and development?
14. What is Narmada Bachao Andolan?
15. Why is the re- use of material is better than recycling in saving the
environment?
16. In what way industry is affecting the forest?
17. Explain various steps of rooftop rain water harvesting.
18. How can we make wise use of rains?
19. What are the various remedial measures to conserve wild life?
20. What steps do you take at your home in order to be environmental friendly?
21. Judicious use of oil and petroleum is very important. How can this be
achieved?
22. Rainfall, soil conservation and depleting forest resources are interlinked with
one another. Explain how they are related to one another.
23. Government is sole responsible for the protection of environment and
individuals are not to be bothered about it. Give your comments on the
statement.
24. What are the advantages of ground water over surface water?
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

CHAPTER - 1
CHEMICAL REACTIONS AND EQUATIONS
1. State which of the following chemical reac- Reaction between quick lime (CaO) and water is highly
tions will take place or not, giving suitable exothermic, so the water started boiling even when it
reason for each. was not being heated.
Zn (s) + Cu SO4 (aq) ----> Zn SO4 (aq) + Cu(s) CaO + H2O ® Ca(OH)2 + Heat
Fe (s) + ZnSO4 (aq) ----> Fe SO4 (aq) + Zn (s) Calcium hydroxide (slaked lime)
Zn (s) + Fe SO4 (aq) ----> Zn SO4 (aq) + Fe (s) 3. Four metals A, B, C and D are, in turn, added to
Zn (s ) + CuSO 4( ) ® ZnSO 4( ) + Cu (s ) the following solutions one by one. The observa-
tions made are tabulated below:
aq aq

In this reaction, zinc displaces copper from cop-

per sulphate solution so that copper is set free. Metal Iron II Copper II Zinc Silver
This displacement reaction takes place because Sulphate Supphate Supphate Nitrate
zinc is more reactive than copper. A No reaction Displacement ---- ----
Fe (S ) + ZnSO4( ) ® FeSO4( ) + Zn(s ) B Displacement ---- No reaction -----
C No reaction No reaction No reaction Displacement
aq aq

This reaction does not take place because Fe is No reaction No reaction

D No reaction No reaction
less reactive than Zn.
Zn (S ) + FeSO 4( ) ® ZnSO 4( ) + Fe (S )
aq aq Answer the following questions based on above in-
In this reaction, Zn displaces Fe from FeSO4 so- formation.
lution so that Fe is set free. This displacement (i) Which is the most active metal and why?
reaction takes place because zinc is more reactive (ii) What would be observed if B is added to a
than Fe. solution of copper (II) sulphate and why?
2. A housewife wanted her house to be white- (iii) Arrange the metals A, B, C and D in order of
washed. She bought 10kg of quick lime from increasing reactivity.
the market and dissolved it in 30 litres of wa- (iv) Container of which metal can be used to store
ter. On adding lime to water she noticed that both zinc sulphate solution and silver nitrate solu-
the water started boiling even when it was not tion.
being heated. Give reason for her observation. (v) Which of the above solutions can be easily stored
Write the corresponding chemical equation in a container made up of any of these metals?
and name the product formed.
CHAPTER - 2
ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS
1. During summer season, a milkman usually ing bread and cake. It helps to make these soft and
adds a very small amount of baking soda to spongy. An aqueous solution of baking soda turns
fresh milk. Give one reason. red litmus blue. It is also used in soda acid fire
A milk man adds a small amount of baking soda extinguisher.
to fresh milk to delay the curding of milk. In al- Use this information to answer the following ques-
kaline medium the bacterial action involving the tions:
conversion of milk to curd gets slow down. (i) How does Baking Soda help to make cakes and
2. Baking soda is used in small amount in mak- bread soft and spongy?

1
 Chemistry

(ii) How does it help in extinguishing fire? and relieves indigestion.

(iii) Is the pH value of baking soda solution lesser (c) When electricity is passed through a concentrated so-
than or greater than 7? lution of sodium chloride, it decomposes to form so-
(i) When baking powder is mixed with water (present dium hydroxide, chlorine and hydrogen.
in dough used for baking cake or bread), then so- 2NaCl(aq) + 2H2O(l) ¾Electrolys
¾¾ ¾is ® 2 NaOH(aq) +
dium hydrogen carbonate reacts with tartaric acid Cl2(g)+H2(g)
to evolve CO2 gas. This CO2 gas thus produced gets The process of electrolysis of sodium chloride solu-
trapped in the wet dough and bubbles out slowly tion is called chlor-alkali process because of the prod-
while baking. This makes the cake (or bread) to ucts formed are chlorine (chlor) and sodium hydrox-
‘rise’ and it becomes soft and spongy. ide (alkali).
(Baking powder is a mixture of baking soda (so- 4. Dry Hydrogen Chloride gas does not turn blue lit-
dium hydrogen carbonate) and a mild, edible acid mus red whereas Hydrochloric acid does. Give one
such as tartaric acid.) reason.
(ii) Soda acid type fire extinguishers contain a so- Dry HCl gas does not contain any hydrogen ions in it,
lution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and H2SO4 so it does not show acidic behaviour. Hence dry HCl
in separate containers inside them. When the knob does not change the colour of dry litmus paper. How-
of the fire extinguisher is pressed, then H2SO4 mixes ever when HCl gas dissolves in water, it forms hydro-
with sodium hydrogen carbonate solution to pro- gen ions and hence changes the colour of blue litmus
duce a lot of CO2 gas. The pressure of this CO2 gas to red.
forces a stream of liquid and falls on the burning 5. What happens when a few drops of water are added
substance. The CO2 gas forms a blanket around
to anhydrous copper sulphate? Explain with the
the burning substance and cuts off the supply of air
to the burning substance. Since the supply of air is help of an equation?
cut off, the process of burning stops and fire gets When water drops are added to anhydrous copper sul-
extinguished. phate, it gets hydrated and turns blue due to the forma-
3. Answer the following: tion of hydrated copper sulphate.
(a) Why is Plaster of Paris written as CaSO4 • The crystalline shape is regained
½ H2O? How is it possible to have half a water CuSO4 + 5H2O ® CuSO4.5H2O
molecule attached to CaSO4?
Anhydrous water Hydrated copper
(b) Why is Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate an es-
copper sulphate sulphate
sential ingredient in antacids.?
(c) When electricity is passed through an aque- Thus anhydrous copper sulphate turns blue on adding
ous solution of sodium chloride, three products water. This property of anhydrous copper sulphate is
are obtained. Why is the process called chlor- used to detect the presence of moisture (water) in
alkali? chemical substances.
(a) It is not possible to have half a molecule of water. 6. Consider the following salts:
The formula CaSO4 . ½H2O actually means that two
Na 2CO 3, NaCl, NH 4 Cl, CH 3 COONa, K 2 SO 4 ,
molecules of CaSO4 share one molecule of water
(NH4)2SO4.
so that the effective water of crystallisation for one
CaSO4 unit comes to half a molecule of water. The Which of these salts will give:
formula of plaster of pairs can be written as (a) acidic solutions (b) neutral solutions and
(CaSO4)2 .H2O. (c) basic or alkaline solution.
(b) Sodium hydrogen carbonate is used as an antacid (a) NH4Cl, (NH4)2SO4
in medicine to remove acidity of the stomach. Be- (b) NaCl, K2SO4
ing sodium hydrogen carbonate a mild alkali it
(c) Na2CO3, CH3COONa.
neutralises the excess acid present in the stomach

2
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)
CHAPTER - 3
METALS AND NON-METALS
1. Alloys are used in electrical heating devices rather Answer the following.
than pure metals. Give one reason. (i) Name the gas.
Resistivity of an alloy is higher than that of pure met- (ii) Name the method of collection of the gas.
als which form the alloy. (iii) Is the gas soluble or insoluble in water?
2. A student has been collecting silver coins and cop- (iv) Is the gas lighter or heavier than air?
per coins. One day she observed a black coating (i) Hydrogen gas.
on silver coins and a green coating on copper coins. (ii) Downward displacement of water.
Which chemical phenomenon is responsible for (iii) Insoluble in water. (iv) Hydrogen is lighter than
these coatings? Write the chemical name of black air.
and green coatings. 5. In a solution of silver nitrate, a copper plate
The black coating on silver coin and green coating was dipped. After some time, silver from the
on copper coin are due to corrosion. solution was deposited on the copper plate.
w Silver coin becomes black on exposure to air, because Which metal is more reactive, copper or sil-
it reacts with sulphur in the air to form a coating of ver? How?
silver sulphide. A more reactive metal displaces a less reactive
w Copper coin reacts with moist carbon dioxide in the metal from its salt solution. Here, copper metal is
air to produce a green coating. This green substance displacing silver from silver nitrate solution
is copper carbonate. (which then gets deposited on copper plate), there-
3. A metal M forms an oxide having the formula M2O3. fore, copper metal is more reactive than silver
It belongs to the 3rd period of the modern peri- metal.
odic table. Write the atomic number and valency 6. An element react with oxygen to form an ox-
of the metal. ide which dissolves in dilute hydrochloric acid.
Atomic number of the metal = 13 (Al) The oxide formed also turns a solution of red
Valency of the metal = 3 litmus blue. Is the element a metal or a non-
(The electronic configuration of Aluminium is 2, 8,3. metal? Explain your answer.
It can lose its 3 valence electrons to achieve the near- Here the oxide of the given element dissolves in
est inert gas electronic configuration 2, 8. So its va- an acid, therefore, the oxide must be basic in na-
lency is 3.) ture. Moreover, since the oxide turns red litmus
4. A metal is treated with dilute sulphuric acid. The solution blue, this also confirms that the oxide is
gas evolved is collected by the method shown in basic in nature. Basic oxides are formed by met-
the following figure. als , so the element in this case is a metal.
7. Four elements A, B, C and D have the follow-
ing electron arrangements in their atom.
A 2, 8, 6 B 2, 8, 8 C 2, 8, 8, 1
D 2, 7
(a) What type of bond is formed when element C
combines with element D? (b) What will be the
formula of the compound formed by the reac-
tion of A and C?
(a) Ionic bond (b) C2A

3
 Chemistry
CHAPTER - 4
CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS
1. An organic compound ‘A’ is widely used as a rated and other unsaturated?
preservative in pickles and has a molecular (c) Which of these two is more reactive?
formula C2H4O2. This compound reacts with (d) Write the names of the compounds.
ethanol to form a sweet smelling compound (i) CH3 – CH2 – Br
‘B. (ii) H H H H
(i) Identify the compound ‘A’ | | | |
(ii) Write the chemical equation for its reaction H– C– C– C– C–CºC–H
with ethanol to form compound ‘B’. | | | |
(iii) How can we get compound ‘A’ back from ‘B’? H H H H
(iv) Name the process and write corresponding a. Carbon forms largest number of compounds because,
chemical equation. carbon atoms can link with one another by means of
(v) Which gas is produced when compound ‘A’ covalent bonds to form long chains (rings) of carbon
reacts with washing soda? Write the chemical atoms. This property is known as catenation.
equation. b. A hydrocarbon in which the carbon atoms are con-
(i) Compound is CH3COOH nected by only single bonds is called a saturated hy-
(ii) CH3COOH + C2H5OH CH3 – COOC2H5 + drocarbon.
H2O A hydrocarbon in which the carbon atoms are con-
(Ethanoic acid) Ethanol (B) Ethyl ethanoate Water nected by a ‘double bond’ or a ‘triple bond’ is called
(sweet smelling) unsaturated hydrocarbon.
(iii) On hydrolysis of compound B, we get compound c. Unsaturated compounds are highly reactive.
A and ethanol. d. (i) Bromoethane
(iv) Hydrolysis of Ester (ii) 1 - hexyne
A carboxylic ester gets hydrolysed to give parent 3. Two carbon compounds A and B have the molecu-
carboxylic acid and alcohol when heated with aque- lar formula C3H8 and C3H6 respectively.
ous solution of an acid or alkali. Which one of the two is most likely to show addi-
CH3COOC2H5 + H2O CH3COOH + C2H5OH tion reaction? Justify your answer. Explain with
ethyl ethanoate ethanoic acid ethanol the help of a chemical equation. How an addition
Hydrolysis in the presence of alkali is much faster reaction is useful in vegetable ghee industry.
then that in the presence of an acid. This is be- Compound A : CH3 – CH2 – CH3
cause OH– acts as a catalyst. Compound B : CH3 – CH = CH2
Esters on hydrolysis yield corresponding salt of car- Compound B is most likely to show addition
boxylic acid and alcohol. reaction. It is an unsaturated compound. Addition re-
actions are shown by all unsaturated hydrocarbons
CH 3 COOC 2 H 5 ¾NaOH
¾¾® CH 3 COONa + C 2 H 5 OH
containing a double bond or a triple bond.
(v) CO2 gas The addition of hydrogen to the vegetable oil leads to
The chemical equation is the formation of vegetable ghee.
2CH3COOH + Na2CO3 ® 2CH3COONa + CO2 + H2O H H
Ethanoic acid Sodium Sodium Carbon Water R | |
R + H Ni Catalyst
R –
carbonate ethanoate dioxide C= C 2 ¾ ¾¾¾ ¾ ® C–C–R
2. (a) Why does carbon form largest number of R Heat | |
R
compounds? R R
Vegetable oil Vegetable ghee
(b) Why are some of these compounds called satu- (unsaturated) (saturated)

4
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

3. Explain why soaps are not effective cleansing agents precipitate with these ions and is thus thrown out
in hard water. of solution. So soaps are not effective cleansing
Hard water contains Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions. Soap forms agent in hard water. On the other hand, detergent
does not give precipitate with metal ions.

CHAPTER - 5
PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS
1. Choose the correct symbol for each of the de- and six p- block elements. Third period starts with
scriptions provided below. z = 11 and ends at z = 18, therefore elements with
z = 11 and z = 12 are s - block elements. The next
H He Ra Kr Al F 6 elements with z = 13 to18 are p - block elements
and belong to groups 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 & 18.
(i) Although I sit on top of the alkali metal, I am not one Therefore the element which will be in seventeenth
of them. group will have z = 12 + 5 = 17
(ii) I am in group 13 and period - 3 4. The following table shows the position of six
elements A, B, C, D, E and F in the periodic
(iii) I am the heaviest of the alkaline earth metals.
table.
(iv)I am a noble gas in period 4
(v) I am a halogen in period 2 Periods 1 2 3 to 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(vi) I am the second most common element in the uni-
Groups
verse. I am the top of the noble gases.
Answer: 2. A B C
(i) H (ii) Al (iii) Ra (iv) Kr (v) F (vi) He 3. D E F
2. Some elements in the periodic table are repre-
sented by the letters A to E and are contained Using the above table answer the following
in the simplified table below. questions:
(a) Which element will form only covalent com-
pounds?
A B D (b) Which element is a metal with valency 2?
C E (c) Which element is a non-metal with valency of
3?
(d) Out of D and E, which one has a bigger atomic
Choose from A to E radius and why?
(a) a noble gas (b) a halogen
(e) Write a common name for the family of ele-
(c) the most reactive metal
(d) the most reactive non-metal ments C and F.
Answer: (a) Elements E and B
(a) E (b) D (c) A (d) D (b) Element D (c) Element B
3. Write the atomic number of the element present in (d) Out of D and E, D has bigger atomic radius. This is
the third period and seventeenth group of the pe-
riodic table. because on moving from left to right in a periodic
In the third period filling up occurs only in 3s and 3p table atomic radius decreases.
orbitals. Therefore, in this period there are only two s- (e) Noble gases (Inert gases).

5
CHAPTER1
Chemical Reactions and Equations
1. CuSO4 + Zn  Cu + ZnSO4 This reaction is an example of a:
a. Combination reaction. c. Decomposition reaction.
b. Double displacement reaction. d. Displacement reaction.
2. What happens when dilute Sulphuric acid is added to Zn granules? Tick the correct answer.
a. Hydrogen gas and Zinc chloride are produced.
b. Chlorine gas and Zinc hydroxide are produced.
c. No reaction takes place.
d. Zinc salt and water are produced.
3. Translate the following statements into chemical equations and then balance it.
Barium chloride reacts with aluminium sulphate to give aluminium chloride and a precipitate of
barium sulphate.
a. BaCl2 + Al2(SO4)3  AlCl3 + BaSO4
b. 3BaCl2 + Al2(SO4)3 2 AlCl3 +3BaSO4
c. BaCl2 + AlSO4  AlCl2 + BaSO4
d. BaCl3 + Al(SO4)3  AlCl3 + Ba(SO4)3
4. Identify the type of reaction in each case.
Zinc carbonate(s) → Zinc oxide(s) + Carbon dioxide(g)
Hydrogen(g) + Chlorine(g) → Hydrogen chloride(g)
a. Combination, Decomposition
b. Double displacement, Combination
c. Decomposition, Combination
d. Displacement, Decomposition
11

5. The balancing of chemical equations b. Law of constant proportions

is in accordance with: c. Law of conservation of mass
a. Law of combining volumes d. Both b and c
6. Which of the statements about the reaction below are incorrect? Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) →
2Fe(s) +3CO2(g)
a. Iron is getting reduced.
b. Carbon dioxide is getting oxidised.
c. Carbon monoxide is getting oxidised.
d. Iron oxide is getting reduced.
i. a&b iii. c & d
ii. a & c iv. all
7. What type of reaction is respiration
a. Exothermic c. Reduction reaction
b. Endothermic d. Combination reaction
8. Identify the substances that are oxidised and the substances that are reduced in the
following reactions. CuO(s) + H2(g)
→ Cu(s) + H2O(l)
a. Cu is oxidised, H2O is reduced
b. CuO is oxidised, H2O is reduced
c. H2 is oxidised, CuO is reduced
d. H2 is oxidised, H2O is reduced
9. A solution of a substance ‘X’ is used for white washing. Name the substance ‘X’ and
write its formula.
a. Lime stone, CaCO3
b. Lime , CaCO3
c. Calcium oxide , CaO
d. Calcium carbonate , CaCO3
10. Write the balanced reaction of Calcium oxide with water and state what type of
reaction is this
a. CaO + H2O CaOH + H2, displacement
b. CaO + H2O  Ca(OH)2, combination
c. CaO + H2O  Ca(OH)2, decomposition
d. CaO + H2O CaOH, combination
 12

CHAPTER2

Acids, Bases and Salts

1. You have been provided with three test tubes. One of them contains distilled water and
the other two contain an acidic solution and a basic solution, respectively. Which of
them will turn red litmus to blue.
a. Acid c. Water
b. Base d. All of the above
2. Acids react with metals to liberate _________gas
a. Carbon dioxide c. Hydrogen
b. Carbon monoxide d. Water
3. Acids react with metal carbonates to liberate ______ gas
a. Carbon dioxide c. Hydrogen
b. Carbon monoxide d. Water
4. Lime water turns milky when carbon dioxide is passed due to the formation of ______.
a. CaCO3 c. CO2
b. CaO d. CaSO4
5. The milkiness (on passing excess carbondioxide gas through lime water) disappears due
to the formation of:
a. Calcium carbonate CaCO3
b. Calcium hydrogen carbonate CaHCO3
c. Calcium oxide CaO
d. Calcium Nitrate Ca(NO3)2
6. Acids react with bases to form salt and water. This reaction is known as:
a. Combination c. Neutralisation
b. Decomposition d. reduction
7. A calcium compound reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce effervescence. The
gas evolved extinguishes a burning candle. Identify the compound and the gas evolved.
a. Calcium Carbonate, Carbon dioxide
b. Calcium chloride, carbondioxide
c. Calcium oxide, hydrogen
d. Calcium carbonate, hydrogen
8. How is the concentration of hydronium ions (H3O+) affected when a solution of an acid is
diluted?
a. Increases
b. Decreases
c. Remains the same
d. Becomes zero
9. Why does dry HCl gas not change the colour of the dry litmus paper?
a. Blue litmus becomes dry in presence of dry HCl gas
b. No H3O+ ions will be present, litmus changes colour only in the presence of H 3O+
ions
 13

c. HCl gas acts asa dehydrating agent

d. None of the above
10. When a bee stings, immediately a paste of lime is put on the sting. Why?
a. Bee sting is made of a base
b. Bee sting contains an acid called formic acid. It gets neutralised with CaO .
c. Bee sting is acidic due to hydrochloric acid and this is neutralised
d. All of the above.
11.
CHAPTER3Metals and Non-metals

1. An example of a metal which is a liquid at room temperature

a. Zinc c. Mercury
b. Copper d. Bromine
2. Gold is used in making ornaments because it is:
a. Lusturous c. Malleable
b. Unreactive d. All of the above
3. You are given two statements a and b, select the correct inference from this:
a. Metals conduct heat.
b. Diamond is the best conductor of heat.
i. Hence diamond is a metal
ii. Statement a is correct
iii. Statements a and b is correct
iv. None of the above
4. A list of metals arranged in the order of their decreasing activities is known as:
a. Periodic table
b. Reactivity series
c. Newland’s law of octaves
d. All of these
5. Sodium is kept immersed in kerosene oil because:
a. It reacts with moisture in the air
b. Immersing in kerosene cuts off the supply of air
c. The reaction of sodium with air is very violent.
d. All of the above.

6. Samples of four metals A, B, C and D were taken and added to the following solution
one by one. The results obtained have been tabulated as follows
a. Which is the least reactive metal?
i. A ii. B iii. C iv. D
 14

Metal Iron(II) sulphate Copper(II) sulphate Zinc Silver

sulphate nitrate
A No reaction Displacement

B Displacement No reaction
C No reaction No reaction No reaction Displacement
D No reaction No reaction No reaction No reaction
7. In the above table arrange the metals A, B, C and D in increasing order of reactivity:
a. D < A < C < B c. D < C < A < B
b. D < C < B <A d. C < D < A < B
8. What are the ions present in Na2O?
a. Na+, O- c. Na2+, O-
b. Na2+, O2- d. Na+, O2-
9. Among the following select the metal found free in nature:
a. Au b. Cu c. Na d. Mg
10. Ores mined from the earth are usually comtaminated with large amounts of impurities
such as soil, sand, etc called_____________.
a. Gravel c. Sand
b. Gangue d. Granite

CHAPTER4

Carbon and itsCompounds

1. –C=O represents the functional group:

a. Alcohols c. ketones
b. Carboxylic acids d. Acids

2. A functional group mainly determines the

a. Physical properties c. Both
b. Chemical properties d. None of these

3. 100% pure ethanol is called

a. Rectified spirit c. Denatured alcohol
b. Absolute alcohol d. Power alcohol

4. Carboxylic acid containing one carbon atom is

15

a. Formic acid c. Citric acid

b. Acetic acid d. Vinegar

5. The odour of acetic acid resembles that of:

a. Tomato c. Vinegar
b. Kerosene d. Lemon juice

6. Sodium carbonate solution is added to dilute ethanoic acid. It is observed that :

a. A gas evolves c. The mixture becomes warm
b. A solid settles at the bottom d. The colour of the mixture

7. 2ml of acetic acid is added to 5ml of water and was shaken up for 1minute, it was
noticed that:
a. The acid formed a separate layer on the top of water
b. Water formed a separate layer on the top of the acid
c. A clear and homogeneous solution is formed
d. A pink and clear solution is formed

8. On adding NaHCO3 to acetic acid, a gas is evolved which turns lime water milky due to
the formation of:
a. Calcium Carbonate c. Calcium bicarbonate
b. Calcium Hydroxide d. Calcium Acetate

9. Which among the following contains triple bond:

a. C2H4 c. C3H4
b. C2H2 d. C2H6

10. The number of covalent bonds in C5H12 is:

a. 15 b. 16 c. 17 d. 18

11. Which amongst the following does not conduct electricity:

a. CH3COOH c. HCOOH
b. C3H7OH d. NaCl(aq)
12. Methane reacts with one mole of Chlorine in presence of sunlight to give _________.
The reaction is called_______.
a. Chloromethane, substitution
b. Dichloromethane, addition
 16

c. Trichloromethane, elimination
d. Tetra chloro methane, combustion

13. Catenation is maximum in:

a. Carbon c. Sulphur
b. Oxygen d. Phosphorous
14. Ethane and ethene can be distinguished by using:
a. Bromine water c. I2
b. Chlorine water d. HCl

15. The number of isomers of C6H14 are

a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7

16. Which of the following represents cyclohexane:

a. C6H14 c. C6H10
b. C6H12 d. C6H6
17. The IUPAC name of the following;
H H H H
H—C—C—C—C—O—H
H H H H
a. Butanal c. Butanol
b. Butanoic acid d. Pentane
18. Which of the following are members of the same homologous series:
a. CH4 and C2H4 c. C2H5OH and C3H7OH
b. CH3OH and CH3Cl d. CH3OCH3 and C2H5OH
19. The difference in the molecular formula and molecular mass of CH 4 and C2H6 is:
a. CH3 and 12u c. CH3 and 14u
b. CH2 and 12u d. CH2 and 14u
20. Which of the following statements about diamond and graphite is true?
a. They have same crystal structure
b. They have same degree of hardness
c. They have same electrical conductivity
d. They have same chemical properties.

CHAPTER5
Periodic Classification of Elements
1. The period that contains only gaseous elements are:
17

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4
2. The longest and the shortest periods are:
a. 1&6 c. 6 &1
b. 2&6 d. 1&7
3. The number of elements present in the 2 , 3 , 4 and 5th periods of the modern
nd rd th

periodic table are:

a. 2,8,8,18 c. 8,8,18, 18
b. 8,8,18,32 d. 8,18,18,32
4. The pairs of elements with the following atomic numbers have the same chemical
properties:
a. 13 & 12 c. 4&24
b. 3 &11 d. 2 &1
5. Elements with atomic number 15 and mass number 31 is present in:
a. Group 5 and period 4 c. Group15 and period 3
b. Group5 and period 3 d. Group15 and period 4
6. Which of the following will form acidic oxide? An element with atomic number:
a. 7 b. 11 c. 21 d. 19
7. Which amongst the following represents the correct order of decreasing metallic
character of elements Na, Si, Cl, Mg, Al
a. Cl> Si> Al> Mg> Na c. Na> Si> Mg> Al> Cl
b. Na> Mg> Al> Si> Cl d. Al> Na> Si> Cl> Mg
8. Which of the following are characteristics of isotopes of an element?
a. Isotopes of an element have same atomic masses
b. Isotopes of an element have same atomic number
c. Isotopes of an element show same physical properties
d. Isotopes of an element have same chemical properties
i. A, c, d iii. B and c
ii. B, c, d iv. B and d
9. Where would you locate an element with electronic configuration 2, 8,7 in the modern
periodic table?
a. Group 7 and period 2 c. Group 17 and period 3
b. Group7 and period 3 d. Group17 and period 3
10. Which of the given elements A, B , C, D and E with atomic numbers 2, 4, 8, 10 and 18
respectively belong to the same period?
a. A, B, C c. A,D,E
b. B,C,D d. B,D,E
11. Which of the following hydroxides are most basic:

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, BHUBANESWAR

 18

a. Be(OH)2 c. Ca(OH)2
b. Mg(OH)2 d. Ba(OH)2
12. Which of the following is the correct order of size:
a. I+ >I- > I c. I >I+ > I-
b. I- >I > I+ d. I >I- > I+
13. Which of the following is the correct order of size:
a. Cl< F< Br< I c. I<Br< Cl< F
b. F< Cl< Br< I d. Br< I< Cl< F
14. The lightest metal is :
a. Li b. Na c. K d. Mg
15. Which of the following has most non metallic character:
a. N b. C c. O d. F
16. The most metallic element in the fourth period is:
a. Ca b. K c. S d. P
17. An element has 13 protons. The group and period to which it belongs:
a. 3rd period and 13th group c. 3rd period and 3rd group
b. 2nd period and 13th group d. 2nd period and 3rd group
18. Which of the following elements would lose an electron easily:
a. K b. Na c. Ca d. Mg
19. Which of the following elements would accept an electron readily:
a. F b. Cl c. Br d. I

ANSWERS

CHAPTER1
Chemical Reactions and Equations
1. d 3. b 5. d 7. a 9. c
2. a 4. c 6. c 8. c 10. b
CHAPTER2:

Acids, Bases and Salts

1. b 2. c 3. a 4. a 5. b

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, BHUBANESWAR

 19

6. c 7. a 8. a 9. b 10. b
11.

CHAPTER3: Metals and Non-metals

1. c 3. b 5. d 7. b 9. a
2. d 4. b 6. d 8. d 10. b
CHAPTER4:Carbon and
itsCompounds
1. c 5. c 9. b 13. a 17. c
2. b 6. a 10. b 14. a 18. c
3. b 7. c 11. b 15. c 19. d
4. a 8. a 12. a 16. b 20. d

CHAPTER5Periodic
Classification of Elements\
1. a 5. c 9. b 13. b 17. a
2. c 6. a 10. b 14. a 18. a
3. b 7. b 11. d 15. d 19. b
4. b 8. c 12. b 16. b
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

CHAPTER - 10
LIGHT - REFLECTION AND REFRACTION
1. The face of a person is 24 cm long and 20 cm wide. 3. Diagram shows a right angled prism of refrac-
What is the minimum size of the mirror required tive index 1.5. An object PQ is placed infront
to see the full face? of its base BC. Copy the diagram.
The size of the mirror required to see full face should
be half the size of the face. Hence mirror should be
24/2 = 12 cm long and 20/2 = 10 cm wide. The mirror
should be placed with longer side vertical and eyes
kept at proper height.
2. In the figure, a ray of light AO is incident on a
glass black silvered on one surface. The ray suffers
refractions as well as reflections.
A

O Q
P
(i) Complete the diagram showing the image pro-
duced by the prism.
Silver surface R (iii) Name the instrument in which such a prism is
S
(i) Copy the diagram and trace out the path of re- used.
fracted and reflected ray. Show at least 2 rays The complete diagram is given below. Such a prism
emerging out from surface PQ. is used in prism binoculars and periscopes. Image
(ii) How many images are formed in the above case? gets inverted.
Which image is the brightest?
This is a case of both refraction as well as reflection.
The ray suffers a number of reflections and refrac-
tions at B, C, D, E and also reflection at SR. First im-
age formed due to reflection only at B will be faint. A
major portion of light at B is refracted striking SR at F.
It gets reflected from here and strikes PQ at C. Major
portion refracts and forming the brightest image shown
in figure. Small portion of light is reflected towards
CG. The process continues forming a large number of
faint images. Theoretically there will be infinite im- 4. An empty test tube is placed slanting in water
ages but practicaly, we shall have one faint image be- and viewed from above, what will you observe?
fore the brightest image and 3-4 on the other side of What difference will it make when the tube is
brightest image. Remaining will be too faint to be vis- partially filled with water?
ible. Portion of tube within water will appear to be sil-
T
ES

very (like a mirror) due to total internal reflec-

Inc

HT
T
ide

IN

tion. If the tube is partially filled with water only

T

T
IG
IN
nt

IN
FA
○

BR
FA

FA

C portion ce will appear silvery. The lower portion

○

P B D E Q
ad will not be silvery since total internal reflec-
○

○
○

tion takes only if there is an optically rarer me-

○

F
○

G H
R dium also.
S Silvered surface

1
 Physics

EYE EYE

C e

d
B c
b
A a
The ray goes undeviated through the prism without
any refraction. This is possible only if the refractive
index of the liquid is the same as that of glass.
(a) empty tube (b) partially filled tube 6. Refractive index of media A, B, C and D are
Empty tube appears sil- When partially filled A 1.33
very when placed in wa- tube is put only water B 1.52
ter and seen from top. upper portion appears C 1.44
silvery. D 1.65
5. A glass prism is kept immersed in a liquid as In which of the four media is the speed of light (i)
shown in figure. A ray of light passes through maximum (ii) minimum.?
the prism undeviated, what do you infer about (i) The speed of light is maximum in the medium A.
the refractive index of the liquid as compared (ii) The speed of light is minimum in the medium D.
to that of glass?
CHAPTER - 11
HUMAN EYE AND COLOURFUL WORLD
1. Why stars are twinkling, while the planets do respectively.
not? Is the above statement made by the student cor-
Different layers of atmosphere have different re- rect or incorrect? Justify.
fractive indices. Even in a particular layer refrac- b) Which two positions correspond closely to the
tive index varies periodically due to atmospheric colour of
winds. These variations of atmospheric refraction (i) a solution of potassium permanganate?
are the causes of twinkling. In the case of stars
(ii) ‘danger’ or stop signal lights?
these variations are seen because they are at large
distance from the earth and hence their angular size (a) The statement made by the student is incorrect. The
is very small. Planets are near to the earth and their white light splits into seven colours when passed
angular size is much larger. Hence variations of at- through the prism and the colours at positions marked
mospheric refraction are not observable. 3 and 5 are yellow and blue respectively which is just
2. A beam of white light falling on a glass prism opposite to the given statement.
gets split up into seven colours marked 1 to 7 as (b) (i) The position 7 corresponds to a solution of po-
shown in the diagram. tassium permanganate.
A student observed (ii) The position 1 corresponds to danger or stop sig-
the spectrum on the nal lights.
screen and make the 3. A student finds the writing on the blackboard as
following statements
1
2 blurred and unclear when sitting on the last desk
3
about it. 4
5
in the classroom. He however, sees it clearly when
a) The colours at posi-
6
7 sitting on the front desk at an approximate distance
tions marked 3 and 5 are similar to the colour of 2m from the blackboard.
of the sky and to the core of a hard boiled egg Draw ray diagrams to illustrate the formation of

2
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

image of the blackboard writing by his eye-lens a person on earth.

when he is seated at the (i) last desk (ii) front desk. (ii) The sky near the horizon appears to have
Name the kind of lens that would help him to see a reddish heu at the time of sunset and sun-
clearly even when he is seated at the last desk. Draw rise.
a ray diagram to illustrate how this lens helps him (iii) The sky appears dark instead of blue to
to see clearly. an astronaut.
(i) Formation of image of the black board writing when (i) When sunlight passes through the atmospheric air,
the student is seated at the last desk. it is scattered by the suspended particles and mol-
ecules of air. The colour having shorter wavelength
gets scattered the most. Scattering takes place in
all directions and a portion of the scattered light
reaches our eyes from all parts of the sky. The com-
(ii) Formation of image of the black board writing when bined effect of the scattered colours is blue. Hence
the student is seated at the front desk. the sky appears blue.
(ii) Light from the sun near the horizon passes through
thicker layers of air and larger distance in the
earth’s atmosphere before reaching our eyes. Dur-
ing sunrise, most of the blue light and shorter wave-
A concave lens of suitable power would help him to see lengths are scattered away by the particles. There-
clearly even when he is seated at the last desk. fore, the light that reaches our eye is of longer
wavelengths. This gives rise to the reddish appear-
ance of the sun.
(iii) There is no atmosphere at such heights and so
4. Give reasons for the following: scattering is not prominent. Then, the sky seems
(i) The sky appears to be blue during day time to to be dark for an astronaut.

CHAPTER - 12
ELECTRICITY
1. Two lamps, one rated 40 W at 220 V and the other (b) P = VI P = 40W
60 W at 220 V, are connected in parallel to the elec- watt = volt × ampere
tric supply at 220 V. V = 220 V
40 W = 220 I1
(a) Draw a circuit diagram to show the connections. I=?
(b) Calculate the current drawn from the electric 40
I1 = = 0.1818 A through 40 W lamp.
supply. 220
(c) Calculate the total energy consumed by the two 60
lamps together when they operate for one hour. I2 = = 0.273 A through 60 W lamp
220
(a) Total current I = I1 + I2 = 0.1818 + 0.273
L1
= 0.4548 A
(c) Energy consumed by 40 W bulb
L2
Wattage of bulb ´ hours
=
1000
40 ´ 1 hour
= = 0.04 kWh
1000

3
 Physics

Energy consumed by 60 W bulb of current through the body. The current through a
60 ´ 1 hour body flows due to potential difference and not due
= = 0.06 kWh to potential. When a bird is sitting on
1000
11,000 V cable, whole of its body is at 11,000 V. No
Total energy consumed = 0.04 + 0.06 = 0.1 kWh.
current flows through it, since there is no potential
2. Two students perform the experiments on se-
ries and parallel combinations of two given re- difference. When a man standing on earth at(0V)
sistors R1 and R2 and plot the following V-I touches a line wire at 220V, the current flows due to
graphs. potential difference between line wire(220V) and his
Series Parallel I Parallel body(0V).
V Series
5. In a household electric circuit different appliances
are connected in parallel to one another. Give two
reasons. An electrician puts a fuse of rating 5A in
that part of domestic electrical circuit in which
an electrical heater of rating 1.5kW, 220V is op-
I V erating. What is likely to happen in this case and
(I) (II)
why? What change, if any, needs to be made?
Which of the graphs is (are) correctly labelled In a household electric circuit different appliances are con-
in terms of the words ‘series’ and parallel’. Jus- nected in parallel because,
tify your answer. (i) In parallel connection if one of the appliances is
Graph (II) is correctly labelled because switched off or gets fused, there is no effect on the
(i) The voltage can be varied directly and correspond- other appliances and they keep on operating.
ing variation in current can be plotted. (ii) The same voltage of the mains line is available for all
(ii) When resistors are connected in parallel the effec- the electrical appliances.
tive resistance decreases and current increases as Power = 1.5 kW = 1.5 × 1000 W = 1500 W
shown in graph (II). V = 220 V Current drawn I = ?
3. A student performs an experiment to study the
P 1500
magnetic effect of current around a current car- P=V×I \ I= = = 6. 8 A
rying straight conductor. He reports that V 220
(i) the direction of deflection of the north pole of a ie, the current drawn by the electric heater is 6.8 am-
compass needle kept at a given point near the peres which is very high. But the fuse in this circuit is
conductor remains unaffected even when the only of 5 ampere capacity. So when a high current of
terminals of the battery sending current in the 6.8 A flows through the 5A fuse, the fuse wire will
wire are interchanged. get heated too much, melt and break the circuit, cut-
(ii) for a given battery, the degree of deflection of a ting of the power supply. So the fuse of 5A is to be
N-pole decreases when the compass is kept at a replaced with a rating more than 7A.
point farther away from the conductor. 6. You are given following current-time graphs from
Which of the above observations of the student two different sources:
is incorrect and why?
The observation (i) is incorrect. When the termi-
current

nals of the battery sending current in the circuit Current

are interchanged, the direction of current changes
and as a result the compass needle will be deflected
in the opposite direction. 0.01 0.02 0.03
4. A bird sitting on 11,000V wire not hurt while a 0 Time
time
person touching 220V wire dies. Why? (I) (II)
Death is caused not due to potential but due to flow

4
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

(i) Name the type of current in two cases. (i) Why is tungsten used almost exclusively
(ii) Identify any one source for each type of these cur- for filament of electric lamps?
rents. (ii) Why are copper and aluminium wires usu-
(iii) What is the frequency of current in case II in In- ally used for electricity transmission?
dia? When the resistors are connected in series, the cur-
(iv) Use above graphs to write two difference between rent is constant and then power is directly propor-
the current in two cases. tional to the resistance R ie P = I2R. But when
resistors are connected in parallel, voltage remains
(i) In case I it is direct current
constant and power is inversely proportional to R
In case II it is alternating current
V2
(ii) Alternating current - AC generator ie P =
R
Direct current - DC generator
(b) (i) Tungsten is used almost exclusively for fila-
(iii) The frequency of current in case II in India is ment of incandescent lamps because:
50 Hz. (a) Tungsten is a metal having very high resis-
(iv) Two differences between AC and DC: tance.
(i) Direct current always flows in one direction. An alter- (b) Its melting point is very high (3410oC).
nating current flows periodically in alternate directions (c) It can be drawn into very thin wires.
in the circuit. (d) When current flows through it, it immediately
(ii) A direct current has a constant value where as the value becomes hot and emits light.
of alternating current varies from instant to instant. (ii) Copper and aluminium wires have very low
resistance. Due to this, very little heat is produced
7. Tap water conducts electricity whereas distilled wa-
ter does not. Why? V2
and power loss is less. ie P = . So they are
Tap water conducts electricity due to the presence of R
ions in it. But distilled water which is ion free does usually used for electrical transmission lines.
not conduct electricity. 10. You are given three resistors of 10 W , 10 W and
8. An electric geyser has the ratings 2000W, 220V 20 W, a battery of emf 2.5V, a key, an ammeter
marked on it. What should be the minimum rat- and a voltmeter. Draw a circuit diagram show-
ing, in whole number of a fuse wire, that may be
ing the correct connections of all given compo-
required for safe use with this geyser?
Power P = 2000 W, V = 220 V nents such that the voltmeter gives a reading
Current drawn I = ? of 2.0V.
P = VI I = P/V = 9 A
Minimum rating of required fuse wire is 9 A
9. The electric power consumed by a device may be
calculated by using either of the two expressions P
V2
= I2R or P = . The first expression indicates
R
that it is directly proportional to R whereas the
second expression indicates inverse proportional-
ity. Total resistance = 20 + 5 = 25 W
How can the seemingly different dependence of P V 2 .5
I= = = 0.1
on R in these expressions be explained? R 25
b) Explain the following: p.d across 20 W resistance = IR = 0.1 × 20 = 2V

5
 Physics

11. A household uses the following electric appli- 6 ´ 18 ´ 6 ´ 30

ances: = = 19.44 kWh
1000
(i) Refrigerator of rating 400W for ten hours each Total energy consumed = 120 + 57.6+ 19.44l
day. = 197.04 kWh
(ii) Two electric fans of rating 80W each for twelve \ Electric bill of the household for the month of June
hours each day. = 197.04 × 3 = Rs. 591
(iii) Six electric tubes of rating 18W each for 6 hours 12. What is the meaning of the term ‘frequency’ of an
each day. alternating current? What is its value in India?
Calculate the electricity bill of the household Why is an alternating current considered to be
for the month of June if the cost per unit of elec- advantageous over direct current for long range
tric energy is Rs. 3.00. transmission of electric energy?
Energy consumed by 400 W refrigerator = P × t Alternating current changes its direction periodically.
400 ´ 10 ´ 30 The no. of times it changes per second is meant by the
= = 120 kWh
1000 term ‘frequency’.
Energy consumed by two electric fans of rating 80 In India frequency of AC is 50 Hz. Alternating current
W is considered to be advantageous over direct current
2 ´ 80 ´ 12 ´ 30 for long range transmission of electric energy because
= = 57 . 6 kWh
1000 electric power can be transmitted over long distances
Energy consumed by six electric tubes of rating 18 without much loss of energy.
W

CHAPTER - 13
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC CURRENT
1. A student performs an experiment to study the interchanged, the direction of current changes and as
magnetic effect of current around a current car- a result the compass needle will be deflected in the
rying straight conductor. He reports that opposite direction.

(i) the direction of deflection of the north pole of a 2. Explain the meaning of the word ‘electromagnetic’
compass needle kept at a given point near the and ‘induction’ in the term electromagnetic induc-
conductor remains unaffected even when the tion. On what factors does the value of induced cur-
terminals of the battery sending current in the rent produced in a circuit depend? Name and state
wire are interchanged. the rule used for determination of direction of in-
duced current. State one practical application of
(ii) for a given battery, the degree of deflection of a
this phenomenon in everyday life.
N-pole decreases when the compass is kept at a
point farther away from the conductor. The word ‘electromagnetic’ means that electricity is pro-
duced from magnetism. The word ‘induction’ means
Which of the above observations of the student
there is no physical connection between the magnetic
is incorrect and why?
field and the conductor. Thus the production of elec-
The observation (i) is incorrect. When the termi- tricity from magnetism is called electromagnetic in-
nals of the battery sending current in the circuit are duction.

6
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

The magnitude of induced current depends on finger and the central finger of your right hand at
right angles to one another. Adjust your right hand
(i) the nature of the core material of the solenoid.
in such a way that the forefinger points in the di-
(ii) the number of turns in the coil rection of magnetic field; the thumb in the direc-
tion of motion of the conductor, then the direction
(iii) strength of the magnet. in which the central finger points, gives the direc-
tion of induced current in the conductor.
(iv) The speed of rotation of coil .
Application - Electric generator.
Fleming’s right hand rule-Hold the thumb, fore-

CHAPTER - 14
SOURCES OF ENERGY
1. Which way of using cow-dung as fuel for domestic 3. Find the situations where solar panels are made
use is better: use of cow-dung cakes or use of cow-
dung in a biogas plant? Give three reasons in sup- use of . What are the drawbacks of solar panel?
port of your answer. Find out and list them.
When cow-dung burns, it produces a lot of smoke,
(i) To light street lamps (ii) To work TV, radio etc. at
which causes air pollution as well as loss of very use-
ful elements. However, the use of cow-dung in biogas places where electric power is not available (iii)
plant is better because of the following reasons: activate solar lamps taken to sea (iv) to operate
(i) biogas burns without smoke
(ii) biogas produces a large amount of heat. traffic signal lights (v) to operate electronic
(iii) the residue (slurry) left in the plant is rich in watches and calculators.
nitrogeneous and phosphorus compounds and can be Drawbacks
used as manure.
2. Classify the following as renewable and non-renew- (i) In order to store electric power, a battery is re-
able sources of energy. quired.
Wind energy, biogas, solar energy, firewood, cow-dung
(ii) There must be an arrangement to convert DC into
cakes, Naphtha, coal, kerosene, LPG, petrol, natural
gas, diesel, tidal energy, ocean thermal energy, geother- AC.
mal theory, biomass. (iii) All these cause great expense. That is the total
Renewable sources Non-Renewable sources cost increases.
ž Wind energy ž Kerosene 4. Hydrogen is a combustible gas. When it burns,
ž solar energy ž LPG it releases a lot of heat. No poisonous gas is pro-
ž firewood
ž petrol duced when it burns. Then why is hydrogen
ž cow-dung cakes
ž biogas ž natural gas not used as fuel in our daily life?
ž tidal energy ž diesel Hydrogen, when buns in air, there is the possibil-
ž ocean thermal energy ž naphtha ity of an explosion. Moreover it is not easy to store
ž biomass ž coal hydrogen safely. So hydrogen is not used as a fuel
ž geothermal energy
in our day to day life.

7
CHAPTER10

Light – Reflection & Refraction

Choose the correct answer from the following.

1. Coin placed in a bowl when seen from a place just disappears. When water is poured into
the bowl without disturbing the coin , the coin
a. Will not be seen c. Becomes visible again
b. Appears above the water surface d. Appears very much deep inside the water

2. Nature of the image formed by a convex mirror is

a. Real, inverted, diminished c. Real , inverted , enlarged
b. Virtual, erect, diminished d. Virtual, erect, enlarged

3. The property of a mirror used in burning a paper is

a. Rays from an object placed at a c. Rays from an object placed at a large
large distance in a concave mirror distance in a convex mirror after reflection
after reflection forms the image at forms the image at the Focus
the Focus
b. Rays from an object placed at d. Rays from an object placed between F and
Focus after reflection in a concave 2F in a concave mirror after reflection
mirror forms the image at a very forms the image beyond the Focus
large distance.

4. The focal length of a concave mirror is 10cm. The position of the object that is useful for
getting an enlarged image which can be caught on a screen is
a. Placed at a distance of 5 cm. from c. Placed at a distance of 15 cmfrom the
the pole of the mirror pole of the mirror
b Placed at a distance of 35 cmfrom d. Placed at a distance of
the pole of the mirror 4. 5 cmfrom the pole of the mirror

5. The power of a lens is -3.5D. The lens is

a. Convex c. concave
B Plano-convex d. Plano-concave

6. Formula to find the refractive index of a medium is

a. n=speed of light in the medium c. n=speed of light in the air/speed of light in
/speed of light in air the medium
b. n=1 /speed of light in air d. n=1 /speed of light in the medium

7. In case of refraction through a glass slab

a. Incident ray is parallel to the c. Angle of incidence is equal to the angle of
refracted ray refraction

2
 b. Incident ray is parallel to the d. Angle of refraction is equal to the angle of
emergent ray emergence

8. Mirror that can be chosen to view a tall building in a small mirror is

a. Plane mirror c. Convex mirror
b. Concave mirror d. Plano-Convex mirror

9. Mirror formula is
a. 1/v-1/u =1/f c. 1/v+1/u =1/f
b. M=v/u d. M=h/h’

10. The mirror used by ENT specialists is

a. Plane mirror c. Convex mirror
b. Concave mirror d. Plano-convex mirror

11 11 Four students A, B, C and D carried out the experiment of finding out focal length
a c

b d

12 A student obtained a blurred image of an illuminated distant tower on a screen by using a convex lens
In order to obtain sharp image of the tower on the screen ,he must shift the lens
a towards the screen c away from the lens

b away from the screen d either towards away or near the screen

13 An object AB is placed in front of a convex Lens at its principal focus The image will be formed at

a focus c Between F & C

b beyond C d infinity

3
14 When an object moves closer to a concave lens, the Image formed by it shifts

a Away from the lens c First away and then towards the lens
b Towards the lens d First towards and then away from the lens

15 When a ray of light passes from a denser medium to a rarer medium which angle is
greater
a angle of incidence c both
b angle of refraction d none

CHAPTER11

The Human Eye and

theColourful World

1. The ability of the eye to adjust its focal length according to the distance of the object and
intensity of light falling on it is called
a. Power of adjustment of the eye c. Power of enabling of the eye
b. Power of accommodation of the eye d. Power of observation of the eye

2. The value of least distance of distinct vision for a normal human eye is
a. 35cm c. 45cm
b. 25cm d. 70cm

3. The defect of vision in which a person is able to see nearby objects clearly, but not far objects
is called
a. Long sightedness or Hypermetropia c. cataract
b. Short sightedness or myopia d. Astigmatism

4. The defect in which a person is able to see far objects clearly but not nearby objects is called
a. Long sightedness or Hypermetropia c. cataract
B Short sightedness or myopia d. Astigmatism

5. Myopia can be corrected by using

a. Convex lens c. Concave lens
B Plano convex lens d. Plano- concave lens

6. Hypermetropia can be corrected by

4
 a. Convex lens c. Concave lens
b. Plano convex lens d. Plano convex lens

7. The defect caused by the weakening of ciliary muscles is

a. Myopia c. Presbyopia
b. Hypermetropia d. Astigmatism

8. Splitting of white light into seven colours is called

a. Refraction c. Dispersion
b. Reflection d. Total internal reflection

9. A rainbow is always formed in a direction

a. Opposite to the sun c. Above the sun
b. Below the sun d. At a level of the sun

10. Twinkling of stars is due to

a. Atmospheric refraction of star light c. Atmospheric reflection of star light
b Atmospheric dispersion of star light d. Atmospheric refraction of sun light

11 The image formed on the retina of the human eye is:

a Virtual and erect c virtual and inverted
b real and inverted d real and erect

12 The persistence of image for normal human eye is

a (1/10) of a second c (1/6) of a second
b (1/16) of a second d (1/18) of a second

13 Which part of the eye refracts light entering the eye from external objects?
a Lens c iris
b cornea d pupil

14 The colour of the sky is blue during the day time and red during sunset and black at night due
to:
a Scattering of light c Small particles present in the atmosphere
b Atmospheric refraction d All of the above

15 The phenomenon responsible for working of human eye is

a Refraction c Persistence of vision
b reflection d power of accommodation

5
CHAPTER 12
Electricity
1. 30 electrons are flowing through a electric wire in a time of 3sec. Then the amount of current
flowing through the wire is
a. 1.6 X 10-18A c. 4.8 X 10-19 A
b. 9 X 10-18A d. 9 X 10-19 A

2. A current of 0.5A is drawn by a filament of an electric bulb for 10 minutes. The amount of electric
charge flowing through the bulb is
a. 400C c. 300C
b. 500C d. 600c

3. Current flows through a wire only when there is ___________between the ends of the wire
a. Potential difference c. Work is done in moving a charge
b. Potential difference at one end is d. All of the above
more than at the other end

4. The SI unit of Potential difference is

a. Volt c. JC-1
B JA-1s-1 d. All of the above

5. The symbol used for denoting battery in a circuit is

a. c.
V

B d.
A G

6. The amount of work done in moving a charge of 2C across two points having a potential
difference of 24 V is
a. 50J c. 24 J
b. 48J d. 54J

7. The resistance of the wire when the length of the wire increases two times
a. Becomes 2 times c. Becomes 3 times
b. Becomes 6 times d. Becomes 4 times

8. Resistance of the wire is given by

6
 a. R= V/I c. R= I/V
b. R= IV d. R= I2V

9. The resultant resistance when three resistances 2ohms, 4ohms, 5ohms , when connected in
series is
a. 12 ohms c. 11ohms
b. 13 ohms d. 15 ohms

10. Potential difference in a circuit in which components are connected in series

a. Remains the same across each c. Gets divided across each component
component
b. Gets distributed equally d. Potential difference does not appear
11 The resultant value of resistances each of value r ohms when connected in parallel is x, when
these resistances are connected in series the resultant resistance is :

a nx c x/n
b n 2x d x/n 2

12 Electric fuse is connected with:

a Live wire c earthing
b neutral wire d parallel to the line wire

13 To determine the equivalent resistance of two resistors, when connected in series, the
correct way of connecting ammeter and voltmeter in the circuit is
a Both ammeter and voltmeter in c ammeter in parallel and voltmeter in
series series
b Both ammeter and voltmeter in d ammeter in series and voltmeter in
parallel parallel

14 While performing the experiment to study the dependence of current on potential

difference ,if the circuit used to measure the current and voltage is kept in on position for
a longer time ,then
a Voltmeter reading will change c The resistor will get heated up changing
the value of “R”
b Ammeter reading will change d All of the above

15 In a voltmeter there are 20 divisions between 0 to 0.5 the least count of

voltmeter is

a 0.0020 c 0.050
b 0.025 d 0.250

7
 16 Student sets- up an electric circuit for the verification of Ohm’s law. He observes that
voltmeter reading gets in reversed direction. The student should
a Get the voltmeter replaced c Reverse connection of voltmeter

b decrease resistance with the help of d Connect voltmeter in series

rheostat

CHAPTER 13
Magnetic Effects of
Electric Current

1. SI unit of magnetic field strength is

a. Oersted c. Volt
b. Ampere d. Ohm

2. Inside the magnet the field lines run

a. From south to north c. From north to south
b. Away from north pole d. Away from the south pole

3. The magnetic field strength of a solenoid can be increased by inserting

a. A wooden piece into it c. A glass piece into it
b. An iron piece into it d. Paper roll into it

4. Strength of the magnetic field at a point in the space surrounding the magnet is measured by
a. Thickness of the magnet c. The number of lines crossing a given point
B The resistance of it d. Length of the magnet

5. The magnetic field inside the solenoid is

a. Non uniform c. same at all points
B Variable d. zero

6. An electron enters a magnetic field at right angles to it. The direction of force acting on the
electron will be
a. To the right c. To the left
b. Out of the page d. Into the page

7. At the time of short circuit , the current in the circuit

8
 a. Reduces instantaneously c. Does not change
b. Increases heavily d. Vary continuously

8. Device used to test whether the current is flowing in a conductor or not is

a. Ammeter c. Galvanometer
b. Voltmeter d. Battery

9. The process of Inducing current in a coil of wire by placing it in a region of changing magnetic
field is
a. Electrical effect c. Magnetic effect of current
b. Heating effect of current d. Electromagnetic induction

10. The frequency of power supply used in India is

a. 70Hz c. 60 Hz
b. 50Hz d. 30Hz

11 Which of the following property of proton will change while it moves

freely in a magnetic field
a Mass c velocity
b speed d momentum

12 Which one is correct among the following?

a Red insulated wire is called live wire c Green insulated wire is called earthing

b Black insulated wire is called neutral d All of the above

wire

13 The magnetic field lines inside a solenoid is in the form of :

a Curved line c Zig -zag lines
b circular lines d parallel straight lines

14 The core of electromagnet is:

a Soft iron c magnesium
b steel d copper

9
CHAPTER 14
Sources ofEnergy

1. Factors which decide whether the given fuel is a good fuel are
a. Heat it releases on burning c. Smoke produced by it on heating
b. Availability of the fuel d. All of the above

2. In case of Thermal power plant

a. Electrical energy is converted into c. Heat energy is converted into electrical
mechanical energy energy
b. Heat energy is converted into sound d. Mechanical energy is converted into
energy electrical energy

3. Tehri Dam is constructed on the river

a. Narmada c. Ganga
b. Yamuna d. Mahanadi

4. The largest wind energy farm is established in

a. Chennai c. Madurai
b Kanyakumari d. Kalpakkam

5. The value of solar constant is

a. 1.8kW/m2 c. 1.4kW/m2
B 1.6kW/m2 d. 1.2kW/m2

6. The device which converts solar energy into electricity is

a. Solar cell c. Generator
b. Electric motor d. Solar cooker

7. More amount of heat energy can be produced in a solar cooker by using

a. A plane mirror c. A concave mirror
b. A convex mirror d. A glass plate

8. In a nuclear fission reaction the mass of the original nucleus is

a. Just little more than the sum of the c. Just little lesser than the sum of the
masses of the individual products masses of the individual products
b. Just equal to the sum of the masses d. not comparable with individual masses of
of the individual products the products

10
9. The working of atom bomb is based on the principle of
a. Release of energy in Nuclear fusion c. Release of energy in Nuclear fission
b. Conversion of mechanical energy into d. Conversion of wave l energy into
electrical energy electrical energy

10. The energy from the hot water springs of the underground used to produce electrical energy
that is Geo-thermal energy is operational in
a. India c. Africa
b. New Zealand d. Syria

11 What is the ultimate source of energy?

a Water c uranium
b sun d fossil fuel

12 Tidal energy is harnessed by constructing

a Bridge c pipe
b dam d road

13 The energy possessed by huge waves needed to generate electricity is :

a Solar energy c potential energy

b Kinetic energy d heat energy

14 The most common material used for making solar cell is

a Silicon c bronze
b magnalium d aluminium

Answer –Key(PHYSICS-X)
Chapter-10 Chapter-11

Q.N
option Correct Answer Q.No option Correct Answer
o
Power of accommodation of
1 c Becomes visible again 1 b
the eye
2 b Virtual, erect, diminished 2 b 25cm
Rays from an object placed at a large
distance in a concave mirror after
3 a 3 b Short sightedness or myopia
reflection forms the image at the
Focus
Placed at a distance of 15 cm from Long sightedness or
4 c 4 a
the pole of the mirror Hypermetropia
5 c concave 5 c Concave lens

11
 n=speed of light in the air/speed of
6 c 6 a Convex lens
light in the medium
Incident ray is parallel to the
7 b 7 c Presbyopia
emergent ray
8 c Convex mirror 8 c Dispersion
9 c 1/v+1/u =1/f 9 a Opposite to the sun
Atmospheric refraction of star
10 b Concave mirror 10 a
light

11 a 11 b real and inverted

12 b away from the screen 12 b (1/16) of a second

13 d infinity 13 a Lens
14 a Away from the lens 14 d All of the above
15 b angle of refraction 15 a Refraction

Chapter-12

Q.No option Correct Answer

1 a 1.6 X 10-18A
2 c 300C
3 d All of the above
4 d All of the above
5 a

6 b 48J
7 d Becomes 4 times
8 a R= V/I
9 c 11ohms
10 c Gets divided across each component
11 c n 2x
12 d parallel to the line wire
ammeter in series and voltmeter in
13 d
parallel
All of the above
14 d

15 b 0.025
16 c
Reverse connection of voltmeter

12
 Chapter-13 Chapter-14

optio
Q.No Correct Answer Q.No option Correct Answer
n
1 a Oersted 1 d All of the above
Heat energy is converted into
2 a From south to north 2 c
electrical energy
Ganga
3 b An iron piece into it 3 c

The number of lines

4 c 4 b Kanyakumari
crossing a given point
5 c same at all points 5 c 1.4kW/m2
6 d Into the page 6 a Solar cell
7 b Increases heavily 7 c A concave mirror
Just little more than the sum
8 c Galvanometer 8 a of the masses of the
individual products
Electromagnetic Release of energy in Nuclear
9 c 9 c
induction fission
10 b 50Hz 10 b New Zealand
Velocity
11 c,&d 11 b sun
,&momentum
All of the above
12 d 12 b dam

13 d parallel straight lines 13 b Kinetic energy

14 a Soft iron 14 a Silicon

********************************************

13
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)
HOTS (HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS)
Chapter 6
Life Processes
1. A few tapioca plants remained in the farmland tion. Hence such plants do not get CO2 for their pho-
after all the others were harvested. The harvest- tosynthetic process during the day. So they depend
ing was done in summer. Then there was a sum- on a special device. They absorb CO2 during night
mer rain. When these plants were harvested and when stomata are open. This CO2 is not at once used
the tubers eaten raw, they tasted sweet. Can you for photosynthesis. Instead of that they convert this
explain the reason for the sweet taste of the tu- CO2 into malic acid. This malic acid is subjected to
bers? decarboxylation process and CO2 is evolved. This
Before the rains, the tubers contained starch. When it CO2 is used for photosynthesis during the day. Hence
rained the plants started growing again producing new in such plants CO2 is available for photosynthesis al-
foliage. For this, food was needed. So the plant con- though stomata remain closed during daytime.
verted the starch in the tuber into sugar, a water soluble 5. The left side of the heart is completely separated
form in order to be transported. This sugar made the from the right side by a partition called septum.
tuber sweet. Why?
2. A newborn infant’s skin appeared blue. The doc- The separation of the left and right sides of the heart
tor remarked it is due to an abnormal opening in is necessary to prevent the mixing of the oxygenated
the septum separating the atria. Can you explain blood in the left ventricle with the deoxygenated blood
how this deformity resulted in the baby’s skin be- in the right ventricle. Such a mixing will lower the
coming blue? O2 concentration.
The right atrium contains deoxygenated blood and 6. Arteries carry oxygenated blood. Do you agree
the left atrium contains oxygenated blood. It is this with this statement? Substantiate your answer.
oxygenated blood that is circulated through the aorta. All arteries do not carry oxygenated blood. The pul-
The opening causes a mixing of the deoxygenated monary arteries carry deoxygenated blood. They carry
blood in the right atrium with the oxygenated blood deoxygenated blood from the right ventricle to the
in the left atrium . So the aortic blood contains blood lungs. All the other arteries carry oxygenated blood.
that is poor in oxygen. This deficiency of oxygen 7. Arteries have no valves but veins have. Why?
causes the skin to appear blue. There is pressure in arteries because the flow of blood
3. A man eats food standing upside down. Still the in them is due to the pumping action of the heart. As
food goes up and reaches his stomach. What is blood will not flow in the reverse direction there is
the reason? no need of any valve to prevent such back flow.
Food moves as a result of the contraction of the in- In veins pressure is very low. So blood can blow in
voluntary muscles in the oesophagus. This wave-like the reverse direction sometimes. Valves are provided
movement is called peristalsis. As this movement in the veins to prevent such flow.
takesplace throughout the alimentary canal in only 8. The chewing of starchy food in the mouth for
one direction, the food goes up into the stomach. The sometime results in the sensation of sweetness.
food is not falling into the stomach when one stands Why?
on one’s legs; it is being pushed towards the stomach Saliva contains an enzyme called salivary amylase. It
by peristalsis. breaks down starch into sugar. It is this sugar that
4. In CAM plants, the stomata are closed during day gives sweet taste.
time. But they can perform photosynthesis. Why? 9. After a vigorous exercise, you may experience
It is found that CAM plants are better adapted to live cramps in your leg muscles. Why does this hap-
under extreme conditions of drought and water stress. pen?
These plants have to keep their stomata closed dur- As a result of an anaerobic respiration, lactic acid is
ing daytime to prevent loss of water due to transpira- deposited in the leg muscles.

1
 Biology

10. In the test tubes A and B shown below, yeast was we are able to withdraw our hand.
kept in sugar solution. Which products of respi- The withdrawal of the hand occurs due to reflex ac-
ration would you expect in tubes A and B?
tion performed by the spinal cord, not by the brain.
When impulses reach the spinal cord, the spinal cord
sends signals to the muscles of the arm to withdraw
the hand. The brain is not involved in this
4. A leprosy patient is unable to sense when we touch
their affected parts. State the reason.
Nerve cells help in impulse transmission. In a lep-
Test tube A rosy patient the nerve cells in the affected region has
Products - Ethanol + CO2 + Energy deteriorated. So the leprosy patient is unable to sense
Test tube B when we touch their affected parts.
CO2 + H2O + Energy 5. A hormone deficient person, approaches a doc-
tor. The symptoms are the following:
w Fasting blood sugar level is
Chapter 7 165 mg/100 ml.
Control and Coordination w Dehydration and thirst
1. The “brain is the most protected organ in our w High intake of food and water and excessive uri-
body” How is it protected? nation.
a. Name the disease and mention the hormone which
The brain is kept in a bony case called ‘cranium’. It
is deficient.
has a covering of three membraneous layers called
b. As a student of biology, give four pieces of advice
‘meninges’. They protect the brain and also supply
to the patient to keep the disease under control.
nutrients and oxygen to the brain tissue. The space
between the meninges is filled with a fluid called cere- c. The treatment of this disease is done with a very
brospinal fluid. It is through this fluid medium that familiar protein. But that medicine is injected
the brain tissue gets nutrients and oxygen. The rather than swallowed. Why?
cerebro spinal fluid protects the brain from external a. Diabetes mellitus; Hormone - insulin
shocks and maintains the pressure inside the cranium b. (i) Continuous exercise
constant. (ii) Reduce the consumption of food rich in carbo-
2. Tongue has different areas for tasting different hydrates.
tastes but we do not have to place each substance
(iii) Periodical testing of blood sugar level
at that area to know the taste. Why?
The basic tastes are associated with specific molecu- (iv)Avoid eating sweets.
lar shapes or charges that bind to separate receptor c. The medicine for diabetes is insulin which is a pro-
molecules. The tongue detects tastes through tiny tein. Since it is a protein, it will be completely di-
organs called taste buds, containing gustatory recep- gested if taken orally.
tors. Particular chemicals in the food dissolve in the 6. “ADH or vasopressin plays a major role in the
saliva and stimulate gustatory receptors in specific reabsorption of water in the body.”
taste buds. Since the chemicals dissolve in the sa- a. Say whether the statement is true or false.
liva, they spread throughout the surface of the tongue. b. Substantiate your opinion.
3. The brain controls voluntary actions. But when a. True
we touch a hot object, we suddenly withdraw our b. When we feel thirsty or there is dehydration, it re-
hand which is an involuntary action. Explain how sults in an osmolarity of the blood above the physi-

2
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

ologically set point. The osmoreceptors of the hypo-

1 ?
thalamus detect it. This results in the increase in blood
solute concentration. This triggers the release of ADH. 11.
As a result water passes out of the descending loop
Sensory neuron
in the nephron of the kidney into the surrounding tis- Motor
sue. This reduces the volume of urine and conserve Receptors: Heat/pain neuron
Receptors
the amount of body fluid. in skin Relay
7. When there is anger or fear, there is an increased 2 ? neuron
production of adrenaline and nor-adrenaline.
Why? Explain.
Under such a situation, the body has to act quickly.
Adrenaline prepares us for action whenever there is (i) Label the two parts indicated by question marks
a stress or an emergency situation. It also activates and labelled 1 and 2 in the above diagram.
hypothalamus which in turn activates the pituitary (ii) Suggest a suitable caption or heading for the
gland. The pituitary then instantly gives alarm sig- above diagram.
nals by secreting the hormone known as adrenocor- i) 1) - Spinal cord (CNS)
ticotropic hormone (ACTH). So this reaches the ad- 2 - Effector - Muscle in arm
renal glands through the blood stream. So this pro- ii) Reflex arc
duces the medullary hormones (Adrenaline and nor- 13. The given experimental set up tests the response of
adrenaline in large quantities. different parts of plant towards gravity. Use scien-
8. In chronic diabetic patients injection of insulin is tific terms for the conclusions.
very necessary. Why? Explain.
w Insulin is necessary to regulate the level of glucose
in blood.
w It causes the liver to take up and convert glucose into
glycogen and fat.
w It also facilitates the uptake of glucose by the muscle
and adipose cells.
Thus insulin helps in maintaining the normal blood
glucose level. But in diabetic patients the produc-
tion of insulin is very low. So Insulin injection is nec- w Root: Positive geotropism
essary for them. w Shoot: Negative geotropism
9. A plant fell down on the ground after nightfall 14. Which hormone is released into blood when its
and its stem tip rose upwards before dawn. What sugar level rises? Name the organ which pro-
is the reason? duces the hormone and its effect on blood sugar
The stem is negatively geotropic. Hence the stem rose level. Also name one digestive enzyme that this
upwards.
organ secretes and the function of this enzyme.
10. A particular hormone requires lodine for its syn-
.• Insulin • Pancreas
thesis. Name the endocrine gland which secretes
this hormone and state its location in the human • The function of insulin hormone is to lower the blood
body. glucose level. It converts excess glucose into glyco-
Hormone - Thyroxine gen. and lowers the glucose level in blood.
Endocrine gland - Thyroid gland • Trypsin
Thyroid gland is attached to the wind pipe in our body. • Digestion of proteins

3
 Biology

Chapter 8 5. Doctors advise people that the first milk colos-

trum should necessarily be given to the newborn
How Do Organisms Reproduce? baby. State why.
1. ‘The male honey - bee has no father’ remarked Colostrum is rich in calories and proteins. It also
Sini. (a) Do you agree with Sini? (b) Substanti- contains antibodies that provide passive immunity
ate your answer. to the newborn infant, so colostrum should be given
(a)Yes to the newborn infant.
(b) The male honey-bee hatches out from an 6. Name those parts of the flower which serve the
unfertilised egg laid by the queen bee. The egg is same function as the following do in the ani-
haploid (n). Since fertilisation does not happen, there mals:- (i) testis (ii) ovary (iii) eggs (iv) sperms
is no participation of the male gamete in the male Animals Plants
bee’s development. This kind of reproduction is i) Testis - Stamen
called parthenogenesis. ii) Ovary - Ovary
2. Offspring formed due to sexual reproduction iii) Eggs - Eggs (ovules)
have better chances of survival. Why? Is this iv) Sperms - Male gametes
statement always true?
7. ‘Malarial parasite’ divides into many daughter
Sexual reproduction involves the formation and fu- individuals simultaneously through multiple fis-
sion of gametes. There is a mixing of characters from sion. State an advantage the parasite gets because
two parents. This helps maintain the general vigour of this type of reproduction.
of the offspring. So the offspring formed due to
Due to this type of reproduction larger number of
sexual reproduction have better chances of survival.
offspring are produced at the same time.
The statement may not be true if the parents do not
8. Explain that it is a matter of chance whether a
possess good qualities.
couple will give birth to a boy or a girl.
3. The circulatory system of humans undergo a
switch- over process.
• The sex of the individual is genetically determined.
(a) Identify the stage at which it takes place?
• The sex chromosomes (genes) inherited from the par-
ents determine whether the child will be a boy or girl.
(b) Mention the importance of this?
The sex chromosomes are X and Y. Males have XY
(a) Before childbirth, the infants lungs are not in- and females have XX.
volved in its blood circulation. The switch-over
takes place just after birth. The blood flow through Male Female
the umbilical cord, ductus arteriosus and the fora- XX
(Parents)
XY
men ovule stops. The blood flow through the heart
and pulmonary blood vessels begins. Gametes X Y X
(b) Before birth, the infant’s lungs cannot be in-
volved in respiration because the foetus is lying in
the amniotic fluid. But after birth the circulation XY
XX
becomes normal involving all the chambers of the
heart and the lungs. Female (girl) Male(boy)
4. A pregnant woman happened to tumble down
accidentally. But it did not at all affect the foe- • Thus the sex of the newborn child is determined by
tus. Why? the chromosomes inherited from the father.
The amnion is a membraneous sac filled with a fluid. • If the child inherits an X chromosome from the father
This fluid acts as a shock absorber. So the embryo it will be a girl. If it inherits a Y chromosome from
is not affected by shocks. the father, the child will be a boy.

4
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

Chapter 9 i) Presence of UV light

Heredity and Evolution ii) Absence of oxygen
iii) Lightning, volcanoes, high temperature etc.
1. Australia has unusual organisms, because their
iv) Absence of microorganisms
evolution for the past 38 million years has some
But these conditions are absent today. So the condi-
speciality. Give the speciality of this evolution?
tions of the primitive earth can be recreated only in
In this case, the organisms are geographically iso-
the laboratory.
lated from other organisms. Geographical isolation
4. By comparing the similarity of nucleotide se-
is a very important factor in the production of new
quences in DNA of different kinds of organisms,
species. In geographical isolation, the original popu-
evolutionary relationships can be established
lation is divided into two or more groups by geo-
(i) Arrange the following according to their evolu-
graphical barriers which prevent interbreeding be-
tionary closeness. (You may use your knowledge
tween them. During the course of time, different mu-
of classification also).
tations may become incorporated in the gene pools
(ii) Whose DNA among the following do you think
of different groups. Thus, species have been formed
is most similar to that of humans?
by geographical isolation.
Cockroach, Mango tree, Gorilla, Fish
2. In America a bug with long beak usually feeds on
i) Mango tree, Cockroach, Fish, Gorilla
seeds within the large round fruit of vine plant.
ii) Gorilla
After introducing a new variety of vine plant
5. Give one term caption for the two pictures given
with long and thin fruits a bug with short beak
here. Define the term and give its signifance in
evolved within 30 - 50 years.
evolution.
a) Which of the theories of evolution can be ex-
plained within this evidence?
b) Substantiate your answer?
a) Theory of natural selection
b) Natural selection is the most critical evolutionary
process that leads to changes in allelic frequencies
and promotes adaptation as a product of evolution.
Selection is the process by which those organisms Fossils (Invertebrate)
which appear physically, physiologically and Fossils are the petrified remains or impressions of
behaviourally better adapted to the environment, sur- the organisms that lived in the past.
vive and reproduce while those organisms not so Significance
well adapted either fail to reproduce or die. The Ÿ Fossils provide direct evidence of past life.
former organisms pass on their successful charac- Ÿ Broad historical sequence of biological evolution can
teristics to the next generation, whereas the latter be built up.
do not. Ÿ Habits and behaviour of extinct species can be in-
3. The conditions present in the early earth that ferred.
led to chemical evolution can only be recreated Ÿ They provide convincing proof of organic evolution.
in the laboratory. Why? 6. Study the given data and answer the questions
The following conditions prevailed in the primitive following the data.
earth.

5
 Biology

7. The genotype of green stemmed tomato plants is

Parental plants F1(first genera- F2(off spring of self denoted as GG and that of purple stemmed to-
cross fertilised & tion off spring) pollination of F1) mato plants as gg. When these two are crossed,
seeds collected (i) What colour of stem would you expect in their
F1 progeny?
Male parent always 330 seeds sown Out of 44 seeds, 33
(ii) Give the percentage of purple stemmed plants if
bore red flowers. and observed seeds gave plants
F1 plants are self pollinated.
Female parent al- with red flowers
(iii) In what ratio would you find the genotypes GG
ways had white All 330 gave and 11 seeds gave
and Gg in the F2 progeny?
flowers. plants with white
red flowers.
flowers. green purple
GG × gg genotype
(i) What is the term for this type of cross? i) Green
GG × gg
(ii) What does the data of the column marked F1 in-
Gametes G g
dicate?
(iii) Express the genotype of the (a) parents (b) F1
Progeny and (c) F2 Progeny .
Gg Green
1) Monohybrid cross.
ii) Gg × Gg
ii) The data of the column F1 indicates that all are
red. ie Rr. The red colour is dominant over the white
Gametes G g G g
colour.
iii) a) Parents Red - RR
White - rr GG Gg Gg gg
b) F1 progeny Red White
green green green purple
RR × rr Percentage of purple -stemmed plant = 25%
Gametes R r
(iii) F2 progeny GG : Gg : Gg : gg
1 : 2 ratio

8. The human hand, cat paw and the horse foot,

F1 progeny Rr Red
when studied in detail show the same structure of
All are red.
bones and point towards a common origin.
c) F2 Progeny
(i) What do you conclude from this?
Rr × Rr (F1 Progeny)
(ii) What is the term given to such structures?
Gametes R r × R r
(i) These are organs which have a similar basic plan
F2 Genotype ratio = 1 homozygous red : 2 hetero of origin but are different in function. This shows
zygous red: 1 homozygous white. that all these organisms have a common ancestor.
(ii) Homologous organs.

6
 HOTS (Higher Order Thinking skills)

Chapter - 15 3. Study carefully the food chains given below:-

Our Environment Food chain I : grass - grasshopper - frog
Food chain II : wheat - rat - snake - hawk
1. What initiatives were taken for reducing vehicu-
To which of the two consumers, snake or hawk
lar air pollution in Delhi? Has air quality im-
will more energy (percent) be available and why?
proved in Delhi?
Delhi has the highest number of automobiles and Snake
formed one of the world’s ten most polluted cities. The amount of energy flow decreases with succes-
A public interest litigation was filed under Article sive trophic levels. At every step in a food chain,
21 of constitution of India regarding air pollution energy is transferred as heat to the surroundings. The
in Delhi. After being censured strongly by supreme amount of energy arising in a useful form at the end
Court, the government was asked to take suitable of a chain is only a small fraction of the amount of
measures. This includes switching over the entire energy at the beginning.
fleet of public transport from diesel to compressed 4. Study the picture given below and comment on
natural gas (CNG). All the buses of Delhi were con- the encircled organisms with respect to
verted to run by CNG by the end of 2002. Phasing (i) the category according to the food they eat.
out of old vehicles, use of unleaded petrol, use of (ii) trophic level to which they belong.
low sulphur petrol and diesel, use of catalytic con- (iii) percentage of energy available at their trophic
verters in vehicles and application of Euro II norms level.
reduced pollution by vehicles. This resulted in im- (iv) two abiotic components of the ecosystem inhab-
proving air quality of Delhi. ited by them.
2. Why ozone hole forms over Antarctica? How will (v) energy used for food production by the produc-
enhanced ultraviolet radiation affect us? ers.
Ozone hole is formed due to decline in total ozone
thickness over Antarctica during spring season.
CFCs released from various sources reach strato-
sphere, which is blown towards the pole by wind. In
Antarctica winter months receive no light and is very
cold, resulting in the formation of ice clouds. Thus
Antarctic air is completely isolated from the rest of
the world by a natural circulation of wind called po-
lar vortex. The ice cloud of Antarctica provide the
catalytic surface upon which chlorine atoms can
react with ozone and degrade it. Thus an ozone hole
appears in Antarctica in spring.
Effects of increased UV radiations- Intact ozone layer
absorbs UV radiations of wavelengths shorter than
UV-B. UV-B radiations damage DNA and muta- i) Herbivore ii) Second trophic level
tion may occur. It causes aging of skin, damage skin iii) 10% of what they eat iv) Sunlight, soil
cells and various types of skin cancers. In human v) Sunlight
eye, cornea absorbs UV-B radiation causing inflam-
5. Write the number given to any six of the organ-
mation of cornea called snow blindness and cata-
isms shown in Figure B against their relevent
ract.
Trophic levels given in figure given below.

7
 Biology
reduces the nutrients in the soil. So manuring is nec-
essary.
7 2. As a part of social forestry programme, the Na-
3
Tertiary
5
ture Club of a Higher Secondary School released
consumers
car stickers which say ’Have you thanked a green
Secondary Vulture 4
consumers
1 plant today?’ Why do we have to thank plants for?
Primary consumers Grass 8 w Plants provide food to all living organisms.
6
Producers 2 w Plants provide oxygen to all organisms.
Figure A Figure B w It maintains O2 – CO2 ratio in the atmosphere .
w It reduces soil erosion.
4,6 w It increases soil fertility.
3 w It reduces sound pollution.
So we have to thank for plants everyday.
2, 7, 5 3. Name two gases, other than carbondioxide, that
1, 8 are given out during burning of fossil fuel and con-
Figure - B tribute towards acid rain formation.
5. Nitrogen oxides, Sulphur dioxide
4. Why are environmentalists insisting upon ‘sustain-
able natural resource management’? Give any
three reasons.
1) The resources of the earth are limited. Due to the rapid
increase in human population, the demand for re-
sources is increasing day by day. Proper management
can ensure that the natural resources are used judi-
Given above is a picture of an ecosystem. Iden- ciously so that they fulfil the needs of the present gen-
tify any two abiotic components and any two bi- eration as well as future generation. So conservation
otic components of this ecosystem. is important.
Abiotic components: 2) The Management of natural resources takes into
w Soil w Light (sun) consideration long -term perspective (Or view) and
Biotic components: prevents their exploitation to the hilt for short -term
w Tree w Deer gains.
3) Proper management will take into consideration the
Chapter - 16 damage caused to the environment during the ‘extrac-
Management of Natural tion’ or ‘use’ of natural resources and find ways and
means to minimise the damage.
Resources 5. Why are many thermal power plants set up near
1. “All the plants in a forest grow luxuriantly al- coal or oilfields?
though we don’t apply any manure there. But in Coal and petroleum are fossil fuels which are impor-
a farmland, manuaring is necessary for the tant sources of energy. In thermal power plants these
healthy growth of crops”. (a) Is it true? (b) Give reservoirs are largely used for the production of elec-
reason. tricity. Because of the availability of these products
(a) Yes many thermal power plants set up near these natural
(b) The forest is a natural ecosystem. Forest soil con- reservoirs. Expenditure on transportation can be
sists of all the nutrients that plants need. All the plants minimised if the plants are set up near coal or oil fields.
grow there absorbing nutrients and water from the 6. How did the ‘Chipko andolan’ ultimately benefit
soil, and carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Aged the local population? Give any two benefits.
plant parts and leaves fall down to the soil. Thus the Experience has taught the people that the destruction
nutrients that are absorbed from the soil are being of forests affected not just the availability of forest
given back to the soil continuously. Therefore, there products, but also the quality of soil and the sources
is no deficiency of any nutrient. Thus, the forest eco- of water.
system is a self-sufficient one except for sunlight. (i) They got employment
But in a farmland, continuous cultivation of crops (ii) They got 25% of final harvest..

8
 MCQ for Class X Science (Biology)
2013

Chapter 6
Life Processes
1 In Photosynthetic process, atmospheric carbon di oxide is _______ to carbohydrates b
a) oxidised b) Reduced
c) Neutralised d) Burnt

2 When water enters the guard cells the stomata a

a) Opens b) Closes
c) Open or closes d) No effect

3 On seeing good food our mouth waters. This fluid is actually c

a) Water b) Hormone
c) Enzyme d) None of the above

4 The enzyme Pepsin is inactive in stomach without the presence of b

a) Nitric Acid b) Hydrochloric acid
c) Acetic acid d) Butyric acid

5 Villi present on the inner lining of the intestinal wall d

a) Secretes enzymes for digestion b) Secretes hormones
c) Decreases the surface area for d) Increases the surface area for
absorption absorption

During cellular respiration one molecule of glucose is first broken down into two b
6 molecules of ________
a) Acetic acid b) Pyruvic acid
c) Lactic acid d) None of the above

7 Rajib was absent in the class because of muscle pain which he claims to be due to excess a
physical exercise he had done yesterday. This pain is due to
a) Formation of lactic acid b) Formation of acetic acid
c) Formation of Pyruvic acid d) Formation of Hydrochloric acid

8 Right part of the human heart contains c

a) Oxygenated blood b) Mixed blood
c) Deoxygenated blood d) No blood

9 The transport of soluble products of photosynthesis is called translocation and it occurs in c

the part of the vascular tissue called
a) Xylem b) Sclerenchyma
c) Phloem d) Collenchyma

2|Page
 MCQ for Class X Science (Biology)
2013

10 In human each kidney has large numbers of filtration units called ___ d
a) Neutrons b) Neurons
c) Neptune d) Nephrons

Chapter 7
Control and Coordination
1 Gustatory receptors will detect ______ b
a) light b) Taste
c) Smell d) Touch

2 The gap between two neurons is called _____ a

a) Synapse b) Synthesise
c) Dendron d) Axon

3 Involuntary actions including blood pressure, salivation and vomiting are controlled by the c
__________ in the hind-brain.
a) Medals b) Cerebellum
c) Medulla d) Cerebrum

4 A potted plant kept in a room tends to bend towards the direction of light. This movement d
is called
a) Photographism b) Photonastism
c) Photoperiodism d) Phototropism

5 ____________ is a growth inhibiter hormone in plants c

a) Auxin b) Cytokinin
c) Abscicic acid d) Gibberellic acid

6 The endocrine organ present in human female but not in human male is b
a) Testis b) Ovary
c) Pituitary gland d) Thymus

7 If there is a deficiency of growth hormone the child becomes _____ d

a) Blind b) Mentally retarded
c) Giant d) Dwarf

8 People living in coastal areas suffer less from goiter. This is because a
a) They eat sea food b) They drink sea water
c) They bathe in sea water d) All of the above

9 The upward or down ward movement of shoot and root respectively is influenced by c
gravity. Such movement is called

3|Page
 MCQ for Class X Science (Biology)
2013

a) Gravity movement b) Gravitytropism

c) Geotropism d) Gravitism

10 The direction of impulse in a typical neuron is b

a) Axon to dendron b) Dendron to axon
c) Both a and b are correct d) Both a and b are wrong

Chapter 8
How do Organisms Reproduce
1 An animal which can reproduce by budding is c
a) Bryophyllym b) Yeast
c) Hydra d) All of the above

2 Male reproductive organ in flowering plant is b

a) Carpel b) Stamen
c) Corolla d) Ovary

3 A fertilized ovule develops into a _____ in an angiosperm plant a

a) seed b) fruit
c) flower d) cotyledon

4 Where are sperms formed in the human body? d

a) Vas deferens b) Prostate gland
c) Ovary d) Testis

5 The place where fertilization take place in the human body is b

a) Uterus b) Oviduct
c) Ovary d) vagina

6 Pre- natal sex determination has been prohibited by law due to c

a) High cost charged by doctors b) Possible danger of mother’s health
c) Increasing cases of female foeticide d) Increasing cases of male foeticide

7 Copper T and Loops are a

a) Contraceptive devices b) Conventional devices
c) Conducive devices d) Contaminating devices

8 An unisexual flower c
a) Do not have carpel b) Do not have stamen
c) Has either carpel or stamen d) Has either petal or sepal

9 _______ is a common tube for urine and sperm in human male. a

a) Urethra b) Uterus

4|Page
 MCQ for Class X Science (Biology)
2013

c) Ureter d) None of the above

10 Eggs starts developing in human female d

a) When she attains puberty b) Only after her birth
c) After the first menstruation d) When she is in her mother’s womb

Chapter 9
Heredity and Evolution
1 The F2 phenotype ratio of a monohybrid cross studied by Mendel is c
a) 1:1 b) 2:1
c) 3:1 d) 4:1

2 If T is for tallness and t for dwarfness, what shall be the genotype of a tall pea plant c
according to Mendelism?
a) TT b) Tt
c) Either TT or Tt d) tt

3 A Yellow and Round seeded pea plant has genotype YyRr. The gametes produced shall be b
a) Yy, Rr b) YR, yR, Yr, yr
c) YR, yr d) Y, y, R, r

4 If in human a sperm (22+Y) fertilizes an egg (22+X), the sex of the foetus shall be a
a) Male b) Female
c) Either male or Female d)

5 Forelimb of frog, lizard, bird and man has some evolutionary relationship. This are d
a) Hand relationship b) Missing links
c) Analogous organs d) Homologous organs

6 The number of autosomes in a human body cell is a

a) 44 b) 46
c) 22 d) 23

7 The theory of Natural Selection was proposed by b

a) Lamarck b) Darwin
c) Mendel d) Haldane

8 How life might have originated on earth was experimentally shown by a

a) Urey and Miller b) Oparin and Haldane
c) Watson and Crick d) None of the above

9 Surgically removing tails of mice over several generations’ do not yield mice without tails. d

5|Page
 MCQ for Class X Science (Biology)
2013

This proves that

a) Cutting tail does not cause genetic b) Acquired characters during one’s own life
change. So it not inherited. are not inherited.
c) Neither a nor b is correct d) Both a and b are correct

10 A random change in the frequency of alleles in any population over several generations b
due to errors in the gametes is called
a) Gene flow b) Genetic Drift
c) Genetic error d) Genetic crash

Chapter 15
Our Environment
1 Only ____ % of the energy can be transferred from one trophic level to the next trophic c
level.
a) 1 b) 5
c) 10 d) 20

2 Accumulation of non- biodegradable pesticides in different trophic levels is called b

a) Biological degradation b) Biological magnification
c) Biological concentration d) Biological deposition

3 The UV radiation from the sun is likely to cause _____________ in human a

a) Skin cancer b) Lung cancer
c) Liver Cancer d) Brain Cancer

4 Replacing Plastic cups by paper cups for selling tea on train may be preferred because
a) Paper cups are bio degradable b) a
c) d)

5 World Environment day is celebrated on d

a) July 1 b) July 5
c) June 1 d) June 5

6 Which one of the following is a non- biodegradable substance a

a) DDT b) Manure
c) paper d) Cotton cloth

7 In a terrestrial ecosystem the biomass of ____________ should be the most c

a) Herbivore b) Carnivore
c) Producer d) Any one of the above

8 Identify the proper food chain b

6|Page
 2013

a) Grass ----- frog ---- insect ----- snake b) Grass---- insect ----- frog ------ snake
c) Insect --- frog ---- grass ---- snake d) Grass --- frog ---- snake ----- insect

9 Food web is c
a) Food served through websites b) Display of different food items
c) Interlinked food chains d) Using food items for a fashion dress

10 The best way to dispose waste is by b

a) Making a paste of all domestic waste b) Separating biodegradable and non-
and putting them in a river biodegradable waste before disposing in
bins
c) Throw the waste on road side d) Dumping all domestic waste in litter bin

Chapter 16
Management of Natural Resources
1 The three Rs to save the environment are c
a) Remember, Reduce, Reuse b) Recall, Reduce, Refund
c) Reduce, Recycle, Reuse d) Reduce, Refund, Reuse

2 Biodiversity hot spots are a

a) Areas where large number of different b) Hot Areas where large number of different
species are found species are found
c) Areas which became hot due to large d) Areas where large spot has been created
number of different species. due to death of number of species

3 Chipko Andolan is associated with d

a) Protesting against pasting of posters b) Saving money
on walls
c) Using more postal stamps d) Saving forest

4 Stake holders of our forest are d

a) people who live in or around forests b) Forest Department of the Government
are dependent on forest which owns the land
produce
c) the industrialists – from those who d) All of the above
use ‘tendu’ leaves to make
bidis to the ones with paper mills

5 Amrita Bishnoi lost her life while saving forest having ____ trees b
a) teak b) khejri
c) bamboo d) segun

7|Page
 2013

6 Wild life includes c

a) Wild animals only b) Wild plants only
c) Wild plants and animals d) All plant and animals

7 Ganga action plan has been initiated to c

a) Dredge and make the river better for b) Increase fishery in the Ganges
water transport
c) Clean excessive pollutants in Ganges d)
water

8 A local system of canal irrigation called kulhs is practiced in a

a) Himachal Pradesh b) Arunachal Pradesh
c) Andhra Pradesh d) Madhya Pradesh

9 Indira Gandhi Canal has brought greenery to considerable areas of ______ b

a) Gujarat b) Rajasthan
c) Haryana d) Uttar Pradesh

10 Conservation of Wildlife includes d

a) Preventing poaching of animals b) Construction of National parks, Sanctuaries
c) Ban on trading endangered species d) All of the above

8|Page
 Science - Practical Skills
SCIENCE - PRACTICAL
SET I
Time :1½ Hours Max. Marks : 20
General Instructions
1. Attempt all questions.
2. There are 30 multiple choice questions in total. Only one
of the options in every question is correct.
3. The question paper consists of two parts – Section A The best result will be obtained by student
and Section B. Each of the 20 questions in Section A (a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D.
carries 0.5 mark and each of the 10 questions in Section B 5. Three students measured the focal length of a con-
carries 1.0 mark. vex lens using parallel rays from a distant object.
SECTION A All of them measured the distance between the
1. The two colours seen at the extreme ends of the pH chart lens and the inverted image on the screen.
are: Student A saw a sharp image on the screen and
(a) red and blue. labelled the distance as f1.
(b) red and green. Student B saw a slightly larger blurred image on
(c) green and blue.
the screen and labelled the distance as f2.
(d) orange and green.
2. A student observed that the colour of pH paper Student C saw a slightly smaller blurred image on
changes to green when she dipped it in water. She the screen and labelled the distance as f3.
added a few drops of concentrated hydrochloric The relation between the three measurements
acid to the water. The colour of pH paper would would most likely be:
turn to: (a) f1 = f2 = f3.
(a) light red. (b) apple green. (b) f1 < f2 and f3.
(c) dark blue. (d) lemon yellow.
(c) f3 < f1 < f2.
3. When zinc reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid:
(a) the surface of zinc becomes brighter. (d) f1 < f2 and f1= f3.
(b) the surface of zinc becomes black and dull. 6. In the glas slab experiment shown below, four stu-
(c) the metal turns into powder. dents A, B, C and D did the following:
(d) the reaction mixture turns green. A: kept the eyes far from the glass slab while plac-
4. Four students A, B, C and D carried out measure- ing both the pins P3 and P4.
ments of focal length of a concave mirror as shown B: kept the eyes close to the glass slab while plac-
in the four diagrams.
ing both the pins P3 and P4.
C: kept the eyes close to the glass slab while plac-
ing pin P3 and far from the slab while placing pin
P4.
D: kept the eyes far from the glass slab while plac-
ing pin P3 and close to the slab while placing pin
P4.

1
 Science - Practical Skills

(a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D.

9. For the circuits shown in figures I and II, the ammeter
readings would be:
V V

5 5
A A
5V 5V

(a) 1 A in circuit I and 0A in circuit II.

(b) 0 A in both circuits.
(c) 1 A in both circuits.
The correct procedure is that of student: (d) 0 A in circuit I and 1 A in circuit II.
(a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D. 10. The voltmeter, ammeter and resistance in the circuit shown
7. Out of the four circuits shown for studying the dependence have been checked to be correct. On plugging the key, the
of the current on the potential difference across a resis- ammeter reads 0.9 A, but the voltmeter reads zero. This
tor, the correct circuit is could be because:
A B (a) the range of the voltmeter is more than the twice the bat-
A A
tery voltage.
(b) the least count of the voltmeter is too high.
v v (c) the wires joined to the voltmeter terminals are loose.
(d) the voltmeter is incorrectly placed in the circuit.
C D
Range = 10V
A A LC = 0.5 V
R R

v v

(a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D Range = 1V

8. The plot correctly showing the dependence of the LC = 0.05 A
current I on the potential difference V across a re-
sistor R is
4.5V
A B
I I 11. Students observed the epidermal peel of a leaf un-
der the high power of a microscope. The following
0 0 are the sketches made by them.
V 0 V
0
C D
I I

0 0
V V
0 0

2
 Science - Practical Skills

The correct sketch is:

tilled water at room temperature. A removed the raisins after
(a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D.
20 minutes, B after two hours and C after 40 minutes. If PA,
12. In an experiment on photosynthesis, students were
PB and PC denote percentage absorption of water obtained
instructed to cover a portion of a leaf of a de-starched
by students A, B and C respectively, then:
potted plant with opaque paper as shown in the
(a) PA > PB > PC.(b) PA < PB < PC.
figure.
(c) PA < PB > PC.(d) PA = PB = PC.
“A” covered one of the leaves with red strip, “B”
15. The budding in yeast is illustrated by the diagram:
with green, “C” with blue and “D” with black. When
the starch test was done on the leaves after 4 hours,
the result showed no starch in (a) the portion cov-
ered with red, green and blue strips. (b) the portion
covered with green strip. (c) the portion covered
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
with black and blue strips. (d) any of the covered
16. A student dissolved 1 g of sugar in 10 mL of distilled
portions.
water in a beaker A. He dissolved 10 g of sugar in
100mL of distilled water in beaker B. Then he dropped
a few raisins, in each. After two hours he found the
Red Green Blue Black raisins:
(a) swollen in A and shrunken in B.
A B C D (b) shrunken in A and swollen in B.
(c) swollen in both. (d) shrunken in both.
13. Given below are four different set ups to show that
17. 10 mL of freshly prepared iron sulphate was taken in
CO2 is released during respiration.
each of four test tubes. Strips of copper, iron, zinc and
aluminium were introduced, each metal in a different
test tube. A black residue was obtained in two of them.
KOH KOH
The right pair of metals forming the precipitates is:
(a) copper and zinc. (b) aluminium and copper.
dry gram seeds water
(c) iron and aluminium.(d) zinc and aluminium.
boiled gram seeds water 18. The following symbols are usually shown on the bottles
A
B of commercial acetic acid.

KOH

water wet and germinated water

germinating gram seeds
gram seeds
C
D
The symbols indicate that acetic acid is:
The set up that will give the desired result is:
(a) corrosive and flammable.
(a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D.
(b) radioactive and flammable.
14. Students A, B and C were given five raisins each
(c) oxidizing and corrosive.
of equal weight. The raisins were soaked in dis-
(d) flammable and explosive.
3
 Science - Practical Skills

19. A strip of copper was placed in a beaker containing zinc 22. Out of the four set ups shown for carrying out the experi-
sulphate solution. On observing the strip the next day, it ment to trace the path of a ray of light through a rectan-
was noticed that : gular glass slab, the best set up is:
(a) the copper strip remained as it was.
(b) the copper strip became thinner.
(c) the copper strip became thicker.
(d) the colour of the strip changed.
20. Amount of 5 mL each of acetic acid and water are (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
mixed together and shaken well. 23. The resistors R1 and R2 are connected in:

V
R2 V R2

acid R1 A R1
water clear turbid A
solution solution
water acid
I II
(a) parallel in both circuits.
I II III IV (b) series in both circuits.
The resulting mixture would appear as in: (c) parallel in circuit I and in series in circuit II.
(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV. (d) series in circuit I and in parallel in circuit II.
24. Circuit I: ammeter reads current i1 and voltmeter
SECTION B
reads V1.
21. Four students studied reactions of zinc and sodium Circuit II: ammeter reads current i2 and voltmeter
carbonate with dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute reads V2.
sodium hydroxide solutions and presented their V2
results as follows. The Prepresents evolution of
V
V1 R3
V
gas, whereas X represents absence of any reaction.
R2 R2

Zn Na2CO3 Zn Na2CO3 R1 R1
A A
HCl P P HCl P X
NaOH P X NaOH P P I II

A B The relationship between the readings is:

Zn Na2CO3 Zn Na2CO3 (a) i1 > i2; V1 = V2.
HCl X X HCl P P (b) i1 < i2; V1 = V2.
NaOH P P NaOH X X (c) i1 > i2; V1 > V2.
(d) i1 < i2; V1 < V2.
The rightCset of observations is that of student:
D
25. A student performed the starch test on a leaf. Some
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D. steps involved are shown below.

4
 Science - Practical Skills

KOH
Solution

germinating seeds Water

i ii
The reason is that:
leaf in boiling water leaf in iodine solution (a) seeds use up oxygen in the flask.
(b) carbon dioxide is given out by the germinating
seeds.
(c) germinating seeds attract water from the beaker.
(d) seeds use oxygen and release carbon dioxide which
is absorbed by potassium hydroxide.
28. A student is given a permanent slide showing bi-
nary fission in Amoeba. The following are the steps
in focussing the object under the microscope.
(i) Place the slide on the stage; look through the eye
piece and adjust the mirror and diaphragm to get
iv even illumination.
iii (ii) Look through the eye piece and raise the objective
leaf in water at room tempera-
leaf in ethanol heated in a using coarse adjustment until the object is focused.
ture
water bath (iii)Make the focus sharp with the help of fine adjust-
The correct sequence of steps should be: ment.
(a) iv; iii; ii; i. (b) i; ii; iii; iv. (iv)Look through the eye piece and move the slide un-
til the object is visible.
(c) ii; iii; iv; i. (d) i; iii; iv; ii .
The proper sequence of steps is:
26. A part of de-starched leaf of a potted plant was cov- (a) (i), (iii), (iv), (ii). (b) (ii), (iii), (iv), (i).
ered with black paper strips on both sides and the (c) (iv), (iii), (ii), (i). (d) (i), (iv), (ii), (iii).
plant was kept in sunlight for 8 hours. The leaf was 29. For preparing sulphur dioxide in the laboratory
then tested with iodine after boiling it in alcohol. the correct set up is shown in figure.
Only the uncovered part of the leaf turned blue
black. The inference is that:
(a) CO2 is necessary for photosynthesis.
Sulphuric Sulphuric
(b) light is necessary for photosynthesis.
acid acid
(c) chlorophyll is necessary for photosynthesis.
(d) water is necessary for photosynthesis.
Copper Copper
27. In the experiment shown in the figure, water is found
turnings turnings
to rise in the bent tube.

5
 Science - Practical Skills

SET II
Sulphuric
Sulphuric
acid SECTION A
acid
1. A student tested the pH of distilled water and found that
Copper the colour of the pH paper changed to green. He checked
Copper the pH again after dissolving a pinch of common salt in it.
turnings
turnings The colour of the pH paper this time was:
(a) green (b) yellow (c) red (d) blue.
2. Bottle A contains oxalic acid and bottle B contains
(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV. sodium carbonate solution.When pH paper is
30. A student added acetic acid to test tubes I, II, III and dipped in each of the solutions, the colour seen in
IV and then introduced aburning candle near the A and B respectively be:
mouth of each test tube. (a) orange, blue (b) blue, orange.
(c) green, blue (d) orange, green.
3. The zinc metal used in the laboratory for doing ex-
periments is available in the form of:
(a) filings (b) strips (c) granules (d) pellets.
acetic acid acetic acid 4. Parallel rays from a distant tree incident on a con-
vex lens form an image on the screen.

Sodium carbonate Sodium carbonate

acetic acid acetic acid

Sodium Sodium
hydroxide chloride

The candle would not be extinguished near the

mouths of test tubes:
(a) I and II
(b) II and III.
(c) III and IV
(d) I and IV.

The diagram correctly showing the image of the tree on

6
 Science - Practical Skills

the screen is:

(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
5. In an experiment, the image of a distant object formed
by a concave mirror is obtained on a screen. To A B
determine the focal length of the mirror, you need
to measure the distance between the:
(a) mirror and the screen.
(b) mirror and the object.
(c) object and the screen. C
D
(d) mirror and the screen and also between the ob- The correct way of connecting these cells is shown
in figure:
ject and the screen.
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
6. In the experiment to trace the path of a ray of light
9. The correct way of connecting the ammeter and volt-
through a rectangular glass slab using pins P1, P2,
meter with a series combination of two resistors in
P3 and P4, four students did the following a circuit for finding their equivalent resistance, is
A looked at heads of P1 and P2 while placing P3, shown in diagram:
and heads of P1, P2 and P3 while placing P4 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4.
B: looked at feet of P1 and P2 while placing P3, and
feet of P1, P2 and P3 while placing P4
C: looked at heads of P1 and P2 while placing P3,
and feet of all the pins while placing P4
D: looked at feet of P1 and P2 while placing P3, and
heads of all the pins while placing P4.
The correct procedure is that of student:
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
7. The normal positions of the pointers of the two am-
meters A1 and A2, and two voltmeters V1 and V2
available in the laboratory were as shown. For an
experiment to study the dependence of the current 10. On plugging the key, the voltmeter/ ammeter is
on the potential difference across a resistor, the stu- likely to be damaged in the circuit shown in fig-
ure:
dent should select:
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4.
(a) ammeter A1 and voltmeter V1.
(b) ammeter A2 and voltmeter V1.
(c) ammeter A1 and voltmeter V2.
(d) ammeter A2 and voltmeter V2.

A1 A2 V1 V2
8. A student has to connect 4 cells of 1.5 V each, to 11. A student draws the following sketch of stomatal
form a battery of voltage 6 V. apparatus and numbers the parts to label them.

7
 Science - Practical Skills

(a) alcohol is highly volatile.

(b) steam from the water bath heats the leaf rapidly.
(c) steam from the water bath dissolves the chlorophyll.
(d) alcohol is flammable.
15. A student soaked 10 g of raisins in 50 mL of dis-
tilled water in two beakers A and
B each. She maintained beaker A at 25 oC and bea-
ker B at 50 oC. After an hour, the percentage of
water absorbed will be:
(a) the same in both A and B.
(b) more in A than in B.
(c) more in B than in A.
(d) exactly twice as much in B as in A.
The chloroplast is denoted by: 16. The following are the sketches made by some stu-
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4. dents.
12. The following figures illustrate binary fission in
Amoeba in an incorrect sequence.

The sketch not illustrative of budding in yeast is:

(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
17. The pair of safety symbols you notice on the bottles
of commercial acetic acid available in the labora-
tory, is shown in:
(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV.

The correct sequence is:

(a) (i), (iii), (iv), (ii). (b) (ii), (iii), (iv), (i).
(c) (iv), (iii), (ii), (i). (d) (iii), (iv), (ii), (i).
13. The teacher instructed a student to place a healthy
potted shoe flower plant in a dark room for 24 hours
prior to an experiment on photosynthesis. The pur-
pose of placing it in a dark room is:
(a) to increase the intake of CO2.
(b) to activate the chloroplasts in the leaves.
(c) to de-starch the leaves.
(d) to denature the enzymes in the leaves.
14. In an experiment to show that sunlight is necessary
for photosynthesis, the leaf is boiled in alcohol for
a few minutes using a water bath. It is essential
because: 18. When you place an iron nail in copper sulphate solution,

8
 Science - Practical Skills

the reddish brown coating formed on the nail is:

(a) soft and dull (b) hard and flaky
(c) smooth and shining (d) rough and granular.
19. When you place an iron strip in the solution of copper
sulphate, the time required for the colour of the solution
to change from blue to green is about: The trace most likely to be correct is that of stu-
(a) a second (b) an hour. dent:
(c) 8 hours (d) 24 hours. (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
20. On adding sodium bicarbonate to acetic acid, you 23. The voltmeter, ammeter and resistance in the cir-
immediately: cuit shown have been checked and found to be cor-
(a) observe strong effervescence. rect. On plugging the key, the voltmeter reads 4.5V,
(b) hear hissing sound. but the ammeter reads 1.5 A.
(c) get pungent smell.
(d) notice formation of bubbles.
SECTION B
21. Four experimental set ups are shown below.

dilute
dilute HCl NaOH

zinc zinc

This could most likely be because the wires joined

to:
(a) the resistor R1 are loose.
(b) the resistor R2 are loose.
(c) both the resistors R1 and R2 are loose.
dialute (d) the ammeter terminals are loose.
dilute HCl NaOH 24. The following apparatus is available in a labora-
Na2CO3 tory:
Na2CO3 Battery : adjustable from 0 to 4.5 Volt
Resistors : 3 W and 6 W
Ammeters : A1 of Range 0 to 3 A; Least Count 0.1A
The set ups that would result in a rapid evolution A2 of Range 0 to 1 A; Least Count 0.05 A
of gas would be: Voltmeters : V1 of Range 0 to 10 V; Least Count
(a) I and III. (b) II and IV. 0.5 V
(c) I and II. (d) III and IV. V2 of Range 0 to 5 V; Least Count 0.1 V
22. Four students showed the following traces of the The best combination of voltmeter and ammeter
path of a ray of light passing through a rectangular for finding the equivalent resistance of the re-
glass slab. sistors in series would be:
(a) ammeter A1 and voltmeter V1.
(b) ammeter A1 and voltmeter V2.

9
 Science - Practical Skills

(c) ammeter A2 and voltmeter V1. 28. A student sets up the apparatus for the experiment to
(d) ammeter A2 and voltmeter V2. show that CO2 is released during respiration. After 2
25. In an experiment on photosynthesis, a student fixed hours, he would observe:
a strip of black paper on the dorsal surface of a (a) KOH turning milky.
Bougainvillea leaf in the morning. In the evening (b) water level rising in the bent tube in the beaker.
she tested the leaf for starch. The result was: (c) water level decreasing in the bent tube in the
(a) the dorsal surface of the leaf was white but the ven- beaker.
tral surface turned blue. (d) water turning turbid in the beaker.
(b) both the surfaces of the covered portion remained 29. Zinc granules were added to zinc sulphate, copper
white. sulphate, aluminum sulphate and iron sulphate so-
(c) the entire leaf turned blue black. lutions as shown below. You would observe the
(d) the entire leaf remained white. deposition of metal on zinc in beakers:
26. Given below are the steps in the preparation of a
temporary mount of a stained leaf peel.
(i) Cover the material with the cover slip.
(ii) Transfer the stained peel to the clean glass slide
and add a drop of glycerine. Zinc Copper
(iii)Remove the peel from the ventral surface of the sulphate sulphate
leaf.
(iv)Drop it in the water in a petri dish and add a drop of Zinc Zinc
safranin stain.
The correct sequence of steps is:
(a) (iii), (iv), (ii), (i). (b) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv).
(c) (ii), (iii), (iv), (i). (d) (iii), (iv), (i), (ii).
27. After performing the experiment to show that ger-
minating seeds give out carbon dioxide during res-
piration, students drew the following diagrams.
Aluminium Iron
sulphate sulphate
Zinc Zinc
water water

(a) I and III (b) II and IV .

KOH Seeds (c) I and II (d) III and IV.
lime water
B 30. Among the four sets of apparatus given below, the
lime water correct one to prepare sulphur dioxide gas is:

limewater KOH
Set I Set II
Hard glass test Round bottomed
tubes 2, double flask 1, gas jar 1,
Seeds in KOH water holed rubber double holed rubber
Seeds water cork 1, thistle
C D cork 1, thistle
funnel 1, delivery
The correct labelled diagram is: tube 1, spirit funnel 1, delivery
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D. lamp 1 tube 1, spirit lamp 1

10
 Science - Practical Skills

Set III Set IV A rapid evolution of hydrogen gas will be observed in the
Conical flask 2, Conical flask 1, test tube:
delivery tube 1, beaker 1, funnel1, (a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV.
thistle funnel 1, delivery tube1, 4. Parallel rays, from the top of a distant tree, incident
single holed rubber double holed on a concave mirror, form an image on the screen.
cork 2, spirit lamp 1 rubber cork 1,
spirit lamp 1
(a) Set I (b) Set II (c) Set III (d) Set IV

SET III
A B
SECTION A
1. A student took the following samples to find out their
pH using pH paper. The teacher remarked that one of the
samples taken was not proper. The teacher was referring
to:
(a) dilute hydrochloric acid. (b) lemon juice.
(c) washing soda. (d) soap solution. C D
2. To test the presence of an acid with a strip of red
litmus paper you would: The diagram correctly showing the image of the
(a) dip the strip as it is in the sample and see the colour tree on the screen is
change. (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
(b) moisten the paper with water and dip in the given 5. In an experiment to trace the path of a ray of light
sample. passing through a rectangular glass slab, the cor-
(c) first dip strip in common salt solution and then use rect measurement of angles of incidence (i), refrac-
to it test the sample. tion (r) and emergence (e) is shown in diagram.
(d) first dip strip in alkaline solution and then use it to (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
test the sample.
3. The figures below show set-ups for studying the
reaction of zinc with sodium hydroxide.

dilute
NaOH
Battery
eliminater
NaOH
zinc
pellets

I II

dilute
NaOH 6. The correct set up for studying the dependence of
the current on the potential difference across a re-
NaOH zinc
zinc pellets
sistor is:
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
III IV

11
 Science - Practical Skills

9. In an experiment, to find the equivalent resistance of a

series combination of two resistors R1 and R2, a student
uses the circuit shown here.
V
A
R1

6V R2
Battery
eliminater
The circuit will give:
(a) correct reading for voltage V, but incorrect reading
for current I.
(b) correct reading for current I, but incorrect reading
for voltage V.
(c) correct readings for both current I and voltage V.
(d) incorrect readings for both current I and voltage V.
10. In an experiment to study dependence of current I
7. In an experiment to determine the focal length of a on the potential difference across a given resistor,
convex lens, a student obtained a sharp inverted students kept the plug key in the circuit closed for
image of a distant tree on the screen behind the time t1 and then open for time t2. The times t1 and t2
lens.She then removed the screen and looked for students P, Q, R and S are given in the table
through the lens in the direction of the object. She below.
will see: Student Closed time Open time
(a) an inverted image of the tree at the focus of the t1 seconds t2 seconds
lens. P 30 60
(b) no image as the screen has been removed. Q 60 30
(c) a blurred image on the wall of the laboratory. R 60 15
(d) an erect image of the tree on the lens. S 45 15
8. The positive and negative terminal markings are The best choice of open and closed times is that of
missing from a given battery eliminator. The cor- student:
rect terminal markings can be best identified by (a) P (b) Q (c) R (d) S.
the arrangement shown in: 11. When students observed a stained epidermal peel
(a) figure 1 (b) figures 1 and 2 of a leaf under the microscope,it appeared pinkish
(c) figures 2 and 3 (d) figures 3 and 1. red. The stain used was:
(a) iodine
Battery Battery (b) acetocarmine.
eliminater eliminater (c) safranin
(d) colchicin.
12. The process represented in the diagram below is
A V the:
Battery
eliminater

V
12
 Science - Practical Skills

(a) formation of spores in Amoeba. beaker. After two hours she found the raisins in A swol-
(b) formation of bud taking place in Amoeba. len and those in B shrunken. The inference drawn is that:
(c) identical gametes being formed in Amoeba. (a) sugar concentration of raisins is lower than that of
(d) formation of daughter cells in Amoeba. solution A and higher than that of solution B.
13. The following experiment is set up to show that a (b) sugar concentration of raisins is higher than that of
gas is released during respiration. solution A and lower than that of solution B.
(c) in B the cell membrane of raisins was damaged re-
sulting in leaching.
(d) in A the permeability to water of the cell membrane
KOH of raisins was enhanced.
pellets 16. The figure given bellow illustrates the step leading
to:
(a) binary fission in Amoeba.
(b) longitudinal binary fission in Paramecium.
(c) transverse binary fission in Euglena.
(d) transverse binary fission in Paramecium.
germinating seeds water

In this set up, the small test tube containing pellets

of KOH is kept in the conical flask to absorb:
(a) air in the flask 17. Four different arrangements used by students to test
(b) moisture in the flask. the effect of sulphur dioxide on potassium dichro-
(c) O2 in the air in the flask. mate are shown below:
(d) CO2 released by the germinating seeds.
® SO2 ® SO2
14. A leaf from a de-starched plant is covered with black
paper strip as shown in figure 1. The starch test is
done on the leaf after 8 hours.

white blue
black K 2Cr 2 O 7 +
dilute H2SO4
blue white K 2 Cr 2 O 7
black
white blue
black
black
paper

blue ® SO2 ® SO2

white
black
Figure 1
green green

blue white
black

The results will be as shown in diagram:

(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D. K 2 Cr 2 O 7 K 2 Cr 2 O 7
Solution +
15. A student dissolved 5 g of sugar in 100 mL of dis- dilute
HCl
tilled water in beaker A. She dissolved 100 g of
sugar in100 mL of distilled water in beaker B. Then
she dropped a few raisins of equal weight in each The correct arrangement is shown in:

13
 Science - Practical Skills

(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV. of these bottles would be:
18. Four safety symbols are given below. (a) I, III, II. (b) I, II, III.
(c) III, I, II. (d) II, III, I.
22. The following apparatus is available in the labora-
tory
Battery : adjustable from 0 to 6 V
The most appropriate one for sulphur dioxide gas Resistors : 3W and 6W
is:
Ammeters : A1 of Range 0 to 5 A;
(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV.
19. An iron nail was suspended in copper sulphate so- Least Count 0.25 A
lution and kept for a while. The solution: A2 of Range 0 to 3 A; Least Count 0.1 A
(a) remained blue and a coating was formed on the nail. Voltmeters : V1 of Range 0 to 10 V; Least Count
(b) turned green and a coating was found on the nail. 0.5 V.
(c) remained blue and no coating was formed on the V2 of Range 0 to 5 V; Least Count 0.1 V
nail.
For the experiment to find the equivalent resistance
(d) turned green and no coating was formed on the nail.
20. The most appropriate method of testing the odour of the parallel combination of the two given resis-
of a given liquid is: tors, the best choice would be:
(a) ammeter A1 and voltmeter V1.
(b) ammeter A1 and voltmeter V2.
(c) ammeter A2 and voltmeter V1.
(d) ammeter A2 and voltmeter V2.
23. In an experiment to trace the path of a ray of light
passing through a rectangular glass slab, four stu-
I II
dents tabulated their observations as given below.

A)
S.No. Angle of Angle of Angle of
incidence refraction emergence
degree degree degree
IV
III 1 30 18 32
2 45 28 43
(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV. 3 60 35 60
SECTION B
B)
21. A student was given three samples containing S.No. Angle of Angle of Angle of
ethanoic acid, sodium bicarbonate solution and incidence refraction emergence
water in test tubes I, II and III, respectively. On degree degree degree
dipping a pH paper in them, he observed that the 1 30 15 38
colour turned orange in I, blue in II and green in 2 45 20 53
III. 3 60 28 67
If arranged in increasing order of their pH, the sequence
14
 Science - Practical Skills

C)
S.No. Angle of Angle of Angle of (b) 1 and 3.
incidence refraction emergence (c) 1 and 4.
degree degree degree (d) 2 and 4.
1 30 10 31
2 45 15 44
3 60 22 60
D)
S.No. Angle of Angle of Angle of
incidence refraction emergence
degree degree degree
1 30 28 28 1 2
2 45 40 40
3 60 56 56
The student most likely to have done the experi-
ment properly is:
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D.
24. For the circuits A and B shown below, the voltme-
ter readings would be:
3 4
26. The correct procedure to prepare a temporary mount
of a stained leaf epidermis is:
A B
Take a peel of a leaf Take a peel of a leaf;
Stain it with safranin; Wash it in water;
Transfer the peel to the Place it on the slide;
slide
Remove the excess stain; Add a drop of glycerin on it;
Put a cover slip on it Put a cover slip gently.
C D
Stain the leaf; Take a peel;
Take a peel; Stain it with iodine;
Wash the peel in water; Transfer the peel to the slide;
Place it on a slide; Remove excess stain with
blotting paper;
(a) 0.6 V in circuit A and 2.5 V in circuit B. Put a cover slip on it.
Put a cover slip on it
(b) 0 V in both circuits.
(c) 3 V in both circuits. (a) A. (b) B. (c) C. (d) D.
(d) 0 V in circuit A and 3 V in circuit B. 27. While performing an experiment with raisins, a stu-
25. Two of the following four figures that illustrate bud- dent recorded the following data.
ding are: Mass of water taken in the beaker = 50 g
(a) 1 and 2. Mass of raisins before soaking = 20 g
Mass of raisins after soaking = 30 g
15
 Science - Practical Skills

Mass of water in the beaker left after experiment dioxide is as shown in:
= 40 g
The % of water absorbed by the raisin is:
(a) 10 %.
(b) 20 %.
(c) 45 %.
(d) 50 %.
28. Using the same number of given germinating gram
seeds, two students A and B set up the experiment
separately. Student A used a cotton plug to hold the
bent tube in the mouth of the flask. Student B used
a rubber cork.

Cotton plug

KOH
Solution
A

Germinating seeds Water

Rubber cork

KOH
B Solution

a) I b) II c) III d) IV
Germinating seeds Water 30. To show that zinc is more reactive than copper, the
correct procedure is to:
After 4 hours they noticed that: (a) prepare copper sulphate solution and dip zinc strip
(a) water level increased in the bent tube only of A.
in it.
(b) water level increased in the bent tube only of
B. (b) prepare zinc sulphate solution and dip copper in it.
(c) the cotton plug was wet. (c) heat zinc and copper strips.
(d) the water in the beaker of B turned milky. (d) add dilute nitric acid on both the strips.
29. The proper experimental arrangement to collect sulphur

16
 Science - Practical Skills
ANSWERS
SET I 16. (c) Solutions in both A and B are hypotonic to raisins and
hence they swell.
1. (a)Red colour is at the top and blue colour is at the bottom. 17. (d) Zinc and aluminium being more reactive will
2. (a) The colour of pH paper is green in neutral medium, replace iron from iron sulphate.
whereas it is red in acidic medium. 18. (a) Acetic acid is corrosive and flammable.
3. (b) The surface becomes black and dull as the reac- 19. (a) Copper is less reactive than zinc and, therefore,
tion proceeds. no reaction occurs.
4. (a) For the correct measurement of focal length, must 20. (c) Acetic acid is miscible with water forming a
have a sharp image on the screen and the meter clear solution.
scale must be correctly positioned between the 21. (a) Zinc reacts with dilute HCl and NaOH, whereas
(sharp image) screen and the centre of the concave Na2CO3 reacts only with dilute HCl.
mirror. 22. (b)We must not only ensure that the two pins (on
5. (c) The image gets blurred and enlarged/shortened the incident ray) are relatively far apart but also
when the screen is pushed farther/nearer from the keep the angle of incidence preferably between 300
focus of the convex lens. and 600.
6. (a)We need to keep the eye far from the glass slab to 23.(c) We must not look for a stereotyped circuit dia-
have a good and proper alignment of the pins. gram but look for the basic condition for (i) paral-
7. (b)We must not only put the ammeter in series and lel (ii) series connection of two resistors in a given
the voltmeter in parallel (with the resistor) but also circuit.
ensure that the polarities of both the instruments 24. (b) The equivalent resistance, of a parallel combi-
are correct. nation of resistors, is less than the resistance of ei-
8. (a)The plotted points should not only lie (nearly) on ther of its two branches. The equivalent resistance,
a straight line but the straight line must also pass in circuit 2, is, therefore, less than (R1+R2) (the
through the origin. Also the current should increase equivalent resistance of circuit 1) and hence the
(proportionally) with the applied potential differ- current flowing through it increases. The voltage
ence. reading, in both cases, is, however, the same.
9. (d) Circuit (I), with no dot put in between the plug 25. (d) Boiling kills the cells, chlorophyll leaches out
key symbol, is an open circuit. Circuit (II), with when boiled in ethanol, but the leaf becomes brittle,
the dot put there, is a closed circuit in which a cur- made normal by washing it in water. Starch gets
rent of 5/5 A i.e. 1 A would flow. stained with iodine.
10. (c) We would have a current flowing in the amme- 26. (b) Black paper covering prevents light.
ter but no deflection in the voltmeter only if the 27. (d) Seeds release CO2 during respiration, which is
voltmeter connections are loose. absorbed by KOH creating a partial vacuum in the
11.(b) Guard cells have nucleus as well as chloroplasts. flask. To fill that water rises.
12. (d) Covered portion of the leaf does not get sun- 28. (d) Proper sequence is to be followed to handle the
light irrespective of the colour of the strip. microscope and to focus the specimen.
13. (c) In (a) seeds are dormant, in (b) killed by cook- 29. (d) Copper reacts with concentrated H2SO4 on heat-
ing and in (d) there is no KOH. ing to give SO2. The tip of the thistle funnel should
14. (c) Absorption of water increases with time up to dip into conc. H2SO4 .
its maximum limit. 30. (a) Acetic acid reacts with Na2CO3 and NaHCO3 to
15.(b) The bud in yeast appears as a protuberance. liberate CO2.

17
 Science - Practical Skills

precaution.
SET II 15.(c) Absorption is facilitated in warm water.
1. (a) The pH paper in neutral medium gives green colour. 16. (c) Buds appear as protuberances.
2.(a)The colour of pH paper is orange in acidic medium 17. (d) Acetic acid is flammable and corrosive.
while it is blue in basic medium. 18. (a) The freshly deposited copper is soft and dull.
3. (c) Zinc is available in the form of granules in the 19.(b) Metal deposition is not very fast and takes some
laboratory. time.
4. (b) The image of the (vertical) tree on the screen 20. (a) The reaction between acetic acid and sodium
will be an inverted vertical image. bicarbonate to produce carbon dioxide is very fast.
5. (a) The focal length of the lens equals the distance 21. (a) The reactions between (i) Zinc and dil. HCl
between the lens and the (sharp) image obtained and (ii) dil. HCl and Na2CO3 are fast whereas the
on the screen. reaction between Zn and NaOH is slow.
6. (b) It is difficult to fix the pins vertically and we 22. (b) The emergent ray, from the rectangular glass
can have a proper alignment of the feet of the slab, is parallel to the incident ray and is laterally
pins. displaced to the left (lower side) of the incident
7. (b) We should select instruments without any zero ray.
error. 23. (b) The ammeter reading being 1.5 A (=4.5V/3 ),
8. (a) The four cells must be connected in series to only the three ohm resistor is connected to the
get a total voltage of 4x1.5=6.0V. For this, the circuit while the other six ohm resistor, because
negative of the first cell must be connected to the of its loose connection, is not part of the circuit at
positive of the second cell, and so on, leaving the all.
positive of the first cell and negative of the fourth 24. (d) The overall range of the voltage is from 0 to
cell to be connected to the circuit. 4.5V and that of current is from 0 to 4.5/9 A=
9. (b) The ammeter must be connected in series, be- 0.5A. We, therefore, prefer instruments that cover
tween the battery and the series combination of these ranges and also have a better least count.
the two resistors, and the voltmeter should be put 25.(c) In the diffused light reaching the ventral sur-
in parallel across the series combination of the face, photosynthesis takes place, and so the whole
two resistors. All the polarities must also be cor- leaf responds to starch test.
rect. 26. (a) The sequence is important to get the best
10. (c) The ammeter, being a very low resistance de- stained material for the temporary mount.
vice, would draw a very large current when con- 27. (d) Proper labelling of KOH in the suspended test
nected directly to the battery. This burns out/ dam- tube, water in the beaker and seeds in the conical
ages its coil. flask.
11. (d) No. 4 is chloroplast. 28. (b) CO2 released is absorbed by KOH. To fill the
12.(b) Nucleus divides first and then the cytoplasm, partial vacuum created in the conical flask, water
when Amoeba undergoes fission. rises in the bent tube.
13. (c) 24 hours to shunt starch from the leaves to the 29.(b) Zinc displaces iron and copper from their salt
rest of the plant. De-starched leaf will show the solutions.
colour change. 30. (b) The apparatus required for the preparation and
14. (d) Water bath is a must to boil the leaf in ethanol as a collection of SO2 is given in Set II only.

18
 Science - Practical Skills

SET III 15. (b) A is hypotonic to the sap of raisin. B is hy-

pertonic. Hence endosmosis in A and exosmo-
1. (c) For testing pH, aqueous solutions are used. sis in B.
2. (d) Since red litmus shows no colour change with 16. (d) Transverse fission in Paramecium.
acids, it is first to be changed to blue litmus 17. (b) SO2 reduces acidified K2Cr2O7 and the most
3. (d) Zinc reacts with sodium hydroxide on heating suitable acid used for acidification in dil H2SO4
to produce hydrogen gas rapidly. 18.(d) SO2 is irritant/harmful.
4. (c) The sharp inverted vertical image of the distant 19. (b) Iron being more reactive displaces copper
tree is formed by a concave mirror. from copper sulphate.
5. (a) All the three angles, shown, here have to be 20. (b) The gases should not be smelt directly or
measured with respect to the normal drawn at the kept too close to nose.
points of incidence/ emergence. 21. (a) Ethanoic acid has the lowest pH and
6. (a) The ammeter has to be put in series and the NaHCO3 has the highest pH whereas pH of
voltmeter in parallel, with the resistor, with both water is in between the two.
instruments connected with their polarities also 22. (c) The equivalent resistance of 3 and 6 , in
correct. parallel is 2 . The current in the circuit can,
7. (a) The screen is just a device to observe the (real) therefore, go only up to 3 A. We therefore
image formed by a convex lens. The image of a choose instruments of correct range and a bet-
distant object continues to get formed at the fo- ter least count.
cus of the convex lens even when no screen is 23. (a) We must not only have the angle of emer-
being used to show its formation. gence (nearly) equal to the angle of incidence
8. (c) We can connect only the voltmeter (a high re- but also have an idea of the magnitude of the
sistance device) in parallel with the resistor R. An angle of refraction (for a glass slab) for the three
ammeter, (a very low resistance device) would most often used values (300, 450, 600) of the
reduce the overall resistance of the circuit to al- angle of incidence.
most zero. This would damage not only the am- 24. (d) Only circuit B, with a dot within the sym-
meter but also the battery eliminator. bol of the plug key, is a closed circuit in which
9. (b) The voltmeter has to be put in parallel with the current is flowing and will show non-zero volt-
resistances being measured and not across the am- age. The voltmeter reading, for the set ups
meter. shown, would be(nearly) equal to the voltage
10. (a) We must keep the circuit closed for a rela- of the battery.
tively shorter time and open for a relatively longer 25. (c) Yeast and Hydra reproduce by budding.
time. This would ensure minimal changes in the 26. (a) Proper procedure to prepare a good stained
values of resistances due to the heating effects of temporary mount of leaf peel.
currents. 27. (d) Calculation using the formula.
11. (c) Safranin is pinkish red in colour. 28. (b) The conical flask should be closed with
12. (d) The sequence illustrates binary fission in rubber cork to make it air tight. Otherwise par-
Amoeba. tial vacuum will not be created.
13. (d) KOH absorbs CO2 released by the seeds. 29. (d) SO2 is soluble in water and heavier than
14. (b) Sunlight is not available to the covered por- air.
tion. Hence no starch. Remains white after starch 30. (a) Zinc displaces copper from its salt solu-
test. The rest is stained. tion.
19
 Science - Practical Skills

Additional Questions and Answers

1. The following substances are added to water in a beaker 4. The correct arrangement for taking temperature in the
as shown below. The mixture is stirred well. A true study of the temperature time graph is shown in figure.
solution is found in the beaker.

a) I b) II c) III d) IV
2. In the experiment to establish the relation between a) A b) B c) C d) D
loss in weight of an immersed solid with the weight
5. For the simple pendulum shown in the figure, the
of water displaced by it, the correct setup is shown effective length is :
in figure. a) AP b) OP
c) CP d) CQ

a) A b) B c) C d) D
3. A given solid is weighed in air using a spring bal-
ance. It is then weighed by immersing it fully, in 6. A figure depicting parts of a neuron is given below.
each of the three vessels containing water, as shown. The correct identification of the labels 1,2,3,4 respec-
Its weight when immersed, will be: tively is:
a) least in vessel C. a) dendrite, cytoplasm, nissl granules, nerve fibre.
b) least in vessel B b) cilia, endoplasmic reticulum, nucleoli, nerve fi-
c) least in vessel A bre.
d) equal in all the three vessels. c) dendrons, cell body, Nissl granuale, axon.
d) dendrites, cyton, nuleus, axon.

(A) (B) (C)

7. The table below gives the observations reported by
20
 Science - Practical Skills

two students X and Y for an experiment on the study side 4 cm, and two spring balances. Balance A has a
of temperature-time graph. The experiment is likely range of 0 to 250 g and a least count of 2.5g, while
to have been performed correctly by: balance B has a range of 0 to 1000 g and a least count of
(a) X (b) Y 10 g. The preferred option for mass measurement would
(c) both X and Y (d) neither X nor Y be to use.
a) balance A for both the cubes.
b) balance B for both the cubes
c) balance A for the aluminium cube and balance
B for iron cube.
d)balance A for the iron cube and balance B for
aluminium cube.
11. A student observes that a block kept on a table, in
the experimental set up used in the study of limit-
ing friction, begins to move after adding 5g to the
8. Observe the pictures of honey bee and cockroach. pan. The mass of the pan is 25g. If an identical
The common feature that assigns them to the same block of the same mass is kept on the first block,
phylum is: the additional mass to be put in the pan needed to
just move the blocks, would most likely be:
a) 10 g b) 20 g c) 30 g d) 40 g
12. You are viewing a prepared slide of striped muscle
fibres from cockroach leg. When you focus the
microscope, the striations appear pale and indis-
tinct. To make the striations clearly visible, you
would:
(a) wings a) slowly close the diaphragm to reduce the light
(b) three pair of legs b) remove the mirror to cut out light
(c) jointed appendages c) change the eye piece to increase magnification.
(d) antennae d) replace the objective to decrease magnification.
9. A student found the posterior part of a male cock- 13. A student was asked to mix the white of an egg
roach in the laboratory. The following sketch was with water and stir well. The student observed
made. The missing part in the sketch is: that:
(a) anal cerci a) a transparent solution is formed
(b) anal style b) a translucent mixture is formed
(c) brood pouch c) egg white settles down at the bottom
(d) antennae. d) egg white floats on the surface of the water.
14. The temperature - time graph obtained when a hot
liquid is allowed to cool, is likely to resemble
graph.
Temperature
Temperature

10. You are given solid cubes of aluminium and iron, each of

21
 Science - Practical Skills

16. While observing a thin section of a plant stem,

Temperature

Temperature
four students sketched sclerenchyma as given
below. The correct diagram is:

C D

a) A b) B c) C d) D
15. Out of the following, the best choice for measuring
the time period of a simple pendulum is:

Spinning bol

a) A b) B c) C d) D a) A b) B c) C d) D

ANSWERS
1. b) Sugar makes a true solution.
with anal cerci.
2. b) The solid must be suspended by an inextensibl
10. c) While preferring a smaller least count, we
string in the centre of the overflow can without
should estimate the range needed for a given
touching its bottom.
measurement and select accordingly.
3. d) The loss in weight does not depend upon the
11. c) We need to double the total mass of the
shape of the vessel or the volume of water in it.
pan and its weight to move a block of double
4. a) The thermometer must be dipped vertically in
the mass. That is, we need 35g in the pan.
the water level away from the bottom and sides
So additional mass to be put is 30 g.
of the calorimeter and close to the middle of the
12. a) Reduction of light gives a better contrast.
water level.
13. b) Egg white forms colloids.
5. b) The length of the pendulum equals the length
14. b) The liquid cools faster first and slowly later
fromthe bottom of the suspension to the centre of
on.
the bob.
15. b) The pendulum bob must be made to swing
6. d) Correct labelling.
with a small amplitude without spinning or
7. b) The rate of fall of temperature is faster first
moving in a circular path.
and slower later.
16. c) Pits, non - nucleated cells, thick cell walls
8. c) All arthropods have jointed appendages.
characteristics.
9. b) Only male cockroaches have anal styles along

22
 VALUE BASED QUESTIONS
CLASS-X
SCIENCE-SA-II
2012-2013

Chapter-1 CHEMICAL REACTION AND EQUATIONS

Q-1. Why parents are advised to discourage their children to eat chips and junk food?

Chapter-2 ACID, BASES AND SALTS

Q-2. Brushing our teeth twice a day is a well known saying. Justify this statement.

Q-3. Farmers are using a large number. of Pesticides and fertilizers in their fields to increase crop
production and to enhance their profits. But by doing so they are causing damage to the soil as
well as to the environment. Do you agree with this statement? Why should we avoid eating fruits
and vegetables without washing them properly?

Chapter -3 METALS AND NONMETALS

Q-4. Gold is a very precious metal. Pure gold is very soft it is therefore not suitable for making
jewellery. It is alloyed with either Silver or Copper to make it hard. But sometimes jewellers mix
a large quantity of copper and Silver in gold to earn more profit.

Q-i. What precautions should you take while purchasing gold jewellery?

Q-(ii). Why does Government insist on purchasing Hall Marked jewellery?

Q-5. Corrosion is a serious problem. Every year an enormous amount of money is spend to replace
damaged iron. What steps can be taken to prevent this damage.

Q-6. Mercury is the only metal found in the liquid state. It is largely used in thermometers to measure
the temperature. But mercury is a very dangerous metal as its density is very high. What two
precautions you would take while handling the equipments containing Mercury?

Chaper-4. CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS

Q-7. Mrs. Anita observed that her cooking utensils are becoming black in colour and the flame of her
gas stove is yellowish in colour what can be the reason for this sooty flame. How is this problem
harmful for our environment? What steps should be taken to stop this process.

Q-8. Ethanol is used on a large scale at commercial level this is a very useful chemical. It is commonly
called alcohol and is the active ingredient of alcoholic drink. But consumption of alcohol also
causes drunkenness and this practice is Socially condemned. As a responsible student of class –X
what steps you would take to discourage the use of alcohol.

Q-9. You must have seen advertisements stating that some vegetable oils are healthy. Saturated fatty
acids which are said to be harmful for health. Why vegetable oils are considered healthy then
Saturated fatty acids (ghee)? What precautions you would take in selecting a cooking oil.

Chapter – 5 PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS

Q-11. Ria and Rama are students of Class-X. Ria is very much organized and maintained. The
teachers love her. She earns a great respect in the class where as Rama is un-organised and
always faces a lot of problems in handling life situations.
(i). In your opinion how organization help in daily life?
(ii). How can you relate the above fact with the chapter classification of elements. How classification
of elements help us in studying them properly?

Q-10. Adulteration is becoming a very serious problem of our society. Study reveals that more people
die because of food adulteration rather than hunger. Shopkeepers mix harmful chemicals and
things in food items to earn more profit which may even lead to deaths.
(i). Being a responsible citizen how can you fight against adulteration?
(ii). Give an example of food adulteration.
(iii) How will you test about the adulteration in this food item?

Chapter-6 LIFE PROCESSES

Q-12. Eating junk food results in several health problems including obesity and heart problems. Still lot
of children prefer to eat junk food. What suggestion you will give to avoid eating junk food.

Q-13. Regular physical exercise for 45 minutes is advisable for normal functioning of human body.
Comment upon the advantages of this statement/practice in daily life.
Q-14. Rahul wants to build up his body very quickly without following right exercise regime and
balanced diet. Instead he started eating readymade food supplement.

i). In your opinion was the step taken by Rahul is right. Justify your answer.
ii). What are the harmful effects of taking artificial health supplement without consulting a physician.

Q-15. Om, Rohit and Kishore always remain in a hurry. One day, during lunch hour they all quickly
gulped food and went out to play.

(i). Om suddenly developed stomach ache while playing. What according to you might have gone
wrong with him.
Q-16. Meena who is studying in Class-X gets tired very soon and her skin colour is turning pale, her
haemoglobin content in the blood is also low She is really confused about this situation.

i). Which disease is she suffering from.

ii). What kind of diet should she take to overcome this problem.

Q-17. Sohan went to his town Agra 200 Km away from Delhi with his father in a car. On the way there
was lot of traffic jam. Sohan while reaching his town felt nausea and headache. He had inhaled
lots of toxic polluted gases.
i). Which system/part of his body gets affected.
ii). What steps could be taken to reduce air pollution.

CHAPTER-7. CONTROL AND COORDINATION

Q-18. Mayank‟s father never bothered to check the brand/contents of the salt he had purchased from the
market. Mayank noticed that her sister had developed swollen neck. The doctor advised her to
eat Iodised Salt.

i). Name the disease from which Mayank‟s sister suffered.

ii). Why the doctor has advised her to eat Iodised Salt?

Q-19. Injections are given to the cattle for the production of milk.
(i). Do you think it is a right practice.
(ii). What harm is this practice causing us?
Q-20. Often the road accidents victims faced really a tough time due to the shortage of blood in the
hospital.
i). Give suggestion to avoid shortage of blood in the blood bank.

Q-21. A person is taking the insulin injection everyday.

(i). Name the disease he is suffering from.
(ii). How does healthy life style help this patient to control this disease?

Q-22. Most of students suffer from exam stress and anxiety during exam days.
i). Suggest three good habits which students should adopt to tackle this problem.

Q-23. Generally some of teenagers readily come under bad influences under peer group pressure.

(i). Why does teenagers readily come under this influence.

(ii). Suggest methods to overcome such problems.

Chapter-8 HOW DO ORGANISMS REPRODUCE?

Q-24. We hear and read about female foeticide, which is really is a wrong practice. In some families, be
it rural or urban, females are tortured for giving birth to a girl child. They do not seem to
understand the scientific reason behind the birth of a boy or a girl.

In your opinion,the approach of the society towards mother in this regard is correct or not?
Explain the scientific reason.

Q-25. Mr. R. Sharma was suffering from various types of diseases presently. He went for thorough
health checkups and was diagnosed as HIV+ve. Soon this news spread in his neighborhood and
on account of this, he faced social isolation.

Comment upon:-
i. Do you think people‟s indifference towards HIV+ve people is justifiable?
What kind of approach should we have towards the persons suffering from AIDS.
ii. How can one protect oneself from this diseases?

Q-26. It is a well known fact that pregnant woman‟s health is a backbone of every family, society and
thus nation
i). Which tissue is responsible for providing nutrition from mother to growing embryo?
ii). According to you, what can be the likely measures to maintain woman health during pregnancy.

Q-27. How can one justify this statement that “Like physical mental and social fitness, human beings
need fitness of reproductive life” i.e. „Reproductive Health‟.

Q-28. Arjun and Ram are students of Class-IX. Both were initially good in studies. After some time
academic performance of Arjun started declining and he became irritable. This change was
noticed by his class teacher the teacher, while interacting with Arjun found out that he had six
siblings and whole family lived in a single room.

Mother was not able to devote much attention to him and resources were not sufficient.

(i) After going through the situation, what are the factors, which you think, are responsible for
change in behaviour and his poor performance in studies.

Chapter-7 CONTROL AND COORDINATION

Q-29. Rahul got a bike on his 18th Birthday from his parents. His father instructed him always to wear
helmet while driving. He reluctantly obeys him but does not tie the straps of Helmet properly.

(i). According to you, what danger Rahul can face in future while he is driving his bike.
(ii). Which vital organ/organs gets protection by wearing the helmet while driving the two wheelers?
CHAPTER-10-11 LIGHT, HUMAN EYE AND COLOURFUL WORLD

Q-30. „Vision‟ is one of the wonderful gifts given to us by God. But most of the people never take care
of their eyes. Care for eyes should be taken, suggest some methods for proper eye care?

Q-31. Suddenly a news spread in the school that a student of class-IX-A has expired due to heart attack,
but he has donated his beautiful eyes to one of his friend. All the members of school felt very sad
for his untimely death, but on the other side they were overwhelmed on hearing the donation of
his eyes to his friend, who would now be able to see this beautiful nature.
Do you think that the student who expired had done good job? Is it worth to donate vital organs?

Q-32. In a class-room, there were four or five students who were not able to read the material written on
black board. The other students of class helped them to sit at the front seat, so that they can also
read the material written on blackboard.
 What can be the reason behind it, what will you recommend these students and what precautions
you will insist them?

Q-33. On the rainy day, Ram reached his grandfather‟s place in village. On the way to house he saw a
beautiful rainbow in this sky. In night, he saw lots of twinkling stars in the clear sky. He was
very excited to see these beautiful natural phenomenon, which he was not able to see in th city,
where he lived with his father.
Do you think that pollution in atmosphere effects the formation of rainbow and twinkling of
starts. Do you agree with the fact that pollution free environment will strengthen such natural
phenomenon in the cities as well ellaborate.

Q-34. We mostly read in newspaper, that few students went for picnic, but while boating one or two
drowned in river. Situation below can be the reason for this.

Situation- while boating with parents, a child saw a beautiful fish in the river or lake. He/she tried
to catch it, thinking that it is very closer to him/her. But situation became worse when he/she
drowned in the river/lake instead of catching it Name the phenomenon that shows the apparent
position of fish, explain it.
What precautionary measures you will suggest while boating.

Q-35. Generally, we observe that the adolescence age is the age of change in physical appearance,
behaviour, mental level, etc. Because of these changes, the child of this age always loves to
stand in front of mirror and feel happy. But if we think little more, we will observe that the mirror
reflect both image physical as well as internal feelings that is whatever we think is also reflected
by mirror.
Do you agree with this, comment on it.

Chapter 12-13 ELECTRICITY,MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC CURRENT

Q No. 36 Suddenly the news spread in the school that the fire had broke out in examination room. All the
important papers and office documents were burnt. The reason for this mishap was short
circuiting.
What is short circuiting and what precautions can be taken to avoid such tragic incidents.
Q No. 37 Mr. Sharma a property dealer, had many expensive appliances at his home like fridge 3 air
conditioners, geyser etc but he forgot to put earth wire connections to these appliances. One day
his younger daughter opened the fridge and suffered a severe electric shock though, she was
saved.
Why it happened and how can one save himself of herself from these electric shock by these
electrical appliances.

Q No. 38 We generally use a device in an electrical circuit, which is essential for safety of appliance as
well as life.
What is that safety device called?
How it works and helps us to live happily?
Do you think it is necessary for every place where electricity is used.

Q No.39 One day science teacher was teaching in her class, one of her student was very sad. The teacher
asked her the reason, the way she responded amaze the students in the class room. She told the
teacher of the mishap which took place in her locality where four members of a family died, as
they were trying to theft electricity by connecting the conducting wire with the live wire on the
street.
Now do you think is this practice of electricity theft good, how does one‟s conscience allows it.
What advice would you like to give to improve such mind set?

Q No. 40 One day sohan went to his friend‟s house. He was surprised to see that most of the electrical
appliances at his house were functional. For example tube light and fan in all room, two TV‟s,
computer, light of toilet & kitchen were switched on sohan told his friend that this is not the way
to use electricity.
Now the question arises whether this habit of consuming electrical energy is acceptable or not.
Will it not effect like economical condition of family as well as the nation how?

Chapter – 14 SOURCE OF ENERGY

Q No. 41 In a school, there are seventy teachers most of them come by their personal vehicle. Where as
there are many teachers who come from the same place.
Is this practice of commuting to school will help nature. Justify it?
Q No. 42 During the natural disaster (Tsunami) at Japan, the nuclear reactors were damaged, due to
which hazardous radiation affected the large area.
i. What will be the reason for this damage?
 ii. How it affected the people and environment?
iii. Do you think that nuclear energy is good for nature?

Q No. 43 In a village people burn wood and cow dung as a fuel for basic necessity. In other nearby
village, they have bio gas plant in which bio waste is used to prepare bio gas.
If we compare the situation of both village, which practice you will prefer the best and why?

Q No. 44 You would have seen at the roofs of the minister‟s house, hospital, hotels etc, solar panel for
electricity and solar heater for hot water are placed. Now a days most of the people are preferring
these methods.
Why they are preferring these types of method?
What kind of source of energy is used here?
How it will effect our environment.

Q No. 45 Conserving energy has become the need of the society & nature, be it in the transport house
hold or industries. Energy conservation has been recognized as a national issue for long time.
As a responsible citizen of India, what steps would you take to conserve energy.

Chapter – 15 OUR ENVIRONMENT

Q No. 46 It is often advised to stop our vehicles engine at red light and also to drive car / vehicles at
constant speed.
Based on the above statement, answer the following question.
1. Which type of fuel is used in vehicles? Is it renewable or non renewable.
2. How can you contribute towards saving these fuels at your level?

Q No. 47 Number of vultures is decreasing remarkably. Now a days which is a matter of concern.
1. Vultures belong to which category of animal.
2. What is their role in nature to maintain ecological balance.

Q No. 48 Newspaper reports about the alarming increase in pesticides level in packed food items Some
of states have even banned these food items.
1. What are the sources of these pesticides in these food items.
2. Name the biological phenomenon associated with accumulation of pesticide in the food chain.

Q No. 49 Ozone depletion / Ozone hole is a cause of concern now a days.

1. What are the causes of ozone depletion.
2. As students what steps will you advise to reduce ozone depletion.

Q No. 50 Acid rain is causing damage to monuments / Buildings etc. and also harm the flora and fauna.
1. What is the cause of acid rain.
2. What essential changes in our daily life can lie done to prevent acid rain / damage caused by acid
rain.

Q No. 51 Plastic production is increasing day by day in spite of the fact that plastic is harmful for the
environment.
Based on the above statement answer the following.
1. What are the harmful effects of plastic usage?
2. In our day to day situation what are the alternatives that we can use instead of plastics.

Chapter 16 Management of Natural Resources

Q No. 52 Chipko movement was stared in 1970s in a small village of Garhwal high up in Himalayas
villagers stood against greedy contractors.
Women folk hugged the trees. The chipko – movement spread slowly to all nearby areas under the
leadership of Shri Sunder Lal Bahuguna.
1. Do you feel inspired by this movement which prevented felling of trees.
2. Do you think that local people are real stake holders?
3. Which old belief has been challenged by chipko movement?

Q No. 53 There are certain N.G.O‟s which motivate the general public to donate clothes books toys,
stationary items, utensils etc to them. There N.G.O.‟s further segregate and distribute these items
to the needy.
 In your opinion what objective / objectives are fulfilled by this initiative?

Q No. 54 Reena is a student of class X of a Govt. School she is a member of Eco club‟ of her school.
What suggestions would like to give Reena to improve the environment in her school?

Q No. 55 Human population was less in early days. Men used to live in harmony with nature however, in
present time tremendous growth of population and science & technology is resulting in fast
depletion of natural resources.
1. Don‟t you think, it is high time that humans should realize that their own survival is in danger if
they do not follow the path of sustainable development.
2. What are the ill effects of unsustainable development?

Q No. 56 My sister is in habit of keeping the tap open while brushing her teeth. She loves to bathe under
shower. My neighbour uses hosepipe attached to drinking water supply pipe for washing his
scooter & car.
According to me their way of handling the most precious source water is absolutely wrong.
1. Do you agree with me or not?
2. What changes in the above situation can be done to conserve water.

Q No. 57 Govt. of India has recently instituted an Amrita Devi Bishnoi National Award for wildlife
conservation in the memory of Amrita Devi Bishnoi. Who sacrified her life along with 363 others
for the protection of khejri trees near Jodhpur in Rajasthan. Based an the above statement answer
the following question.
1. How trees are important to us?
2. How can you protect trees?
3. What is the significance of Van Mahotsava?

Q No. 58 Sneha and Sugandha are friends. Sneha belongs to a rich family and she believes in throwing
and discarding the things after use while Sugandha does not like wastage and she reused the
things. Based on above information answer the following questions :-
1. How reusing the things avoid wastage.
2. List any two examples where you can reuse the things.
3. What change can you make in your habits to become more Eco-friendly.

Q No. 59 Business is not only about accumulating wealth and glory. It is not about growth for the sake
of size. It is about being a good corporate citizen and the admirer of the environment. How can
you say that being a good citizen is more important than becoming a successful businessman?
How can you become a good and responsible citizen?

Q No. 60 Water is one of our most precious commodities and no life can survive without it. It has been
predicted that water scarcity will become the subject of “Wars” is the near future.
1. Write any two ways in which water is getting polluted?
2. Write any two measures to stop water pollution at your level?
Q No. 61 Tourism sector is a major source of income for Govt. To obtain more income the hills are
being converted into tourist places where rest houses and resorts are made and millions of tourists
visit those hills. They throw plastic covers, bottles and other litter there and destroy them. As a
responsible citizen of the country what two precautions you would take while visiting tourist
place.

Q No. 62 Human actions are leading to environmental problems. But we need not feel powerful or
helpless as there are many things we can do to make a difference.
Keeping in view the above statement answer the following questions:-
1. What are the three R‟s which can make a difference in our environment.
2. How can you contribute at your own level to save the environment.

VALUE BASED QUESTIONS

CLASS-X
SCIENCE-SA-II
2012-2013

Chapter-1 CHEMICAL REACTION AND EQUATIONS

 Ans 1. (i). Junk food makes the person obese.
(ii). He/She may suffer from loss of apetite.
(iii). He/She may develop the problems related to his/her physical or mental growth
(iv). It leads to wastage of money.
Associated Value : The learner will be able to understand the benefits of healthy food habits.

Chapter-2 ACID, BASES AND SALTS

Ans 2. We should brush our teeth twice a day as bacteria present in the mouth produce acids by
degradation of sugar and food particles remaining in the mouth after eating. The best way to
prevent this is to clean the mouth using toothpaste which are generally basic. These can neutralise
the excess acid and prevent tooth decay.
Associated Value : The learner will be motivated to keep her teeth properly cleaned.

Ans 3. Plants require a specific pH range for their healthy growth by using a large no. of pesticides and
fertilizers pH of the soil changes which make it more acidic or basic. So in the long run the soil
becomes infertile. This leads to soil erosion causing a damage to the environment also. So use
of these pesticides and fertilizers should be restricted.
Associated Value : The learner understands the need to wash her vegetables and fruits properly before
eating them.

Chapter -3 METALS AND NONMETALS

Ans 4. i We should always purchase the Gold jewellery from a branded shop with proper receipt and Hall
Mark certificate.
ii. Govt. insists on purchasing hall marked jewellery as it contains the gold and its alloyed metal (ie.
Copper or silver) in a fixed ratio.
Associated Value : They will be more careful and educated and thus can‟t be befooled easily while
shopping jewellery and other products.

Ans 5. The rusting of iron can be prevented by painting , oiling greasing, galvanising, chrome plating,
anodising or making alloys.
Associated Value : The learner will be able to escape from the economic loss of metallic objects by keeping
them corrosion resistant.

Ans 6. Equipments contained Mercury should be handled carefully.

 If broken or discarded their disposal should be done carefully.
Associated Value : The learners will handle & dispose such poisonous items more carefully.

Chaper-4. CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS

Ans 7. a).The inlets for air in stove get blocked which leads to yellow flame.
b). This problem is harmful for our environment as incomplete combustion results in the formation of
oxides which are major pollutants of our environment.
c). For preventing this situation gas or stove burners should be cleaned time to time.

Associated Value : Eco-friendly habits will be inculcated among the learners.

Ans 8. By sensitizing the people about the harmful effects of liquor consumption.
By making poster, banners and writing articles on this issue.
By not getting attracted towards this habit and to stop my friends also to keep control on
themselves to condemn alchololism.
Associated Value : The learners understand the bad effects of Alcoholism and also start try to discourage
this practice in the society.

Ans 9. Vegetable oils contain unsaturated fatty acids which are healthy and decrease the cholesterol level
in our blood. That is why we should use vegetable oils for cooking. Cooking oil should be
selected in such a manner that it should contain low cholesterol.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to adopt healthy food habits once they understand that animal
fats produce more cholesterol than vegetable oil.

Chapter – 5 PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS

Ans 11. Organisation makes our life simple, easy and systematic.
As classification and organization help us in our daily life in the same way classification of
elements has make the study of elements easier and simple.
We can know about the properties of elements because of this classification.
Associated Value : The learner will be motivated to adopt well disciplined and organized life.

Ans 10
(i) By sensitizing people about adulteration.
(ii) Small amount of pebbles/impurities are mixed in pulses.
(iii) When we wash the pulses the impurities float on the water.
Associated Value : The learner will become more vigilant towards Food adulteration and they start try to
check this menance.

Chapter-6 LIFE PROCESSES

Ans 12.
(i). Prefer and enjoy eating fruits and vegetables.
(ii). Choose a diet that provide enough calcium and iron and proteins to meet their growing body‟s
requirements.
iii. Add fresh vegetables to pizzas, burger, if you cant avoid eating them.
Associated Value : The learners will go for healthy food habit once they understand the harms of taking
Fast and junkfood.

Ans 13.
(i). A good, regular exercise keep diabetes under check.
(ii). Exercise is also crucial to those who are obese or overweight.
(iii). Weight traning exercises increases uptake of calcium In the bones and help in preventing
osteoporosis (Bone disease).
iv. Regular exercise also reduces bad cholesterol in our body and helps in improving the function of
the heart.
Associated Value : The learners will be motivated to take up sports activities more regularly to keep
them healthy.

Ans-14. (i). No the steps taken by Rahul was not right.

(ii). It can lead to addiction and can affect the health adversely.
Associated Value : The learners will be discouraged to get influenced trom other of taking any food
supplements that harm their health
Ans 15.Om developed Stomach ache as he had not chewed his food properly. Chewing food properly
helps in proper breakdown of food and mixing it with saliva
. Large food pieces if enter the stomach might cause damage.
Associated Value : The learners will start chewing their food properly for healthy digestion.

Ans 16. i. Meena is suffering from Anaemia.

ii. She should take fruits and vegetables (Spinach) which is rich in iron. Iron is an essential
component of hemoglobin and is required for its proper functioning.
Associated Value : The learners will be motivated to take the balanced diet especially rich with protein
& Iron to keep their Haemoglobin level in the required range.

Ans 17.(i). Respiratory system/lungs will get affected.

(ii). a. Factories should treat harmful waste & filter it before releasing it in the environment.
b. Less polluting fuels like CNG should be used in vehicles.
c. Regular pollution check and proper service and maintenance should be done for private vehicles.
Associated Value : The learners will start taking up more eco-friendly transit system like metro to travel
besides advocating car pool among others.

CHAPTER-7. CONTROL AND COORDINATION

Ans 18.
1. Goitre/Thyroid related disease.
2. Iodine present in iodised salt is needed to produce thyroxin hormone.
Associated Value : The learners will only take up Iodised salt in their meal in order to check Iodine
deficiency disease.

Ans 19 (i) No.

(ii)Intake of such contaminated milk may cause various health disorders.
Associated Value : The learners will become more vigilant while taking milk or milk products and
would prefer to take them from registered outlet like Mother Diary, DMS etc.

Ans 20.
1. Spread awareness that blood donation is a healthy social habit.
2. Sensitizing and encouraging the people with the help of Nukkad Natak, Media etc. to participate
in blood donation camp.
Associated Value : It will motivate the learner in believing that the blood donation is a social value and
duty of human being.

Ans 21.
(i) Diabetes (Type-II)
(ii) Regular exercise, taking Balanced diet avoid sweet food item, cola etc.
Associated Value : The learner will understand that Diabetes is a life style disease and will be
encouraged to adopt a life style with balanced diet and regular exercise to keep such diseases away from
them.
Ans 22.Good habits to beat the exam stress:
(i) Regular study hours.
(ii) Taking balanced /light diet.
(iii) Exercise /walk with good speed in the morning /evening.
(iv) Regular breaks.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to cope exam stress in a more better way by following
disciplined & planned studies.

Ans 23. Adolescence brings about the hormonal secretion among teenagers. This leads to some physical
and emotional changes among them which are difficult to bear by them.
2 (i). Proper counseling of teenagers should be arranged from the counsellor.
(ii). Healthy communication with parents.
(iii). Teenagers should be properly motivated to set realistic goals.
Associated Value : The learner will be able to handle various challenges of adolescent stages in a more
better way.

Chapter-8 HOW DO ORGANISMS REPRODUCE?

Ans 24.Approach of society is baseless. Sex of child is determined by type of chromosome present in
sperm (X or Y) that fuses with ovum at time of fertilization.
Associated Value : The learner will be able to improve their mindsets that help them to discontinue
various social malaise viz gender inequality, female foeticide etc.

Ans 25. 1. Absolutely not.

Human approach/behavior
One should be aware about the mode of transmission of disease, danger of sharing needles etc.
Associated Value : The learners will understand that only a generous and improved mindset of society
can help the people to fight HIV/AIDS related problems.

Ans 26 (i) Placenta.

(i) Would be mother should eat healthy balanced nutritious diet, should be stress free.
(ii) She should not take any medicine without proper doctor‟s advice.
Associated Value : The learner will appreciate the idea that it is very important for all of us to help in
maintaining good health of the pregnant lady.
 Ans 27 This will prevent himself from contracting various STD‟s as well as spreading of diseases.
Associated Value : The learner will be motivated to maintain a good reproductive health as well.

Ans 28.Big families can be one of the reasons/advantages of having short family.
Associated Value : The learner will understand the fact that only small family gets good health and
education unlike that of a large family.

Chapter-7 CONTROL AND COORDINATION

Ans. 29. He may get head enjury that may even prove fatal to him.
2. Brain, Eye.
Associated Value : The learners will be encouraged to obey traffic rules while traveling on the roads.

CHAPTER-10-11 LIGHT, HUMAN EYE AND COLOURFUL WORLD

Ans 30 Don‟t Rub eyes.

Wash them properly and softly
Any other suggestions.
Associated Value : The learners will follow the tips to maintain the good eye care.

Ans 31. Yes,, Independent view of student.

Associated Value : The learners will be motivated/inspire to appreciate the idea of organ donation in
their life.

Ans 32. Myopia (Reason)

Get the proper check up for the eyes.
Should wear spectacles as recommended by doctor.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to handle eye sight disorder if any in their life.

Ans 33. Yes

Yes
Independent view of a student.
Associated Value : The learners will understand the fact that the urban people will have to keep their city
clean & pollution free if they wish to experience some beautiful natural events viz twinkling of star, a
rainbow etc.
.

Ans 34. Refractioin

Explanation of Refraction.
Never try to catch or hold anything in deep water, As it appears nearer them it actual position.
Associated Value : The learners will be encouraged to obey rules strictly to avoid life risk during
recreational activities like boating etc.

Ans 35.Yes/Self introspection is esstential.

Associated Value : The learners will be able to tackle the adolescent challenges developed due to
enormous physical and emotional changes in their life during this stage.

Chapter 12-13 ELECTRICITY,MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF ELECTRIC

CURRENT

Ans. 36 Definition of short circuiting

Use fuse, connecting wire should be of good quality, wire should be properly insulated externally.
Associated Value : The learners will become more educated to handle emergency situation like electric
fire more carefully.

ANS 37. Earth wire is not used

Explain function of earth wire
Its colours, need of connecting metallic appliances with earth wire.
Associated Value : The learners will be more careful and vigilant while handling electric gadgets to
avoid electric shocks.

ANS 38 Fuse
Yes, function & application of FUSE.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to understand and appreciate the importance of electric fuse
in domestic circuit.

ANS 39 : No, electricity theft is not good.

Proper connection, billing, safety measure can save both property and life which is more precious.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to appreciate the role of being a responsible citizen and not
to involve in any unlawful and risky events like electric thaft etc.

ANS 40 No Yes it will affect the economical condition of family as well as the nation
Because both renewable and mostly non-renewable sources of energy is used to generate large
amount of electricity. We should conserve the energy.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to encouraged to adopt eco-friendly attitude which also a
need of hour.

Chapter – 14 SOURCE OF ENERGY

ANS 41 No, excessive use of fossil fuel, pollute the environment, and fossil fuels are non renewable
source of energy.
Can use car pool.
Associated Value : The learners will appreciate and adopt the idea of traveling in MRTs (Metro) and
favour car pool so that they can also play a role in promting eco-friendly life style.

ANS 42 i. Heat evolved during nuclear fission

ii. a. Damage to property & life
b. Genetical Disorder
c. Infertile soil
iii. Pros & cons of nuclear energy.

Associated Value : The learners will be more educated and careful towards safety measurers against
nuclear hazards.

ANS 43 Second village

Qualities of Bio gas fuel.

Associated Value : The learners will appreciate the practice of adopting renewable sources of energy like
CNG, Biofuel, solar energy by the people.

ANS 44 Renewable source of energy

Saving of electrical energy, money
 Non-polluting
Associated Value : Same as in 43.

ANS 45 Use of renewable sources of energy

Population control
Planning trees (afforestation)
Any other point according to the student.
Associated Value : The learners will be encouraged to play their role as a responsible citizen in the
conservation of energy resources.

Chapter – 15 OUR ENVIRONMENT

ANS 46 Fossil fuel – non renewable

 Traveling in Metro (MRTS) / Public transport
 Opting for CNG as a motor fuel instead of petrol & diesel.
Associated Value : The learners will adopt all these fuel saving techniques in their life.
ANS 47 i. Scavenger
ii. Help in recycling in nature by eating dead animals.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to understand and participate in maintaining ecological
Balance by not harming other creatures.

ANS 48 1. Chemicals (Pesticides, Fertilizers) used in agricultural practices.

2. Biological magnification.
Associated Value : The learners will be able to apply rational approach while using such pesticides &
will be more careful towards using packaged food.

ANS 49 1. Chlorofluoro carbon (CFCs) released into atmosphere disintegrate the ozone molecule.
2.Stop using devices that release CFCs.
Associated Value : The learners will be more educated and will be more vigilant & judicious towards
using equipments /chemical that produces CFCs in order to protect ozone layer.

ANS 50 1. Oxides of Nitrogen & sulphur released from vehicular & industrial emissions on mixing
with rain water produces acid rain.
2. Traveling in metro (MRTS) instead of fossil fuel driven vehicles.
Associated Value : The learners will adopt Eco-friendly lifestyle so that lesser amount of (No)x and
(So)x released into atmosphere which are the main contribution factor causing Acid Rain.

ANS 51 i Environmental pollution

Burning plastics can cause pollution
Plastic cause harm to the cattle / animals if enter inside their alimentary canal.
ii. Paper bags / jute bags can be used instead of plastic bag.
Any other relevant view of the student
Associated Value : The learners will be discouraged to use plastics as a source of packaging, storing as it
is non biodegradable.

Chapter 16 Management of Natural Resources

ANS 52 1. Yes
2. Yes
3 Chipko movement has challenged the old belief that forests are meant only for timber.
Gift of trees to us is soil, water, oxygen.
Associated Value : The learners will be motivated for Tree plantation drive and will be discouraged to be
a part in reckless cutting of trees.

ANS 53 1. Good initiative approach of reuse

2. Sensitizing general public towards community
Associated Value : The learners will become more socially responsible citizen by contributing their
share towards much generous acts of society towards their under privileged fellows.

ANS 54 1. Growing plants and trees in the open area in the school.
2 Arrangement for water harvesting
3. Reporting any kind of water leakage in the school.
Associated Value : The learners will be motivated to act like a eco-club members and participate
actively in its all environment saving activities.

ANS 55 1. Yes
2. Global warming, degradation of environment health hazards.
Associated Value : The learners will appreciate the fact that rational use of natural resourses is their
responsibilities towards saving has nature for future generations as well.
ANS 56 1. Agreed
2. One should minimize use of water, should not keep the taps open when not in use, should use
bucket of water for cleaning purpose for taking bath, as these practices consume less water.
Associated Value : The learners will start using water resources more judiciously to avoid its waste.

ANS 57 1 Trees are the basis of human and animal life; no life can exist without them. We are
directly or indirectly dependent on the trees for all our requirements.
2. We can protect trees by taking care of these. By reducing our needs and by not wasting the paper.
3. mahotsava is the festival celebrated to enhance the plantation of trees.
Associated Value : Same as in 52.

ANS 58 1. Reusing means using the things again and again thus without wastage of any energy we can
use the things.
2. Old envelop can be reused. Old news papers can be used to make cards, pots, decorative
pieces etc.
3. By adopting the principles of three „R‟s we can make our selves Eco-Friendly.
Associated Value : The learners will be motivated to adopt 3 R‟s (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) in their life
to save her environment.

ANS 59 Being a good citizen is more important than becoming a successful business man because
if we are not good citizen our action will take our country towards destruction.
Associated Value : The learners will appreciate the fact that one should not involve in any business gain
activity which may also harm then environment.

ANS 60 1. By industrial waste.

By human activities.
By not throwing waste materials and garbage into water.
2. By sensitizing people about harmful effects of water pollution.
or any other methods.
Associated Value : The learners will become more responsible by discouraging any activity in their life
that may cause water pollution.

ANS 61 While visiting to tourist places we should not throw garbage and waste materials.
1. We should not try to temper with the natural beauty of that place.
Associated Value : The learners will appreciate the very idea of keeping the tourist spot clean whenever
they visit their as these are our natural heritage.

ANS 62 1. Reduce reuse and recycle

2. By becoming Eco-friendly
By planting trees, by not throwing garbage etc.
Associated Value : Same as in 58.